Merge branch 'core-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip

Pull core fixes from Ingo Molnar:
 "This fixes a particularly thorny munmap() bug with MPX, plus fixes a
  host build environment assumption in objtool"

* 'core-urgent-for-linus' of git://git.kernel.org/pub/scm/linux/kernel/git/tip/tip:
  objtool: Allow AR to be overridden with HOSTAR
  x86/mpx, mm/core: Fix recursive munmap() corruption
diff --git a/.clang-format b/.clang-format
index f3923a1f..2ffd69a 100644
--- a/.clang-format
+++ b/.clang-format
@@ -387,14 +387,14 @@
   - 'rhl_for_each_entry_rcu'
   - 'rhl_for_each_rcu'
   - 'rht_for_each'
-  - 'rht_for_each_continue'
+  - 'rht_for_each_from'
   - 'rht_for_each_entry'
-  - 'rht_for_each_entry_continue'
+  - 'rht_for_each_entry_from'
   - 'rht_for_each_entry_rcu'
-  - 'rht_for_each_entry_rcu_continue'
+  - 'rht_for_each_entry_rcu_from'
   - 'rht_for_each_entry_safe'
   - 'rht_for_each_rcu'
-  - 'rht_for_each_rcu_continue'
+  - 'rht_for_each_rcu_from'
   - '__rq_for_each_bio'
   - 'rq_for_each_bvec'
   - 'rq_for_each_segment'
diff --git a/.get_maintainer.ignore b/.get_maintainer.ignore
index cca6d87..a64d219 100644
--- a/.get_maintainer.ignore
+++ b/.get_maintainer.ignore
@@ -1 +1,2 @@
 Christoph Hellwig <hch@lst.de>
+Marc Gonzalez <marc.w.gonzalez@free.fr>
diff --git a/.gitignore b/.gitignore
index a20ac26..d263ca9 100644
--- a/.gitignore
+++ b/.gitignore
@@ -58,6 +58,7 @@
 /vmlinuz
 /System.map
 /Module.markers
+/modules.builtin.modinfo
 
 #
 # RPM spec file (make rpm-pkg)
@@ -90,10 +91,10 @@
 #
 # Generated include files
 #
-include/config
-include/generated
-include/ksym
-arch/*/include/generated
+/include/config/
+/include/generated/
+/include/ksym/
+/arch/*/include/generated/
 
 # stgit generated dirs
 patches-*
@@ -129,7 +130,12 @@
 x509.genkey
 
 # Kconfig presets
-all.config
+/all.config
+/alldef.config
+/allmod.config
+/allno.config
+/allrandom.config
+/allyes.config
 
 # Kdevelop4
 *.kdev4
diff --git a/.mailmap b/.mailmap
index ae2bcad..07a777f 100644
--- a/.mailmap
+++ b/.mailmap
@@ -16,6 +16,11 @@
 Alan Cox <root@hraefn.swansea.linux.org.uk>
 Aleksey Gorelov <aleksey_gorelov@phoenix.com>
 Aleksandar Markovic <aleksandar.markovic@mips.com> <aleksandar.markovic@imgtec.com>
+Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com> <alex.shi@intel.com>
+Alex Shi <alex.shi@linux.alibaba.com> <alex.shi@linaro.org>
+Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> <ast@plumgrid.com>
+Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> <alexei.starovoitov@gmail.com>
+Alexei Starovoitov <ast@kernel.org> <ast@fb.com>
 Al Viro <viro@ftp.linux.org.uk>
 Al Viro <viro@zenIV.linux.org.uk>
 Andi Shyti <andi@etezian.org> <andi.shyti@samsung.com>
@@ -46,6 +51,12 @@
 Christophe Ricard <christophe.ricard@gmail.com>
 Corey Minyard <minyard@acm.org>
 Damian Hobson-Garcia <dhobsong@igel.co.jp>
+Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <dborkman@redhat.com>
+Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <dborkmann@redhat.com>
+Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <danborkmann@iogearbox.net>
+Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <daniel.borkmann@tik.ee.ethz.ch>
+Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <danborkmann@googlemail.com>
+Daniel Borkmann <daniel@iogearbox.net> <dxchgb@gmail.com>
 David Brownell <david-b@pacbell.net>
 David Woodhouse <dwmw2@shinybook.infradead.org>
 Dengcheng Zhu <dzhu@wavecomp.com> <dengcheng.zhu@mips.com>
@@ -117,6 +128,8 @@
 Linas Vepstas <linas@austin.ibm.com>
 Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue> <linus.luessing@web.de>
 Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@c0d3.blue> <linus.luessing@ascom.ch>
+Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com> <leo@zh-kernel.org>
+Li Yang <leoyang.li@nxp.com> <leoli@freescale.com>
 Maciej W. Rozycki <macro@mips.com> <macro@imgtec.com>
 Marcin Nowakowski <marcin.nowakowski@mips.com> <marcin.nowakowski@imgtec.com>
 Mark Brown <broonie@sirena.org.uk>
@@ -189,6 +202,7 @@
 Santosh Shilimkar <santosh.shilimkar@oracle.org>
 Sascha Hauer <s.hauer@pengutronix.de>
 S.Ça─člar Onur <caglar@pardus.org.tr>
+Sean Nyekjaer <sean@geanix.com> <sean.nyekjaer@prevas.dk>
 Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org> <sre@debian.org>
 Sebastian Reichel <sre@kernel.org> <sebastian.reichel@collabora.co.uk>
 Shiraz Hashim <shiraz.linux.kernel@gmail.com> <shiraz.hashim@st.com>
@@ -207,6 +221,8 @@
 Thomas Graf <tgraf@suug.ch>
 Thomas Pedersen <twp@codeaurora.org>
 Tony Luck <tony.luck@intel.com>
+TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com> <zhongyu@18mail.cn>
+TripleX Chung <xxx.phy@gmail.com> <triplex@zh-kernel.org>
 Tsuneo Yoshioka <Tsuneo.Yoshioka@f-secure.com>
 Uwe Kleine-König <ukleinek@informatik.uni-freiburg.de>
 Uwe Kleine-König <ukl@pengutronix.de>
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5bdbc8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+This ABI is deprecated and will be removed after 2021. It is
+replaced with the batadv generic netlink family.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/elp_interval
+Date:           Feb 2014
+Contact:        Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
+Description:
+                Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman
+                emits probing packets for neighbor sensing (ELP).
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/iface_status
+Date:           May 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+                Indicates the status of <iface> as it is seen by batman.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface
+Date:           May 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+                The /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface file
+                displays the batman mesh interface this <iface>
+                currently is associated with.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/throughput_override
+Date:           Feb 2014
+Contact:        Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
+description:
+                Defines the throughput value to be used by B.A.T.M.A.N. V
+                when estimating the link throughput using this interface.
+                If the value is set to 0 then batman-adv will try to
+                estimate the throughput by itself.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-net-mesh
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..04c1a29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/obsolete/sysfs-class-net-mesh
@@ -0,0 +1,110 @@
+This ABI is deprecated and will be removed after 2021. It is
+replaced with the batadv generic netlink family.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/aggregated_ogms
+Date:           May 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether the batman protocol messages of the
+                mesh <mesh_iface> shall be aggregated or not.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/<vlan_subdir>/ap_isolation
+Date:           May 2011
+Contact:        Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether the data traffic going from a
+                wireless client to another wireless client will be
+                silently dropped. <vlan_subdir> is empty when referring
+		to the untagged lan.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bonding
+Date:           June 2010
+Contact:        Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether the data traffic going through the
+                mesh will be sent using multiple interfaces at the
+                same time (if available).
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bridge_loop_avoidance
+Date:           November 2011
+Contact:        Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether the bridge loop avoidance feature
+                is enabled. This feature detects and avoids loops
+                between the mesh and devices bridged with the soft
+                interface <mesh_iface>.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/fragmentation
+Date:           October 2010
+Contact:        Andreas Langer <an.langer@gmx.de>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether the data traffic going through the
+                mesh will be fragmented or silently discarded if the
+                packet size exceeds the outgoing interface MTU.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_bandwidth
+Date:           October 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+                Defines the bandwidth which is propagated by this
+                node if gw_mode was set to 'server'.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_mode
+Date:           October 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+                Defines the state of the gateway features. Can be
+                either 'off', 'client' or 'server'.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_sel_class
+Date:           October 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+                Defines the selection criteria this node will use
+                to choose a gateway if gw_mode was set to 'client'.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/hop_penalty
+Date:           Oct 2010
+Contact:        Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
+Description:
+                Defines the penalty which will be applied to an
+                originator message's tq-field on every hop.
+
+What:		/sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/isolation_mark
+Date:		Nov 2013
+Contact:	Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
+Description:
+		Defines the isolation mark (and its bitmask) which
+		is used to classify clients as "isolated" by the
+		Extended Isolation feature.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/multicast_mode
+Date:           Feb 2014
+Contact:        Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
+Description:
+                Indicates whether multicast optimizations are enabled
+                or disabled. If set to zero then all nodes in the
+                mesh are going to use classic flooding for any
+                multicast packet with no optimizations.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/network_coding
+Date:           Nov 2012
+Contact:        Martin Hundeboll <martin@hundeboll.net>
+Description:
+                Controls whether Network Coding (using some magic
+                to send fewer wifi packets but still the same
+                content) is enabled or not.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/orig_interval
+Date:           May 2010
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+                Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman
+                sends its protocol messages.
+
+What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/routing_algo
+Date:           Dec 2011
+Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
+Description:
+                Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance
+                uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem
index 5923ab4..9ffba85 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-nvmem
@@ -6,6 +6,8 @@
 		This file allows user to read/write the raw NVMEM contents.
 		Permissions for write to this file depends on the nvmem
 		provider configuration.
+		Note: This file is only present if CONFIG_NVMEM_SYSFS
+		is enabled
 
 		ex:
 		hexdump /sys/bus/nvmem/devices/qfprom0/nvmem
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
index 826689d..8e8d167 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-bus-vmbus
@@ -81,7 +81,9 @@
 Date:		September. 2017
 KernelVersion:	4.14
 Contact:	Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
-Description:	Channel signaling latency
+Description:	Channel signaling latency. This file is available only for
+		performance critical channels (storage, network, etc.) that use
+		the monitor page mechanism.
 Users:		Debugging tools
 
 What:		/sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/out_mask
@@ -95,7 +97,9 @@
 Date:		September. 2017
 KernelVersion:	4.14
 Contact:	Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
-Description:	Channel interrupt pending state
+Description:	Channel interrupt pending state. This file is available only for
+		performance critical channels (storage, network, etc.) that use
+		the monitor page mechanism.
 Users:		Debugging tools
 
 What:		/sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/read_avail
@@ -137,7 +141,9 @@
 Date:		January. 2018
 KernelVersion:	4.16
 Contact:	Stephen Hemminger <sthemmin@microsoft.com>
-Description:	Monitor bit associated with channel
+Description:	Monitor bit associated with channel. This file is available only
+		for performance critical channels (storage, network, etc.) that
+		use the monitor page mechanism.
 Users:		Debugging tools and userspace drivers
 
 What:		/sys/bus/vmbus/devices/<UUID>/channels/<N>/ring
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
index 3e90e1f..f7ce68f 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/stable/sysfs-devices-node
@@ -90,4 +90,89 @@
 Contact:	Lee Schermerhorn <lee.schermerhorn@hp.com>
 Description:
 		The node's huge page size control/query attributes.
-		See Documentation/admin-guide/mm/hugetlbpage.rst
\ No newline at end of file
+		See Documentation/admin-guide/mm/hugetlbpage.rst
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/accessY/
+Date:		December 2018
+Contact:	Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The node's relationship to other nodes for access class "Y".
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/accessY/initiators/
+Date:		December 2018
+Contact:	Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The directory containing symlinks to memory initiator
+		nodes that have class "Y" access to this target node's
+		memory. CPUs and other memory initiators in nodes not in
+		the list accessing this node's memory may have different
+		performance.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/accessY/targets/
+Date:		December 2018
+Contact:	Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The directory containing symlinks to memory targets that
+		this initiator node has class "Y" access.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/accessY/initiators/read_bandwidth
+Date:		December 2018
+Contact:	Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
+Description:
+		This node's read bandwidth in MB/s when accessed from
+		nodes found in this access class's linked initiators.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/accessY/initiators/read_latency
+Date:		December 2018
+Contact:	Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
+Description:
+		This node's read latency in nanoseconds when accessed
+		from nodes found in this access class's linked initiators.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/accessY/initiators/write_bandwidth
+Date:		December 2018
+Contact:	Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
+Description:
+		This node's write bandwidth in MB/s when accessed from
+		found in this access class's linked initiators.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/accessY/initiators/write_latency
+Date:		December 2018
+Contact:	Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
+Description:
+		This node's write latency in nanoseconds when access
+		from nodes found in this class's linked initiators.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_side_cache/indexY/
+Date:		December 2018
+Contact:	Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The directory containing attributes for the memory-side cache
+		level 'Y'.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_side_cache/indexY/indexing
+Date:		December 2018
+Contact:	Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The caches associativity indexing: 0 for direct mapped,
+		non-zero if indexed.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_side_cache/indexY/line_size
+Date:		December 2018
+Contact:	Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The number of bytes accessed from the next cache level on a
+		cache miss.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_side_cache/indexY/size
+Date:		December 2018
+Contact:	Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The size of this memory side cache in bytes.
+
+What:		/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_side_cache/indexY/write_policy
+Date:		December 2018
+Contact:	Keith Busch <keith.busch@intel.com>
+Description:
+		The cache write policy: 0 for write-back, 1 for write-through,
+		other or unknown.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
index f814f11..73a5a66 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/debugfs-wilco-ec
@@ -1,23 +1,46 @@
+What:		/sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/h1_gpio
+Date:		April 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Description:
+		As part of Chrome OS's FAFT (Fully Automated Firmware Testing)
+		tests, we need to ensure that the H1 chip is properly setting
+		some GPIO lines. The h1_gpio attribute exposes the state
+		of the lines:
+		- ENTRY_TO_FACT_MODE in BIT(0)
+		- SPI_CHROME_SEL in BIT(1)
+
+		Output will formatted with "0x%02x\n".
+
 What:		/sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
 Date:		January 2019
 KernelVersion:	5.1
 Description:
 		Write and read raw mailbox commands to the EC.
 
-		For writing:
-		Bytes 0-1 indicate the message type:
-			00 F0 = Execute Legacy Command
-			00 F2 = Read/Write NVRAM Property
-		Byte 2 provides the command code
-		Bytes 3+ consist of the data passed in the request
+		You can write a hexadecimal sentence to raw, and that series of
+		bytes will be sent to the EC. Then, you can read the bytes of
+		response by reading from raw.
 
-		At least three bytes are required, for the msg type and command,
-		with additional bytes optional for additional data.
+		For writing, bytes 0-1 indicate the message type, one of enum
+		wilco_ec_msg_type. Byte 2+ consist of the data passed in the
+		request, starting at MBOX[0]
+
+		At least three bytes are required for writing, two for the type
+		and at least a single byte of data. Only the first
+		EC_MAILBOX_DATA_SIZE bytes of MBOX will be used.
 
 		Example:
 		// Request EC info type 3 (EC firmware build date)
-		$ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > raw
+		// Corresponds with sending type 0x00f0 with
+		// MBOX = [38, 00, 03, 00]
+		$ echo 00 f0 38 00 03 00 > /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
 		// View the result. The decoded ASCII result "12/21/18" is
 		// included after the raw hex.
-		$ cat raw
-		00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00  .12/21/18.8...
+		// Corresponds with MBOX = [00, 00, 31, 32, 2f, 32, 31, 38, ...]
+		$ cat /sys/kernel/debug/wilco_ec/raw
+		00 00 31 32 2f 32 31 2f 31 38 00 38 00 01 00 2f 00  ..12/21/18.8...
+
+		Note that the first 32 bytes of the received MBOX[] will be
+		printed, even if some of the data is junk. It is up to you to
+		know how many of the first bytes of data are the actual
+		response.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..566bd99
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter
@@ -0,0 +1,230 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Count data of Count Y represented as a string.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/ceiling
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Count value ceiling for Count Y. This is the upper limit for the
+		respective counter.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/floor
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Count value floor for Count Y. This is the lower limit for the
+		respective counter.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count_mode
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Count mode for channel Y. The ceiling and floor values for
+		Count Y are used by the count mode where required. The following
+		count modes are available:
+
+		normal:
+			Counting is continuous in either direction.
+
+		range limit:
+			An upper or lower limit is set, mimicking limit switches
+			in the mechanical counterpart. The upper limit is set to
+			the Count Y ceiling value, while the lower limit is set
+			to the Count Y floor value. The counter freezes at
+			count = ceiling when counting up, and at count = floor
+			when counting down. At either of these limits, the
+			counting is resumed only when the count direction is
+			reversed.
+
+		non-recycle:
+			The counter is disabled whenever a counter overflow or
+			underflow takes place. The counter is re-enabled when a
+			new count value is loaded to the counter via a preset
+			operation or direct write.
+
+		modulo-n:
+			A count value boundary is set between the Count Y floor
+			value and the Count Y ceiling value. The counter is
+			reset to the Count Y floor value at count = ceiling when
+			counting up, while the counter is set to the Count Y
+			ceiling value at count = floor when counting down; the
+			counter does not freeze at the boundary points, but
+			counts continuously throughout.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/count_mode_available
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/error_noise_available
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/function_available
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/signalZ_action_available
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Discrete set of available values for the respective Count Y
+		configuration are listed in this file. Values are delimited by
+		newline characters.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/direction
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute that indicates the count direction of Count
+		Y. Two count directions are available: forward and backward.
+
+		Some counter devices are able to determine the direction of
+		their counting. For example, quadrature encoding counters can
+		determine the direction of movement by evaluating the leading
+		phase of the respective A and B quadrature encoding signals.
+		This attribute exposes such count directions.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/enable
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Whether channel Y counter is enabled. Valid attribute values are
+		boolean.
+
+		This attribute is intended to serve as a pause/unpause mechanism
+		for Count Y. Suppose a counter device is used to count the total
+		movement of a conveyor belt: this attribute allows an operator
+		to temporarily pause the counter, service the conveyor belt,
+		and then finally unpause the counter to continue where it had
+		left off.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/error_noise
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute that indicates whether excessive noise is
+		present at the channel Y counter inputs.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/function
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Count function mode of Count Y; count function evaluation is
+		triggered by conditions specified by the Count Y signalZ_action
+		attributes. The following count functions are available:
+
+		increase:
+			Accumulated count is incremented.
+
+		decrease:
+			Accumulated count is decremented.
+
+		pulse-direction:
+			Rising edges on signal A updates the respective count.
+			The input level of signal B determines direction.
+
+		quadrature x1 a:
+			If direction is forward, rising edges on quadrature pair
+			signal A updates the respective count; if the direction
+			is backward, falling edges on quadrature pair signal A
+			updates the respective count. Quadrature encoding
+			determines the direction.
+
+		quadrature x1 b:
+			If direction is forward, rising edges on quadrature pair
+			signal B updates the respective count; if the direction
+			is backward, falling edges on quadrature pair signal B
+			updates the respective count. Quadrature encoding
+			determines the direction.
+
+		quadrature x2 a:
+			Any state transition on quadrature pair signal A updates
+			the respective count. Quadrature encoding determines the
+			direction.
+
+		quadrature x2 b:
+			Any state transition on quadrature pair signal B updates
+			the respective count. Quadrature encoding determines the
+			direction.
+
+		quadrature x4:
+			Any state transition on either quadrature pair signals
+			updates	the respective count. Quadrature encoding
+			determines the direction.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/name
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of
+		Count Y. If possible, this should match the name of the
+		respective channel as it appears in the device datasheet.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		If the counter device supports preset registers -- registers
+		used to load counter channels to a set count upon device-defined
+		preset operation trigger events -- the preset count for channel
+		Y is provided by this attribute.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/preset_enable
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Whether channel Y counter preset operation is enabled. Valid
+		attribute values are boolean.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/signalZ_action
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Action mode of Count Y for Signal Z. This attribute indicates
+		the condition of Signal Z that triggers the count function
+		evaluation for Count Y. The following action modes are
+		available:
+
+		none:
+			Signal does not trigger the count function. In
+			Pulse-Direction count function mode, this Signal is
+			evaluated as Direction.
+
+		rising edge:
+			Low state transitions to high state.
+
+		falling edge:
+			High state transitions to low state.
+
+		both edges:
+			Any state transition.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/name
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of
+		the Counter. This should match the name of the device as it
+		appears in its respective datasheet.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/num_counts
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute that indicates the total number of Counts
+		belonging to the Counter.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/num_signals
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute that indicates the total number of Signals
+		belonging to the Counter.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/signal
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Signal data of Signal Y represented as a string.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/name
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Read-only attribute that indicates the device-specific name of
+		Signal Y. If possible, this should match the name of the
+		respective signal as it appears in the device datasheet.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-8 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-8
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..46b1f33
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-104-quad-8
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Active level of index input Signal Y; irrelevant in
+		non-synchronous load mode.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/index_polarity_available
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode_available
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Discrete set of available values for the respective Signal Y
+		configuration are listed in this file.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/signalY/synchronous_mode
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Configure the counter associated with Signal Y for
+		non-synchronous or synchronous load mode. Synchronous load mode
+		cannot be selected in non-quadrature (Pulse-Direction) clock
+		mode.
+
+		non-synchronous:
+			A logic low level is the active level at this index
+			input. The index function (as enabled via preset_enable)
+			is performed directly on the active level of the index
+			input.
+
+		synchronous:
+			Intended for interfacing with encoder Index output in
+			quadrature clock mode. The active level is configured
+			via index_polarity. The index function (as enabled via
+			preset_enable) is performed synchronously with the
+			quadrature clock on the active level of the index input.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7d2e7b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-counter-ftm-quaddec
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler_available
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Discrete set of available values for the respective Count Y
+		configuration are listed in this file. Values are delimited by
+		newline characters.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/counter/devices/counterX/countY/prescaler
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Configure the prescaler value associated with Count Y.
+		On the FlexTimer, the counter clock source passes through a
+		prescaler (i.e. a counter). This acts like a clock
+		divider.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0b0de8c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-i2c-devices-pca954x
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/i2c/.../idle_state
+Date:		January 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	Robert Shearman <robert.shearman@att.com>
+Description:
+		Value that exists only for mux devices that can be
+		written to control the behaviour of the multiplexer on
+		idle. Possible values:
+		-2 - disconnect on idle, i.e. deselect the last used
+		     channel, which is useful when there is a device
+		     with an address that conflicts with another
+		     device on another mux on the same parent bus.
+		-1 - leave the mux as-is, which is the most optimal
+		     setting in terms of I2C operations and is the
+		     default mode.
+		0..<nchans> - set the mux to a predetermined channel,
+		     which is useful if there is one channel that is
+		     used almost always, and you want to reduce the
+		     latency for normal operations after rare
+		     transactions on other channels
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
index 864f8ef..6aef7db 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio
@@ -1656,6 +1656,8 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.10
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
+		This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
 		Raw counter device counts from channel Y. For quadrature
 		counters, multiplication by an available [Y]_scale results in
 		the counts of a single quadrature signal phase from channel Y.
@@ -1664,6 +1666,8 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.10
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
+		This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
 		Raw counter device index value from channel Y. This attribute
 		provides an absolute positional reference (e.g. a pulse once per
 		revolution) which may be used to home positional systems as
@@ -1673,6 +1677,8 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.12
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
+		This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
 		A list of possible counting directions which are:
 		- "up"	: counter device is increasing.
 		- "down": counter device is decreasing.
@@ -1681,6 +1687,8 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.12
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
+		This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
 		Raw counter device counters direction for channel Y.
 
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/in_phaseY_raw
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8
index 7fac2c2..bac3d0d 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-counter-104-quad-8
@@ -6,6 +6,8 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.10
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
+		This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
 		Discrete set of available values for the respective counter
 		configuration are listed in this file.
 
@@ -13,6 +15,8 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.10
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
+		This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
 		Count mode for channel Y. Four count modes are available:
 		normal, range limit, non-recycle, and modulo-n. The preset value
 		for channel Y is used by the count mode where required.
@@ -47,6 +51,8 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.10
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
+		This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
 		Read-only attribute that indicates whether excessive noise is
 		present at the channel Y count inputs in quadrature clock mode;
 		irrelevant in non-quadrature clock mode.
@@ -55,6 +61,8 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.10
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
+		This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
 		If the counter device supports preset registers, the preset
 		count for channel Y is provided by this attribute.
 
@@ -62,6 +70,8 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.10
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
+		This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
 		Configure channel Y counter for non-quadrature or quadrature
 		clock mode. Selecting non-quadrature clock mode will disable
 		synchronous load mode. In quadrature clock mode, the channel Y
@@ -83,6 +93,8 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.10
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
+		This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
 		Whether to set channel Y counter with channel Y preset value
 		when channel Y index input is active, or continuously count.
 		Valid attribute values are boolean.
@@ -91,6 +103,8 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.10
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
+		This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
 		Active level of channel Y index input; irrelevant in
 		non-synchronous load mode.
 
@@ -98,6 +112,8 @@
 KernelVersion:	4.10
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
+		This interface is deprecated; please use the Counter subsystem.
+
 		Configure channel Y counter for non-synchronous or synchronous
 		load mode. Synchronous load mode cannot be selected in
 		non-quadrature clock mode.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad5933 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad5933
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e86747
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-impedance-analyzer-ad5933
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_start
+Date:		March 2019
+KernelVersion:	3.1.0
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Frequency sweep start frequency in Hz.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_increment
+Date:		March 2019
+KernelVersion:	3.1.0
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Frequency increment in Hz (step size) between consecutive
+		frequency points along the sweep.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_frequency_points
+Date:		March 2019
+KernelVersion:	3.1.0
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Number of frequency points (steps) in the frequency sweep.
+		This value, in conjunction with the
+		out_altvoltageY_frequency_start and the
+		out_altvoltageY_frequency_increment, determines the frequency
+		sweep range for the sweep operation.
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/out_altvoltageY_settling_cycles
+Date:		March 2019
+KernelVersion:	3.1.0
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Number of output excitation cycles (settling time cycles)
+		that are allowed to pass through the unknown impedance,
+		after each frequency increment, and before the ADC is triggered
+		to perform a conversion sequence of the response signal.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30
index 143df8e..06e1c27 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-sps30
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/start_cleaning
 Date:		December 2018
-KernelVersion:	4.22
+KernelVersion:	5.0
 Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Writing 1 starts sensor self cleaning. Internal fan accelerates
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856 b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b3509a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-iio-temperature-max31856
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_oc
+KernelVersion:	5.1
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Open-circuit fault. The detection of open-circuit faults,
+		such as those caused by broken thermocouple wires.
+		Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
+		'1' = An open circuit such as broken thermocouple wires
+		      has been detected.
+		'0' = No open circuit or broken thermocouple wires are detected
+
+What:		/sys/bus/iio/devices/iio:deviceX/fault_ovuv
+KernelVersion:	5.1
+Contact:	linux-iio@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Overvoltage or Undervoltage Input Fault. The internal circuitry
+		is protected from excessive voltages applied to the thermocouple
+		cables by integrated MOSFETs at the T+ and T- inputs, and the
+		BIAS output. These MOSFETs turn off when the input voltage is
+		negative or greater than VDD.
+		Reading returns either '1' or '0'.
+		'1' = The input voltage is negative or greater than VDD.
+		'0' = The input voltage is positive and less than VDD (normal
+		state).
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
index b940c5d..f54ae24 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-intel_th-devices-msc
@@ -30,4 +30,12 @@
 		there are no active users and tracing is not enabled) and then
 		allocates a new one.
 
+What:		/sys/bus/intel_th/devices/<intel_th_id>-msc<msc-id>/win_switch
+Date:		May 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	Alexander Shishkin <alexander.shishkin@linux.intel.com>
+Description:	(RW) Trigger window switch for the MSC's buffer, in
+		multi-window mode. In "multi" mode, accepts writes of "1", thereby
+		triggering a window switch for the buffer. Returns an error in any
+		other operating mode or attempts to write something other than "1".
 
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
index 17d7444..a92d844 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-mei
@@ -65,3 +65,18 @@
 		<platform>:<major>.<minor>.<milestone>.<build_no>.
 		There can be up to three such blocks for different
 		FW components.
+
+What:		/sys/class/mei/meiN/dev_state
+Date:		Mar 2019
+KernelVersion:	5.1
+Contact:	Tomas Winkler <tomas.winkler@intel.com>
+Description:	Display the ME device state.
+
+		The device state can have following values:
+		INITIALIZING
+		INIT_CLIENTS
+		ENABLED
+		RESETTING
+		DISABLED
+		POWER_DOWN
+		POWER_UP
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
deleted file mode 100644
index 8981068..0000000
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-batman-adv
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/elp_interval
-Date:           Feb 2014
-Contact:        Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
-Description:
-                Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman
-                emits probing packets for neighbor sensing (ELP).
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/iface_status
-Date:           May 2010
-Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
-Description:
-                Indicates the status of <iface> as it is seen by batman.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface
-Date:           May 2010
-Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
-Description:
-                The /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/mesh_iface file
-                displays the batman mesh interface this <iface>
-                currently is associated with.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<iface>/batman-adv/throughput_override
-Date:           Feb 2014
-Contact:        Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
-description:
-                Defines the throughput value to be used by B.A.T.M.A.N. V
-                when estimating the link throughput using this interface.
-                If the value is set to 0 then batman-adv will try to
-                estimate the throughput by itself.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
deleted file mode 100644
index c2b956d..0000000
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/aggregated_ogms
-Date:           May 2010
-Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
-Description:
-                Indicates whether the batman protocol messages of the
-                mesh <mesh_iface> shall be aggregated or not.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/<vlan_subdir>/ap_isolation
-Date:           May 2011
-Contact:        Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
-Description:
-                Indicates whether the data traffic going from a
-                wireless client to another wireless client will be
-                silently dropped. <vlan_subdir> is empty when referring
-		to the untagged lan.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bonding
-Date:           June 2010
-Contact:        Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
-Description:
-                Indicates whether the data traffic going through the
-                mesh will be sent using multiple interfaces at the
-                same time (if available).
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/bridge_loop_avoidance
-Date:           November 2011
-Contact:        Simon Wunderlich <sw@simonwunderlich.de>
-Description:
-                Indicates whether the bridge loop avoidance feature
-                is enabled. This feature detects and avoids loops
-                between the mesh and devices bridged with the soft
-                interface <mesh_iface>.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/fragmentation
-Date:           October 2010
-Contact:        Andreas Langer <an.langer@gmx.de>
-Description:
-                Indicates whether the data traffic going through the
-                mesh will be fragmented or silently discarded if the
-                packet size exceeds the outgoing interface MTU.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_bandwidth
-Date:           October 2010
-Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
-Description:
-                Defines the bandwidth which is propagated by this
-                node if gw_mode was set to 'server'.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_mode
-Date:           October 2010
-Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
-Description:
-                Defines the state of the gateway features. Can be
-                either 'off', 'client' or 'server'.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/gw_sel_class
-Date:           October 2010
-Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
-Description:
-                Defines the selection criteria this node will use
-                to choose a gateway if gw_mode was set to 'client'.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/hop_penalty
-Date:           Oct 2010
-Contact:        Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
-Description:
-                Defines the penalty which will be applied to an
-                originator message's tq-field on every hop.
-
-What:		/sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/isolation_mark
-Date:		Nov 2013
-Contact:	Antonio Quartulli <a@unstable.cc>
-Description:
-		Defines the isolation mark (and its bitmask) which
-		is used to classify clients as "isolated" by the
-		Extended Isolation feature.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/multicast_mode
-Date:           Feb 2014
-Contact:        Linus Lüssing <linus.luessing@web.de>
-Description:
-                Indicates whether multicast optimizations are enabled
-                or disabled. If set to zero then all nodes in the
-                mesh are going to use classic flooding for any
-                multicast packet with no optimizations.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/network_coding
-Date:           Nov 2012
-Contact:        Martin Hundeboll <martin@hundeboll.net>
-Description:
-                Controls whether Network Coding (using some magic
-                to send fewer wifi packets but still the same
-                content) is enabled or not.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/orig_interval
-Date:           May 2010
-Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
-Description:
-                Defines the interval in milliseconds in which batman
-                sends its protocol messages.
-
-What:           /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/routing_algo
-Date:           Dec 2011
-Contact:        Marek Lindner <mareklindner@neomailbox.ch>
-Description:
-                Defines the routing procotol this mesh instance
-                uses to find the optimal paths through the mesh.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
index 5e23e22..b77e30b 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-power
@@ -114,15 +114,60 @@
 		Access: Read
 		Valid values: Represented in microamps
 
+What:		/sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit
+Date:		Oct 2012
+Contact:	linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Maximum allowable charging current. Used for charge rate
+		throttling for thermal cooling or improving battery health.
+
+		Access: Read, Write
+		Valid values: Represented in microamps
+
+What:		/sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_limit_max
+Date:		Oct 2012
+Contact:	linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Maximum legal value for the charge_control_limit property.
+
+		Access: Read
+		Valid values: Represented in microamps
+
+What:		/sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_start_threshold
+Date:		April 2019
+Contact:	linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Represents a battery percentage level, below which charging will
+		begin.
+
+		Access: Read, Write
+		Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
+
+What:		/sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_control_end_threshold
+Date:		April 2019
+Contact:	linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
+Description:
+		Represents a battery percentage level, above which charging will
+		stop.
+
+		Access: Read, Write
+		Valid values: 0 - 100 (percent)
+
 What:		/sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_type
 Date:		July 2009
 Contact:	linux-pm@vger.kernel.org
 Description:
 		Represents the type of charging currently being applied to the
-		battery.
+		battery. "Trickle", "Fast", and "Standard" all mean different
+		charging speeds. "Adaptive" means that the charger uses some
+		algorithm to adjust the charge rate dynamically, without
+		any user configuration required. "Custom" means that the charger
+		uses the charge_control_* properties as configuration for some
+		different algorithm.
 
-		Access: Read
-		Valid values: "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast"
+		Access: Read, Write
+		Valid values: "Unknown", "N/A", "Trickle", "Fast", "Standard",
+			      "Adaptive", "Custom"
 
 What:		/sys/class/power_supply/<supply_name>/charge_term_current
 Date:		July 2014
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
index 2a781e7..afb5db8 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-platform-ipmi
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@
 					Messages may be broken into parts if
 					they are long.
 
-		receieved_messages:	(RO) Number of message responses
+		received_messages:	(RO) Number of message responses
 					received.
 
 		received_message_parts: (RO) Number of message fragments
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
index 4fb76c0e..1528239 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu
@@ -484,6 +484,7 @@
 		/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spectre_v2
 		/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/spec_store_bypass
 		/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf
+		/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mds
 Date:		January 2018
 Contact:	Linux kernel mailing list <linux-kernel@vger.kernel.org>
 Description:	Information about CPU vulnerabilities
@@ -496,8 +497,7 @@
 		"Vulnerable"	  CPU is affected and no mitigation in effect
 		"Mitigation: $M"  CPU is affected and mitigation $M is in effect
 
-		Details about the l1tf file can be found in
-		Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst
+		See also: Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst
 
 What:		/sys/devices/system/cpu/smt
 		/sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/active
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..45cf62a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-driver-ucsi-ccg
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+What:		/sys/bus/i2c/drivers/ucsi_ccg/.../do_flash
+Date:		May 2019
+Contact:	Ajay Gupta <ajayg@nvidia.com>
+Description:
+		Tell the driver for Cypress CCGx Type-C controller to attempt
+		firmware upgrade by writing [Yy1] to the file.
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch
index 85db352..bea7bd5 100644
--- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-livepatch
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
 		use this feature without a clearance from a patch
 		distributor. Removal (rmmod) of patch modules is permanently
 		disabled when the feature is used. See
-		Documentation/livepatch/livepatch.txt for more information.
+		Documentation/livepatch/livepatch.rst for more information.
 
 What:		/sys/kernel/livepatch/<patch>/<object>
 Date:		Nov 2014
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d35c3ca
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/usb-uevent
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+What:		Raise a uevent when a USB Host Controller has died
+Date:		2019-04-17
+KernelVersion:	5.2
+Contact:	linux-usb@vger.kernel.org
+Description:	When the USB Host Controller has entered a state where it is no
+		longer functional a uevent will be raised. The uevent will
+		contain ACTION=offline and ERROR=DEAD.
+
+		Here is an example taken using udevadm monitor -p:
+
+		KERNEL[130.428945] offline  /devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2 (usb)
+		ACTION=offline
+		BUSNUM=002
+		DEVNAME=/dev/bus/usb/002/001
+		DEVNUM=001
+		DEVPATH=/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:10.0/usb2
+		DEVTYPE=usb_device
+		DRIVER=usb
+		ERROR=DEAD
+		MAJOR=189
+		MINOR=128
+		PRODUCT=1d6b/2/414
+		SEQNUM=2168
+		SUBSYSTEM=usb
+		TYPE=9/0/1
+
+Users:		chromium-os-dev@chromium.org
diff --git a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
index 1a721d0..cb712a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
+++ b/Documentation/DMA-API-HOWTO.txt
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 for you to DMA from/to.
 
 DMA addressing capabilities
-==========================
+===========================
 
 By default, the kernel assumes that your device can address 32-bits of DMA
 addressing.  For a 64-bit capable device, this needs to be increased, and for
@@ -365,13 +365,12 @@
 driver needs regions sized smaller than a page, you may prefer using
 the dma_pool interface, described below.
 
-The consistent DMA mapping interfaces, for non-NULL dev, will by
-default return a DMA address which is 32-bit addressable.  Even if the
-device indicates (via DMA mask) that it may address the upper 32-bits,
-consistent allocation will only return > 32-bit addresses for DMA if
-the consistent DMA mask has been explicitly changed via
-dma_set_coherent_mask().  This is true of the dma_pool interface as
-well.
+The consistent DMA mapping interfaces, will by default return a DMA address
+which is 32-bit addressable.  Even if the device indicates (via the DMA mask)
+that it may address the upper 32-bits, consistent allocation will only
+return > 32-bit addresses for DMA if the consistent DMA mask has been
+explicitly changed via dma_set_coherent_mask().  This is true of the
+dma_pool interface as well.
 
 dma_alloc_coherent() returns two values: the virtual address which you
 can use to access it from the CPU and dma_handle which you pass to the
diff --git a/Documentation/Makefile b/Documentation/Makefile
index 9786957..e889e7c 100644
--- a/Documentation/Makefile
+++ b/Documentation/Makefile
@@ -28,8 +28,13 @@
 
 else # HAVE_SPHINX
 
-# User-friendly check for pdflatex
+# User-friendly check for pdflatex and latexmk
 HAVE_PDFLATEX := $(shell if which $(PDFLATEX) >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo 1; else echo 0; fi)
+HAVE_LATEXMK := $(shell if which latexmk >/dev/null 2>&1; then echo 1; else echo 0; fi)
+
+ifeq ($(HAVE_LATEXMK),1)
+	PDFLATEX := latexmk -$(PDFLATEX)
+endif #HAVE_LATEXMK
 
 # Internal variables.
 PAPEROPT_a4     = -D latex_paper_size=a4
@@ -82,7 +87,7 @@
 else # HAVE_PDFLATEX
 
 pdfdocs: latexdocs
-	$(foreach var,$(SPHINXDIRS), $(MAKE) PDFLATEX=$(PDFLATEX) LATEXOPTS="$(LATEXOPTS)" -C $(BUILDDIR)/$(var)/latex || exit;)
+	$(foreach var,$(SPHINXDIRS), $(MAKE) PDFLATEX="$(PDFLATEX)" LATEXOPTS="$(LATEXOPTS)" -C $(BUILDDIR)/$(var)/latex || exit;)
 
 endif # HAVE_PDFLATEX
 
diff --git a/Documentation/accounting/psi.txt b/Documentation/accounting/psi.txt
index 7e71c9c..5cbe565 100644
--- a/Documentation/accounting/psi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/accounting/psi.txt
@@ -63,6 +63,110 @@
 spikes which wouldn't necessarily make a dent in the time averages,
 or to average trends over custom time frames.
 
+Monitoring for pressure thresholds
+==================================
+
+Users can register triggers and use poll() to be woken up when resource
+pressure exceeds certain thresholds.
+
+A trigger describes the maximum cumulative stall time over a specific
+time window, e.g. 100ms of total stall time within any 500ms window to
+generate a wakeup event.
+
+To register a trigger user has to open psi interface file under
+/proc/pressure/ representing the resource to be monitored and write the
+desired threshold and time window. The open file descriptor should be
+used to wait for trigger events using select(), poll() or epoll().
+The following format is used:
+
+<some|full> <stall amount in us> <time window in us>
+
+For example writing "some 150000 1000000" into /proc/pressure/memory
+would add 150ms threshold for partial memory stall measured within
+1sec time window. Writing "full 50000 1000000" into /proc/pressure/io
+would add 50ms threshold for full io stall measured within 1sec time window.
+
+Triggers can be set on more than one psi metric and more than one trigger
+for the same psi metric can be specified. However for each trigger a separate
+file descriptor is required to be able to poll it separately from others,
+therefore for each trigger a separate open() syscall should be made even
+when opening the same psi interface file.
+
+Monitors activate only when system enters stall state for the monitored
+psi metric and deactivates upon exit from the stall state. While system is
+in the stall state psi signal growth is monitored at a rate of 10 times per
+tracking window.
+
+The kernel accepts window sizes ranging from 500ms to 10s, therefore min
+monitoring update interval is 50ms and max is 1s. Min limit is set to
+prevent overly frequent polling. Max limit is chosen as a high enough number
+after which monitors are most likely not needed and psi averages can be used
+instead.
+
+When activated, psi monitor stays active for at least the duration of one
+tracking window to avoid repeated activations/deactivations when system is
+bouncing in and out of the stall state.
+
+Notifications to the userspace are rate-limited to one per tracking window.
+
+The trigger will de-register when the file descriptor used to define the
+trigger  is closed.
+
+Userspace monitor usage example
+===============================
+
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <poll.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+
+/*
+ * Monitor memory partial stall with 1s tracking window size
+ * and 150ms threshold.
+ */
+int main() {
+	const char trig[] = "some 150000 1000000";
+	struct pollfd fds;
+	int n;
+
+	fds.fd = open("/proc/pressure/memory", O_RDWR | O_NONBLOCK);
+	if (fds.fd < 0) {
+		printf("/proc/pressure/memory open error: %s\n",
+			strerror(errno));
+		return 1;
+	}
+	fds.events = POLLPRI;
+
+	if (write(fds.fd, trig, strlen(trig) + 1) < 0) {
+		printf("/proc/pressure/memory write error: %s\n",
+			strerror(errno));
+		return 1;
+	}
+
+	printf("waiting for events...\n");
+	while (1) {
+		n = poll(&fds, 1, -1);
+		if (n < 0) {
+			printf("poll error: %s\n", strerror(errno));
+			return 1;
+		}
+		if (fds.revents & POLLERR) {
+			printf("got POLLERR, event source is gone\n");
+			return 0;
+		}
+		if (fds.revents & POLLPRI) {
+			printf("event triggered!\n");
+		} else {
+			printf("unknown event received: 0x%x\n", fds.revents);
+			return 1;
+		}
+	}
+
+	return 0;
+}
+
 Cgroup2 interface
 =================
 
@@ -71,3 +175,6 @@
 into cgroups. Each subdirectory in the cgroupfs mountpoint contains
 cpu.pressure, memory.pressure, and io.pressure files; the format is
 the same as the /proc/pressure/ files.
+
+Per-cgroup psi monitors can be specified and used the same way as
+system-wide ones.
diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/dsd/leds.txt b/Documentation/acpi/dsd/leds.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..81a63af
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/acpi/dsd/leds.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+Describing and referring to LEDs in ACPI
+
+Individual LEDs are described by hierarchical data extension [6] nodes under the
+device node, the LED driver chip. The "reg" property in the LED specific nodes
+tells the numerical ID of each individual LED output to which the LEDs are
+connected. [3] The hierarchical data nodes are named "led@X", where X is the
+number of the LED output.
+
+Referring to LEDs in Device tree is documented in [4], in "flash-leds" property
+documentation. In short, LEDs are directly referred to by using phandles.
+
+While Device tree allows referring to any node in the tree[1], in ACPI
+references are limited to device nodes only [2]. For this reason using the same
+mechanism on ACPI is not possible. A mechanism to refer to non-device ACPI nodes
+is documented in [7].
+
+ACPI allows (as does DT) using integer arguments after the reference. A
+combination of the LED driver device reference and an integer argument,
+referring to the "reg" property of the relevant LED, is used to identify
+individual LEDs. The value of the "reg" property is a contract between the
+firmware and software, it uniquely identifies the LED driver outputs.
+
+Under the LED driver device, The first hierarchical data extension package list
+entry shall contain the string "led@" followed by the number of the LED,
+followed by the referred object name. That object shall be named "LED" followed
+by the number of the LED.
+
+An ASL example of a camera sensor device and a LED driver device for two LEDs.
+Objects not relevant for LEDs or the references to them have been omitted.
+
+	Device (LED)
+	{
+		Name (_DSD, Package () {
+			ToUUID("dbb8e3e6-5886-4ba6-8795-1319f52a966b"),
+			Package () {
+				Package () { "led@0", LED0 },
+				Package () { "led@1", LED1 },
+			}
+		})
+		Name (LED0, Package () {
+			ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+			Package () {
+				Package () { "reg", 0 },
+				Package () { "flash-max-microamp", 1000000 },
+				Package () { "flash-timeout-us", 200000 },
+				Package () { "led-max-microamp", 100000 },
+				Package () { "label", "white:flash" },
+			}
+		})
+		Name (LED1, Package () {
+			ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+			Package () {
+				Package () { "reg", 1 },
+				Package () { "led-max-microamp", 10000 },
+				Package () { "label", "red:indicator" },
+			}
+		})
+	}
+
+	Device (SEN)
+	{
+		Name (_DSD, Package () {
+			ToUUID("daffd814-6eba-4d8c-8a91-bc9bbf4aa301"),
+			Package () {
+				Package () {
+					"flash-leds",
+					Package () { ^LED, "led@0", ^LED, "led@1" },
+				}
+			}
+		})
+	}
+
+where
+
+	LED	LED driver device
+	LED0	First LED
+	LED1	Second LED
+	SEN	Camera sensor device (or another device the LED is
+		related to)
+
+[1] Device tree. <URL:http://www.devicetree.org>, referenced 2019-02-21.
+
+[2] Advanced Configuration and Power Interface Specification.
+    <URL:https://uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/ACPI_6_3_final_Jan30.pdf>,
+    referenced 2019-02-21.
+
+[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+
+[4] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+
+[5] Device Properties UUID For _DSD.
+    <URL:http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-device-properties-UUID.pdf>,
+    referenced 2019-02-21.
+
+[6] Hierarchical Data Extension UUID For _DSD.
+    <URL:http://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/_DSD-hierarchical-data-extension-UUID-v1.1.pdf>,
+    referenced 2019-02-21.
+
+[7] Documentation/acpi/dsd/data-node-reference.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
index 20f92c1..88e7460 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/cgroup-v2.rst
@@ -864,6 +864,8 @@
 	  populated
 		1 if the cgroup or its descendants contains any live
 		processes; otherwise, 0.
+	  frozen
+		1 if the cgroup is frozen; otherwise, 0.
 
   cgroup.max.descendants
 	A read-write single value files.  The default is "max".
@@ -897,6 +899,31 @@
 		A dying cgroup can consume system resources not exceeding
 		limits, which were active at the moment of cgroup deletion.
 
+  cgroup.freeze
+	A read-write single value file which exists on non-root cgroups.
+	Allowed values are "0" and "1". The default is "0".
+
+	Writing "1" to the file causes freezing of the cgroup and all
+	descendant cgroups. This means that all belonging processes will
+	be stopped and will not run until the cgroup will be explicitly
+	unfrozen. Freezing of the cgroup may take some time; when this action
+	is completed, the "frozen" value in the cgroup.events control file
+	will be updated to "1" and the corresponding notification will be
+	issued.
+
+	A cgroup can be frozen either by its own settings, or by settings
+	of any ancestor cgroups. If any of ancestor cgroups is frozen, the
+	cgroup will remain frozen.
+
+	Processes in the frozen cgroup can be killed by a fatal signal.
+	They also can enter and leave a frozen cgroup: either by an explicit
+	move by a user, or if freezing of the cgroup races with fork().
+	If a process is moved to a frozen cgroup, it stops. If a process is
+	moved out of a frozen cgroup, it becomes running.
+
+	Frozen status of a cgroup doesn't affect any cgroup tree operations:
+	it's possible to delete a frozen (and empty) cgroup, as well as
+	create new sub-cgroups.
 
 Controllers
 ===========
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/ext4.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/ext4.rst
index e506d3d..059ddcb 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/ext4.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/ext4.rst
@@ -91,10 +91,48 @@
 * large block (up to pagesize) support
 * efficient new ordered mode in JBD2 and ext4 (avoid using buffer head to force
   the ordering)
+* Case-insensitive file name lookups
 
 [1] Filesystems with a block size of 1k may see a limit imposed by the
 directory hash tree having a maximum depth of two.
 
+case-insensitive file name lookups
+======================================================
+
+The case-insensitive file name lookup feature is supported on a
+per-directory basis, allowing the user to mix case-insensitive and
+case-sensitive directories in the same filesystem.  It is enabled by
+flipping the +F inode attribute of an empty directory.  The
+case-insensitive string match operation is only defined when we know how
+text in encoded in a byte sequence.  For that reason, in order to enable
+case-insensitive directories, the filesystem must have the
+casefold feature, which stores the filesystem-wide encoding
+model used.  By default, the charset adopted is the latest version of
+Unicode (12.1.0, by the time of this writing), encoded in the UTF-8
+form.  The comparison algorithm is implemented by normalizing the
+strings to the Canonical decomposition form, as defined by Unicode,
+followed by a byte per byte comparison.
+
+The case-awareness is name-preserving on the disk, meaning that the file
+name provided by userspace is a byte-per-byte match to what is actually
+written in the disk.  The Unicode normalization format used by the
+kernel is thus an internal representation, and not exposed to the
+userspace nor to the disk, with the important exception of disk hashes,
+used on large case-insensitive directories with DX feature.  On DX
+directories, the hash must be calculated using the casefolded version of
+the filename, meaning that the normalization format used actually has an
+impact on where the directory entry is stored.
+
+When we change from viewing filenames as opaque byte sequences to seeing
+them as encoded strings we need to address what happens when a program
+tries to create a file with an invalid name.  The Unicode subsystem
+within the kernel leaves the decision of what to do in this case to the
+filesystem, which select its preferred behavior by enabling/disabling
+the strict mode.  When Ext4 encounters one of those strings and the
+filesystem did not require strict mode, it falls back to considering the
+entire string as an opaque byte sequence, which still allows the user to
+operate on that file, but the case-insensitive lookups won't work.
+
 Options
 =======
 
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffc064c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/index.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+========================
+Hardware vulnerabilities
+========================
+
+This section describes CPU vulnerabilities and provides an overview of the
+possible mitigations along with guidance for selecting mitigations if they
+are configurable at compile, boot or run time.
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 1
+
+   l1tf
+   mds
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..31653a9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,615 @@
+L1TF - L1 Terminal Fault
+========================
+
+L1 Terminal Fault is a hardware vulnerability which allows unprivileged
+speculative access to data which is available in the Level 1 Data Cache
+when the page table entry controlling the virtual address, which is used
+for the access, has the Present bit cleared or other reserved bits set.
+
+Affected processors
+-------------------
+
+This vulnerability affects a wide range of Intel processors. The
+vulnerability is not present on:
+
+   - Processors from AMD, Centaur and other non Intel vendors
+
+   - Older processor models, where the CPU family is < 6
+
+   - A range of Intel ATOM processors (Cedarview, Cloverview, Lincroft,
+     Penwell, Pineview, Silvermont, Airmont, Merrifield)
+
+   - The Intel XEON PHI family
+
+   - Intel processors which have the ARCH_CAP_RDCL_NO bit set in the
+     IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR. If the bit is set the CPU is not affected
+     by the Meltdown vulnerability either. These CPUs should become
+     available by end of 2018.
+
+Whether a processor is affected or not can be read out from the L1TF
+vulnerability file in sysfs. See :ref:`l1tf_sys_info`.
+
+Related CVEs
+------------
+
+The following CVE entries are related to the L1TF vulnerability:
+
+   =============  =================  ==============================
+   CVE-2018-3615  L1 Terminal Fault  SGX related aspects
+   CVE-2018-3620  L1 Terminal Fault  OS, SMM related aspects
+   CVE-2018-3646  L1 Terminal Fault  Virtualization related aspects
+   =============  =================  ==============================
+
+Problem
+-------
+
+If an instruction accesses a virtual address for which the relevant page
+table entry (PTE) has the Present bit cleared or other reserved bits set,
+then speculative execution ignores the invalid PTE and loads the referenced
+data if it is present in the Level 1 Data Cache, as if the page referenced
+by the address bits in the PTE was still present and accessible.
+
+While this is a purely speculative mechanism and the instruction will raise
+a page fault when it is retired eventually, the pure act of loading the
+data and making it available to other speculative instructions opens up the
+opportunity for side channel attacks to unprivileged malicious code,
+similar to the Meltdown attack.
+
+While Meltdown breaks the user space to kernel space protection, L1TF
+allows to attack any physical memory address in the system and the attack
+works across all protection domains. It allows an attack of SGX and also
+works from inside virtual machines because the speculation bypasses the
+extended page table (EPT) protection mechanism.
+
+
+Attack scenarios
+----------------
+
+1. Malicious user space
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+   Operating Systems store arbitrary information in the address bits of a
+   PTE which is marked non present. This allows a malicious user space
+   application to attack the physical memory to which these PTEs resolve.
+   In some cases user-space can maliciously influence the information
+   encoded in the address bits of the PTE, thus making attacks more
+   deterministic and more practical.
+
+   The Linux kernel contains a mitigation for this attack vector, PTE
+   inversion, which is permanently enabled and has no performance
+   impact. The kernel ensures that the address bits of PTEs, which are not
+   marked present, never point to cacheable physical memory space.
+
+   A system with an up to date kernel is protected against attacks from
+   malicious user space applications.
+
+2. Malicious guest in a virtual machine
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+   The fact that L1TF breaks all domain protections allows malicious guest
+   OSes, which can control the PTEs directly, and malicious guest user
+   space applications, which run on an unprotected guest kernel lacking the
+   PTE inversion mitigation for L1TF, to attack physical host memory.
+
+   A special aspect of L1TF in the context of virtualization is symmetric
+   multi threading (SMT). The Intel implementation of SMT is called
+   HyperThreading. The fact that Hyperthreads on the affected processors
+   share the L1 Data Cache (L1D) is important for this. As the flaw allows
+   only to attack data which is present in L1D, a malicious guest running
+   on one Hyperthread can attack the data which is brought into the L1D by
+   the context which runs on the sibling Hyperthread of the same physical
+   core. This context can be host OS, host user space or a different guest.
+
+   If the processor does not support Extended Page Tables, the attack is
+   only possible, when the hypervisor does not sanitize the content of the
+   effective (shadow) page tables.
+
+   While solutions exist to mitigate these attack vectors fully, these
+   mitigations are not enabled by default in the Linux kernel because they
+   can affect performance significantly. The kernel provides several
+   mechanisms which can be utilized to address the problem depending on the
+   deployment scenario. The mitigations, their protection scope and impact
+   are described in the next sections.
+
+   The default mitigations and the rationale for choosing them are explained
+   at the end of this document. See :ref:`default_mitigations`.
+
+.. _l1tf_sys_info:
+
+L1TF system information
+-----------------------
+
+The Linux kernel provides a sysfs interface to enumerate the current L1TF
+status of the system: whether the system is vulnerable, and which
+mitigations are active. The relevant sysfs file is:
+
+/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf
+
+The possible values in this file are:
+
+  ===========================   ===============================
+  'Not affected'		The processor is not vulnerable
+  'Mitigation: PTE Inversion'	The host protection is active
+  ===========================   ===============================
+
+If KVM/VMX is enabled and the processor is vulnerable then the following
+information is appended to the 'Mitigation: PTE Inversion' part:
+
+  - SMT status:
+
+    =====================  ================
+    'VMX: SMT vulnerable'  SMT is enabled
+    'VMX: SMT disabled'    SMT is disabled
+    =====================  ================
+
+  - L1D Flush mode:
+
+    ================================  ====================================
+    'L1D vulnerable'		      L1D flushing is disabled
+
+    'L1D conditional cache flushes'   L1D flush is conditionally enabled
+
+    'L1D cache flushes'		      L1D flush is unconditionally enabled
+    ================================  ====================================
+
+The resulting grade of protection is discussed in the following sections.
+
+
+Host mitigation mechanism
+-------------------------
+
+The kernel is unconditionally protected against L1TF attacks from malicious
+user space running on the host.
+
+
+Guest mitigation mechanisms
+---------------------------
+
+.. _l1d_flush:
+
+1. L1D flush on VMENTER
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+   To make sure that a guest cannot attack data which is present in the L1D
+   the hypervisor flushes the L1D before entering the guest.
+
+   Flushing the L1D evicts not only the data which should not be accessed
+   by a potentially malicious guest, it also flushes the guest
+   data. Flushing the L1D has a performance impact as the processor has to
+   bring the flushed guest data back into the L1D. Depending on the
+   frequency of VMEXIT/VMENTER and the type of computations in the guest
+   performance degradation in the range of 1% to 50% has been observed. For
+   scenarios where guest VMEXIT/VMENTER are rare the performance impact is
+   minimal. Virtio and mechanisms like posted interrupts are designed to
+   confine the VMEXITs to a bare minimum, but specific configurations and
+   application scenarios might still suffer from a high VMEXIT rate.
+
+   The kernel provides two L1D flush modes:
+    - conditional ('cond')
+    - unconditional ('always')
+
+   The conditional mode avoids L1D flushing after VMEXITs which execute
+   only audited code paths before the corresponding VMENTER. These code
+   paths have been verified that they cannot expose secrets or other
+   interesting data to an attacker, but they can leak information about the
+   address space layout of the hypervisor.
+
+   Unconditional mode flushes L1D on all VMENTER invocations and provides
+   maximum protection. It has a higher overhead than the conditional
+   mode. The overhead cannot be quantified correctly as it depends on the
+   workload scenario and the resulting number of VMEXITs.
+
+   The general recommendation is to enable L1D flush on VMENTER. The kernel
+   defaults to conditional mode on affected processors.
+
+   **Note**, that L1D flush does not prevent the SMT problem because the
+   sibling thread will also bring back its data into the L1D which makes it
+   attackable again.
+
+   L1D flush can be controlled by the administrator via the kernel command
+   line and sysfs control files. See :ref:`mitigation_control_command_line`
+   and :ref:`mitigation_control_kvm`.
+
+.. _guest_confinement:
+
+2. Guest VCPU confinement to dedicated physical cores
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+   To address the SMT problem, it is possible to make a guest or a group of
+   guests affine to one or more physical cores. The proper mechanism for
+   that is to utilize exclusive cpusets to ensure that no other guest or
+   host tasks can run on these cores.
+
+   If only a single guest or related guests run on sibling SMT threads on
+   the same physical core then they can only attack their own memory and
+   restricted parts of the host memory.
+
+   Host memory is attackable, when one of the sibling SMT threads runs in
+   host OS (hypervisor) context and the other in guest context. The amount
+   of valuable information from the host OS context depends on the context
+   which the host OS executes, i.e. interrupts, soft interrupts and kernel
+   threads. The amount of valuable data from these contexts cannot be
+   declared as non-interesting for an attacker without deep inspection of
+   the code.
+
+   **Note**, that assigning guests to a fixed set of physical cores affects
+   the ability of the scheduler to do load balancing and might have
+   negative effects on CPU utilization depending on the hosting
+   scenario. Disabling SMT might be a viable alternative for particular
+   scenarios.
+
+   For further information about confining guests to a single or to a group
+   of cores consult the cpusets documentation:
+
+   https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.txt
+
+.. _interrupt_isolation:
+
+3. Interrupt affinity
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+   Interrupts can be made affine to logical CPUs. This is not universally
+   true because there are types of interrupts which are truly per CPU
+   interrupts, e.g. the local timer interrupt. Aside of that multi queue
+   devices affine their interrupts to single CPUs or groups of CPUs per
+   queue without allowing the administrator to control the affinities.
+
+   Moving the interrupts, which can be affinity controlled, away from CPUs
+   which run untrusted guests, reduces the attack vector space.
+
+   Whether the interrupts with are affine to CPUs, which run untrusted
+   guests, provide interesting data for an attacker depends on the system
+   configuration and the scenarios which run on the system. While for some
+   of the interrupts it can be assumed that they won't expose interesting
+   information beyond exposing hints about the host OS memory layout, there
+   is no way to make general assumptions.
+
+   Interrupt affinity can be controlled by the administrator via the
+   /proc/irq/$NR/smp_affinity[_list] files. Limited documentation is
+   available at:
+
+   https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt
+
+.. _smt_control:
+
+4. SMT control
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+   To prevent the SMT issues of L1TF it might be necessary to disable SMT
+   completely. Disabling SMT can have a significant performance impact, but
+   the impact depends on the hosting scenario and the type of workloads.
+   The impact of disabling SMT needs also to be weighted against the impact
+   of other mitigation solutions like confining guests to dedicated cores.
+
+   The kernel provides a sysfs interface to retrieve the status of SMT and
+   to control it. It also provides a kernel command line interface to
+   control SMT.
+
+   The kernel command line interface consists of the following options:
+
+     =========== ==========================================================
+     nosmt	 Affects the bring up of the secondary CPUs during boot. The
+		 kernel tries to bring all present CPUs online during the
+		 boot process. "nosmt" makes sure that from each physical
+		 core only one - the so called primary (hyper) thread is
+		 activated. Due to a design flaw of Intel processors related
+		 to Machine Check Exceptions the non primary siblings have
+		 to be brought up at least partially and are then shut down
+		 again.  "nosmt" can be undone via the sysfs interface.
+
+     nosmt=force Has the same effect as "nosmt" but it does not allow to
+		 undo the SMT disable via the sysfs interface.
+     =========== ==========================================================
+
+   The sysfs interface provides two files:
+
+   - /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/control
+   - /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/active
+
+   /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/control:
+
+     This file allows to read out the SMT control state and provides the
+     ability to disable or (re)enable SMT. The possible states are:
+
+	==============  ===================================================
+	on		SMT is supported by the CPU and enabled. All
+			logical CPUs can be onlined and offlined without
+			restrictions.
+
+	off		SMT is supported by the CPU and disabled. Only
+			the so called primary SMT threads can be onlined
+			and offlined without restrictions. An attempt to
+			online a non-primary sibling is rejected
+
+	forceoff	Same as 'off' but the state cannot be controlled.
+			Attempts to write to the control file are rejected.
+
+	notsupported	The processor does not support SMT. It's therefore
+			not affected by the SMT implications of L1TF.
+			Attempts to write to the control file are rejected.
+	==============  ===================================================
+
+     The possible states which can be written into this file to control SMT
+     state are:
+
+     - on
+     - off
+     - forceoff
+
+   /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/active:
+
+     This file reports whether SMT is enabled and active, i.e. if on any
+     physical core two or more sibling threads are online.
+
+   SMT control is also possible at boot time via the l1tf kernel command
+   line parameter in combination with L1D flush control. See
+   :ref:`mitigation_control_command_line`.
+
+5. Disabling EPT
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+  Disabling EPT for virtual machines provides full mitigation for L1TF even
+  with SMT enabled, because the effective page tables for guests are
+  managed and sanitized by the hypervisor. Though disabling EPT has a
+  significant performance impact especially when the Meltdown mitigation
+  KPTI is enabled.
+
+  EPT can be disabled in the hypervisor via the 'kvm-intel.ept' parameter.
+
+There is ongoing research and development for new mitigation mechanisms to
+address the performance impact of disabling SMT or EPT.
+
+.. _mitigation_control_command_line:
+
+Mitigation control on the kernel command line
+---------------------------------------------
+
+The kernel command line allows to control the L1TF mitigations at boot
+time with the option "l1tf=". The valid arguments for this option are:
+
+  ============  =============================================================
+  full		Provides all available mitigations for the L1TF
+		vulnerability. Disables SMT and enables all mitigations in
+		the hypervisors, i.e. unconditional L1D flushing
+
+		SMT control and L1D flush control via the sysfs interface
+		is still possible after boot.  Hypervisors will issue a
+		warning when the first VM is started in a potentially
+		insecure configuration, i.e. SMT enabled or L1D flush
+		disabled.
+
+  full,force	Same as 'full', but disables SMT and L1D flush runtime
+		control. Implies the 'nosmt=force' command line option.
+		(i.e. sysfs control of SMT is disabled.)
+
+  flush		Leaves SMT enabled and enables the default hypervisor
+		mitigation, i.e. conditional L1D flushing
+
+		SMT control and L1D flush control via the sysfs interface
+		is still possible after boot.  Hypervisors will issue a
+		warning when the first VM is started in a potentially
+		insecure configuration, i.e. SMT enabled or L1D flush
+		disabled.
+
+  flush,nosmt	Disables SMT and enables the default hypervisor mitigation,
+		i.e. conditional L1D flushing.
+
+		SMT control and L1D flush control via the sysfs interface
+		is still possible after boot.  Hypervisors will issue a
+		warning when the first VM is started in a potentially
+		insecure configuration, i.e. SMT enabled or L1D flush
+		disabled.
+
+  flush,nowarn	Same as 'flush', but hypervisors will not warn when a VM is
+		started in a potentially insecure configuration.
+
+  off		Disables hypervisor mitigations and doesn't emit any
+		warnings.
+		It also drops the swap size and available RAM limit restrictions
+		on both hypervisor and bare metal.
+
+  ============  =============================================================
+
+The default is 'flush'. For details about L1D flushing see :ref:`l1d_flush`.
+
+
+.. _mitigation_control_kvm:
+
+Mitigation control for KVM - module parameter
+-------------------------------------------------------------
+
+The KVM hypervisor mitigation mechanism, flushing the L1D cache when
+entering a guest, can be controlled with a module parameter.
+
+The option/parameter is "kvm-intel.vmentry_l1d_flush=". It takes the
+following arguments:
+
+  ============  ==============================================================
+  always	L1D cache flush on every VMENTER.
+
+  cond		Flush L1D on VMENTER only when the code between VMEXIT and
+		VMENTER can leak host memory which is considered
+		interesting for an attacker. This still can leak host memory
+		which allows e.g. to determine the hosts address space layout.
+
+  never		Disables the mitigation
+  ============  ==============================================================
+
+The parameter can be provided on the kernel command line, as a module
+parameter when loading the modules and at runtime modified via the sysfs
+file:
+
+/sys/module/kvm_intel/parameters/vmentry_l1d_flush
+
+The default is 'cond'. If 'l1tf=full,force' is given on the kernel command
+line, then 'always' is enforced and the kvm-intel.vmentry_l1d_flush
+module parameter is ignored and writes to the sysfs file are rejected.
+
+.. _mitigation_selection:
+
+Mitigation selection guide
+--------------------------
+
+1. No virtualization in use
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+   The system is protected by the kernel unconditionally and no further
+   action is required.
+
+2. Virtualization with trusted guests
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+   If the guest comes from a trusted source and the guest OS kernel is
+   guaranteed to have the L1TF mitigations in place the system is fully
+   protected against L1TF and no further action is required.
+
+   To avoid the overhead of the default L1D flushing on VMENTER the
+   administrator can disable the flushing via the kernel command line and
+   sysfs control files. See :ref:`mitigation_control_command_line` and
+   :ref:`mitigation_control_kvm`.
+
+
+3. Virtualization with untrusted guests
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+3.1. SMT not supported or disabled
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+
+  If SMT is not supported by the processor or disabled in the BIOS or by
+  the kernel, it's only required to enforce L1D flushing on VMENTER.
+
+  Conditional L1D flushing is the default behaviour and can be tuned. See
+  :ref:`mitigation_control_command_line` and :ref:`mitigation_control_kvm`.
+
+3.2. EPT not supported or disabled
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+
+  If EPT is not supported by the processor or disabled in the hypervisor,
+  the system is fully protected. SMT can stay enabled and L1D flushing on
+  VMENTER is not required.
+
+  EPT can be disabled in the hypervisor via the 'kvm-intel.ept' parameter.
+
+3.3. SMT and EPT supported and active
+"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+
+  If SMT and EPT are supported and active then various degrees of
+  mitigations can be employed:
+
+  - L1D flushing on VMENTER:
+
+    L1D flushing on VMENTER is the minimal protection requirement, but it
+    is only potent in combination with other mitigation methods.
+
+    Conditional L1D flushing is the default behaviour and can be tuned. See
+    :ref:`mitigation_control_command_line` and :ref:`mitigation_control_kvm`.
+
+  - Guest confinement:
+
+    Confinement of guests to a single or a group of physical cores which
+    are not running any other processes, can reduce the attack surface
+    significantly, but interrupts, soft interrupts and kernel threads can
+    still expose valuable data to a potential attacker. See
+    :ref:`guest_confinement`.
+
+  - Interrupt isolation:
+
+    Isolating the guest CPUs from interrupts can reduce the attack surface
+    further, but still allows a malicious guest to explore a limited amount
+    of host physical memory. This can at least be used to gain knowledge
+    about the host address space layout. The interrupts which have a fixed
+    affinity to the CPUs which run the untrusted guests can depending on
+    the scenario still trigger soft interrupts and schedule kernel threads
+    which might expose valuable information. See
+    :ref:`interrupt_isolation`.
+
+The above three mitigation methods combined can provide protection to a
+certain degree, but the risk of the remaining attack surface has to be
+carefully analyzed. For full protection the following methods are
+available:
+
+  - Disabling SMT:
+
+    Disabling SMT and enforcing the L1D flushing provides the maximum
+    amount of protection. This mitigation is not depending on any of the
+    above mitigation methods.
+
+    SMT control and L1D flushing can be tuned by the command line
+    parameters 'nosmt', 'l1tf', 'kvm-intel.vmentry_l1d_flush' and at run
+    time with the matching sysfs control files. See :ref:`smt_control`,
+    :ref:`mitigation_control_command_line` and
+    :ref:`mitigation_control_kvm`.
+
+  - Disabling EPT:
+
+    Disabling EPT provides the maximum amount of protection as well. It is
+    not depending on any of the above mitigation methods. SMT can stay
+    enabled and L1D flushing is not required, but the performance impact is
+    significant.
+
+    EPT can be disabled in the hypervisor via the 'kvm-intel.ept'
+    parameter.
+
+3.4. Nested virtual machines
+""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
+
+When nested virtualization is in use, three operating systems are involved:
+the bare metal hypervisor, the nested hypervisor and the nested virtual
+machine.  VMENTER operations from the nested hypervisor into the nested
+guest will always be processed by the bare metal hypervisor. If KVM is the
+bare metal hypervisor it will:
+
+ - Flush the L1D cache on every switch from the nested hypervisor to the
+   nested virtual machine, so that the nested hypervisor's secrets are not
+   exposed to the nested virtual machine;
+
+ - Flush the L1D cache on every switch from the nested virtual machine to
+   the nested hypervisor; this is a complex operation, and flushing the L1D
+   cache avoids that the bare metal hypervisor's secrets are exposed to the
+   nested virtual machine;
+
+ - Instruct the nested hypervisor to not perform any L1D cache flush. This
+   is an optimization to avoid double L1D flushing.
+
+
+.. _default_mitigations:
+
+Default mitigations
+-------------------
+
+  The kernel default mitigations for vulnerable processors are:
+
+  - PTE inversion to protect against malicious user space. This is done
+    unconditionally and cannot be controlled. The swap storage is limited
+    to ~16TB.
+
+  - L1D conditional flushing on VMENTER when EPT is enabled for
+    a guest.
+
+  The kernel does not by default enforce the disabling of SMT, which leaves
+  SMT systems vulnerable when running untrusted guests with EPT enabled.
+
+  The rationale for this choice is:
+
+  - Force disabling SMT can break existing setups, especially with
+    unattended updates.
+
+  - If regular users run untrusted guests on their machine, then L1TF is
+    just an add on to other malware which might be embedded in an untrusted
+    guest, e.g. spam-bots or attacks on the local network.
+
+    There is no technical way to prevent a user from running untrusted code
+    on their machines blindly.
+
+  - It's technically extremely unlikely and from today's knowledge even
+    impossible that L1TF can be exploited via the most popular attack
+    mechanisms like JavaScript because these mechanisms have no way to
+    control PTEs. If this would be possible and not other mitigation would
+    be possible, then the default might be different.
+
+  - The administrators of cloud and hosting setups have to carefully
+    analyze the risk for their scenarios and make the appropriate
+    mitigation choices, which might even vary across their deployed
+    machines and also result in other changes of their overall setup.
+    There is no way for the kernel to provide a sensible default for this
+    kind of scenarios.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/mds.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/mds.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e3a796c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/mds.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,308 @@
+MDS - Microarchitectural Data Sampling
+======================================
+
+Microarchitectural Data Sampling is a hardware vulnerability which allows
+unprivileged speculative access to data which is available in various CPU
+internal buffers.
+
+Affected processors
+-------------------
+
+This vulnerability affects a wide range of Intel processors. The
+vulnerability is not present on:
+
+   - Processors from AMD, Centaur and other non Intel vendors
+
+   - Older processor models, where the CPU family is < 6
+
+   - Some Atoms (Bonnell, Saltwell, Goldmont, GoldmontPlus)
+
+   - Intel processors which have the ARCH_CAP_MDS_NO bit set in the
+     IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR.
+
+Whether a processor is affected or not can be read out from the MDS
+vulnerability file in sysfs. See :ref:`mds_sys_info`.
+
+Not all processors are affected by all variants of MDS, but the mitigation
+is identical for all of them so the kernel treats them as a single
+vulnerability.
+
+Related CVEs
+------------
+
+The following CVE entries are related to the MDS vulnerability:
+
+   ==============  =====  ===================================================
+   CVE-2018-12126  MSBDS  Microarchitectural Store Buffer Data Sampling
+   CVE-2018-12130  MFBDS  Microarchitectural Fill Buffer Data Sampling
+   CVE-2018-12127  MLPDS  Microarchitectural Load Port Data Sampling
+   CVE-2019-11091  MDSUM  Microarchitectural Data Sampling Uncacheable Memory
+   ==============  =====  ===================================================
+
+Problem
+-------
+
+When performing store, load, L1 refill operations, processors write data
+into temporary microarchitectural structures (buffers). The data in the
+buffer can be forwarded to load operations as an optimization.
+
+Under certain conditions, usually a fault/assist caused by a load
+operation, data unrelated to the load memory address can be speculatively
+forwarded from the buffers. Because the load operation causes a fault or
+assist and its result will be discarded, the forwarded data will not cause
+incorrect program execution or state changes. But a malicious operation
+may be able to forward this speculative data to a disclosure gadget which
+allows in turn to infer the value via a cache side channel attack.
+
+Because the buffers are potentially shared between Hyper-Threads cross
+Hyper-Thread attacks are possible.
+
+Deeper technical information is available in the MDS specific x86
+architecture section: :ref:`Documentation/x86/mds.rst <mds>`.
+
+
+Attack scenarios
+----------------
+
+Attacks against the MDS vulnerabilities can be mounted from malicious non
+priviledged user space applications running on hosts or guest. Malicious
+guest OSes can obviously mount attacks as well.
+
+Contrary to other speculation based vulnerabilities the MDS vulnerability
+does not allow the attacker to control the memory target address. As a
+consequence the attacks are purely sampling based, but as demonstrated with
+the TLBleed attack samples can be postprocessed successfully.
+
+Web-Browsers
+^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+  It's unclear whether attacks through Web-Browsers are possible at
+  all. The exploitation through Java-Script is considered very unlikely,
+  but other widely used web technologies like Webassembly could possibly be
+  abused.
+
+
+.. _mds_sys_info:
+
+MDS system information
+-----------------------
+
+The Linux kernel provides a sysfs interface to enumerate the current MDS
+status of the system: whether the system is vulnerable, and which
+mitigations are active. The relevant sysfs file is:
+
+/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/mds
+
+The possible values in this file are:
+
+  .. list-table::
+
+     * - 'Not affected'
+       - The processor is not vulnerable
+     * - 'Vulnerable'
+       - The processor is vulnerable, but no mitigation enabled
+     * - 'Vulnerable: Clear CPU buffers attempted, no microcode'
+       - The processor is vulnerable but microcode is not updated.
+
+         The mitigation is enabled on a best effort basis. See :ref:`vmwerv`
+     * - 'Mitigation: Clear CPU buffers'
+       - The processor is vulnerable and the CPU buffer clearing mitigation is
+         enabled.
+
+If the processor is vulnerable then the following information is appended
+to the above information:
+
+    ========================  ============================================
+    'SMT vulnerable'          SMT is enabled
+    'SMT mitigated'           SMT is enabled and mitigated
+    'SMT disabled'            SMT is disabled
+    'SMT Host state unknown'  Kernel runs in a VM, Host SMT state unknown
+    ========================  ============================================
+
+.. _vmwerv:
+
+Best effort mitigation mode
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+  If the processor is vulnerable, but the availability of the microcode based
+  mitigation mechanism is not advertised via CPUID the kernel selects a best
+  effort mitigation mode.  This mode invokes the mitigation instructions
+  without a guarantee that they clear the CPU buffers.
+
+  This is done to address virtualization scenarios where the host has the
+  microcode update applied, but the hypervisor is not yet updated to expose
+  the CPUID to the guest. If the host has updated microcode the protection
+  takes effect otherwise a few cpu cycles are wasted pointlessly.
+
+  The state in the mds sysfs file reflects this situation accordingly.
+
+
+Mitigation mechanism
+-------------------------
+
+The kernel detects the affected CPUs and the presence of the microcode
+which is required.
+
+If a CPU is affected and the microcode is available, then the kernel
+enables the mitigation by default. The mitigation can be controlled at boot
+time via a kernel command line option. See
+:ref:`mds_mitigation_control_command_line`.
+
+.. _cpu_buffer_clear:
+
+CPU buffer clearing
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+  The mitigation for MDS clears the affected CPU buffers on return to user
+  space and when entering a guest.
+
+  If SMT is enabled it also clears the buffers on idle entry when the CPU
+  is only affected by MSBDS and not any other MDS variant, because the
+  other variants cannot be protected against cross Hyper-Thread attacks.
+
+  For CPUs which are only affected by MSBDS the user space, guest and idle
+  transition mitigations are sufficient and SMT is not affected.
+
+.. _virt_mechanism:
+
+Virtualization mitigation
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+  The protection for host to guest transition depends on the L1TF
+  vulnerability of the CPU:
+
+  - CPU is affected by L1TF:
+
+    If the L1D flush mitigation is enabled and up to date microcode is
+    available, the L1D flush mitigation is automatically protecting the
+    guest transition.
+
+    If the L1D flush mitigation is disabled then the MDS mitigation is
+    invoked explicit when the host MDS mitigation is enabled.
+
+    For details on L1TF and virtualization see:
+    :ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln//l1tf.rst <mitigation_control_kvm>`.
+
+  - CPU is not affected by L1TF:
+
+    CPU buffers are flushed before entering the guest when the host MDS
+    mitigation is enabled.
+
+  The resulting MDS protection matrix for the host to guest transition:
+
+  ============ ===== ============= ============ =================
+   L1TF         MDS   VMX-L1FLUSH   Host MDS     MDS-State
+
+   Don't care   No    Don't care    N/A          Not affected
+
+   Yes          Yes   Disabled      Off          Vulnerable
+
+   Yes          Yes   Disabled      Full         Mitigated
+
+   Yes          Yes   Enabled       Don't care   Mitigated
+
+   No           Yes   N/A           Off          Vulnerable
+
+   No           Yes   N/A           Full         Mitigated
+  ============ ===== ============= ============ =================
+
+  This only covers the host to guest transition, i.e. prevents leakage from
+  host to guest, but does not protect the guest internally. Guests need to
+  have their own protections.
+
+.. _xeon_phi:
+
+XEON PHI specific considerations
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+  The XEON PHI processor family is affected by MSBDS which can be exploited
+  cross Hyper-Threads when entering idle states. Some XEON PHI variants allow
+  to use MWAIT in user space (Ring 3) which opens an potential attack vector
+  for malicious user space. The exposure can be disabled on the kernel
+  command line with the 'ring3mwait=disable' command line option.
+
+  XEON PHI is not affected by the other MDS variants and MSBDS is mitigated
+  before the CPU enters a idle state. As XEON PHI is not affected by L1TF
+  either disabling SMT is not required for full protection.
+
+.. _mds_smt_control:
+
+SMT control
+^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+  All MDS variants except MSBDS can be attacked cross Hyper-Threads. That
+  means on CPUs which are affected by MFBDS or MLPDS it is necessary to
+  disable SMT for full protection. These are most of the affected CPUs; the
+  exception is XEON PHI, see :ref:`xeon_phi`.
+
+  Disabling SMT can have a significant performance impact, but the impact
+  depends on the type of workloads.
+
+  See the relevant chapter in the L1TF mitigation documentation for details:
+  :ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst <smt_control>`.
+
+
+.. _mds_mitigation_control_command_line:
+
+Mitigation control on the kernel command line
+---------------------------------------------
+
+The kernel command line allows to control the MDS mitigations at boot
+time with the option "mds=". The valid arguments for this option are:
+
+  ============  =============================================================
+  full		If the CPU is vulnerable, enable all available mitigations
+		for the MDS vulnerability, CPU buffer clearing on exit to
+		userspace and when entering a VM. Idle transitions are
+		protected as well if SMT is enabled.
+
+		It does not automatically disable SMT.
+
+  full,nosmt	The same as mds=full, with SMT disabled on vulnerable
+		CPUs.  This is the complete mitigation.
+
+  off		Disables MDS mitigations completely.
+
+  ============  =============================================================
+
+Not specifying this option is equivalent to "mds=full".
+
+
+Mitigation selection guide
+--------------------------
+
+1. Trusted userspace
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+   If all userspace applications are from a trusted source and do not
+   execute untrusted code which is supplied externally, then the mitigation
+   can be disabled.
+
+
+2. Virtualization with trusted guests
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+   The same considerations as above versus trusted user space apply.
+
+3. Virtualization with untrusted guests
+^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
+
+   The protection depends on the state of the L1TF mitigations.
+   See :ref:`virt_mechanism`.
+
+   If the MDS mitigation is enabled and SMT is disabled, guest to host and
+   guest to guest attacks are prevented.
+
+.. _mds_default_mitigations:
+
+Default mitigations
+-------------------
+
+  The kernel default mitigations for vulnerable processors are:
+
+  - Enable CPU buffer clearing
+
+  The kernel does not by default enforce the disabling of SMT, which leaves
+  SMT systems vulnerable when running untrusted code. The same rationale as
+  for L1TF applies.
+  See :ref:`Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln//l1tf.rst <default_mitigations>`.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
index 5b8286f..8001917 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/index.rst
@@ -17,14 +17,12 @@
    kernel-parameters
    devices
 
-This section describes CPU vulnerabilities and provides an overview of the
-possible mitigations along with guidance for selecting mitigations if they
-are configurable at compile, boot or run time.
+This section describes CPU vulnerabilities and their mitigations.
 
 .. toctree::
    :maxdepth: 1
 
-   l1tf
+   hw-vuln/index
 
 Here is a set of documents aimed at users who are trying to track down
 problems and bugs in particular.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
index fd03e2b..52e6fbb 100644
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/kernel-parameters.txt
@@ -1588,7 +1588,7 @@
 			Format: { "off" | "enforce" | "fix" | "log" }
 			default: "enforce"
 
-	ima_appraise_tcb [IMA]
+	ima_appraise_tcb [IMA] Deprecated.  Use ima_policy= instead.
 			The builtin appraise policy appraises all files
 			owned by uid=0.
 
@@ -1615,8 +1615,7 @@
 			uid=0.
 
 			The "appraise_tcb" policy appraises the integrity of
-			all files owned by root. (This is the equivalent
-			of ima_appraise_tcb.)
+			all files owned by root.
 
 			The "secure_boot" policy appraises the integrity
 			of files (eg. kexec kernel image, kernel modules,
@@ -1831,6 +1830,9 @@
 	ip=		[IP_PNP]
 			See Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfsroot.txt.
 
+	ipcmni_extend	[KNL] Extend the maximum number of unique System V
+			IPC identifiers from 32,768 to 16,777,216.
+
 	irqaffinity=	[SMP] Set the default irq affinity mask
 			The argument is a cpu list, as described above.
 
@@ -2144,7 +2146,7 @@
 
 			Default is 'flush'.
 
-			For details see: Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst
+			For details see: Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/l1tf.rst
 
 	l2cr=		[PPC]
 
@@ -2390,6 +2392,32 @@
 			Format: <first>,<last>
 			Specifies range of consoles to be captured by the MDA.
 
+	mds=		[X86,INTEL]
+			Control mitigation for the Micro-architectural Data
+			Sampling (MDS) vulnerability.
+
+			Certain CPUs are vulnerable to an exploit against CPU
+			internal buffers which can forward information to a
+			disclosure gadget under certain conditions.
+
+			In vulnerable processors, the speculatively
+			forwarded data can be used in a cache side channel
+			attack, to access data to which the attacker does
+			not have direct access.
+
+			This parameter controls the MDS mitigation. The
+			options are:
+
+			full       - Enable MDS mitigation on vulnerable CPUs
+			full,nosmt - Enable MDS mitigation and disable
+				     SMT on vulnerable CPUs
+			off        - Unconditionally disable MDS mitigation
+
+			Not specifying this option is equivalent to
+			mds=full.
+
+			For details see: Documentation/admin-guide/hw-vuln/mds.rst
+
 	mem=nn[KMG]	[KNL,BOOT] Force usage of a specific amount of memory
 			Amount of memory to be used when the kernel is not able
 			to see the whole system memory or for test.
@@ -2566,6 +2594,7 @@
 					       spec_store_bypass_disable=off [X86,PPC]
 					       ssbd=force-off [ARM64]
 					       l1tf=off [X86]
+					       mds=off [X86]
 
 			auto (default)
 				Mitigate all CPU vulnerabilities, but leave SMT
@@ -2580,6 +2609,7 @@
 				if needed.  This is for users who always want to
 				be fully mitigated, even if it means losing SMT.
 				Equivalent to: l1tf=flush,nosmt [X86]
+					       mds=full,nosmt [X86]
 
 	mminit_loglevel=
 			[KNL] When CONFIG_DEBUG_MEMORY_INIT is set, this
@@ -2876,11 +2906,11 @@
 			noexec=on: enable non-executable mappings (default)
 			noexec=off: disable non-executable mappings
 
-	nosmap		[X86]
+	nosmap		[X86,PPC]
 			Disable SMAP (Supervisor Mode Access Prevention)
 			even if it is supported by processor.
 
-	nosmep		[X86]
+	nosmep		[X86,PPC]
 			Disable SMEP (Supervisor Mode Execution Prevention)
 			even if it is supported by processor.
 
@@ -3147,6 +3177,16 @@
 			This will also cause panics on machine check exceptions.
 			Useful together with panic=30 to trigger a reboot.
 
+	page_alloc.shuffle=
+			[KNL] Boolean flag to control whether the page allocator
+			should randomize its free lists. The randomization may
+			be automatically enabled if the kernel detects it is
+			running on a platform with a direct-mapped memory-side
+			cache, and this parameter can be used to
+			override/disable that behavior. The state of the flag
+			can be read from sysfs at:
+			/sys/module/page_alloc/parameters/shuffle.
+
 	page_owner=	[KNL] Boot-time page_owner enabling option.
 			Storage of the information about who allocated
 			each page is disabled in default. With this switch,
@@ -4027,7 +4067,9 @@
 				[[,]s[mp]#### \
 				[[,]b[ios] | a[cpi] | k[bd] | t[riple] | e[fi] | p[ci]] \
 				[[,]f[orce]
-			Where reboot_mode is one of warm (soft) or cold (hard) or gpio,
+			Where reboot_mode is one of warm (soft) or cold (hard) or gpio
+					(prefix with 'panic_' to set mode for panic
+					reboot only),
 			      reboot_type is one of bios, acpi, kbd, triple, efi, or pci,
 			      reboot_force is either force or not specified,
 			      reboot_cpu is s[mp]#### with #### being the processor
@@ -5218,6 +5260,13 @@
 			with /sys/devices/system/xen_memory/xen_memory0/scrub_pages.
 			Default value controlled with CONFIG_XEN_SCRUB_PAGES_DEFAULT.
 
+	xen_timer_slop=	[X86-64,XEN]
+			Set the timer slop (in nanoseconds) for the virtual Xen
+			timers (default is 100000). This adjusts the minimum
+			delta of virtualized Xen timers, where lower values
+			improve timer resolution at the expense of processing
+			more timer interrupts.
+
 	xirc2ps_cs=	[NET,PCMCIA]
 			Format:
 			<irq>,<irq_mask>,<io>,<full_duplex>,<do_sound>,<lockup_hack>[,<irq2>[,<irq3>[,<irq4>]]]
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst
deleted file mode 100644
index 9af9773..0000000
--- a/Documentation/admin-guide/l1tf.rst
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,614 +0,0 @@
-L1TF - L1 Terminal Fault
-========================
-
-L1 Terminal Fault is a hardware vulnerability which allows unprivileged
-speculative access to data which is available in the Level 1 Data Cache
-when the page table entry controlling the virtual address, which is used
-for the access, has the Present bit cleared or other reserved bits set.
-
-Affected processors
--------------------
-
-This vulnerability affects a wide range of Intel processors. The
-vulnerability is not present on:
-
-   - Processors from AMD, Centaur and other non Intel vendors
-
-   - Older processor models, where the CPU family is < 6
-
-   - A range of Intel ATOM processors (Cedarview, Cloverview, Lincroft,
-     Penwell, Pineview, Silvermont, Airmont, Merrifield)
-
-   - The Intel XEON PHI family
-
-   - Intel processors which have the ARCH_CAP_RDCL_NO bit set in the
-     IA32_ARCH_CAPABILITIES MSR. If the bit is set the CPU is not affected
-     by the Meltdown vulnerability either. These CPUs should become
-     available by end of 2018.
-
-Whether a processor is affected or not can be read out from the L1TF
-vulnerability file in sysfs. See :ref:`l1tf_sys_info`.
-
-Related CVEs
-------------
-
-The following CVE entries are related to the L1TF vulnerability:
-
-   =============  =================  ==============================
-   CVE-2018-3615  L1 Terminal Fault  SGX related aspects
-   CVE-2018-3620  L1 Terminal Fault  OS, SMM related aspects
-   CVE-2018-3646  L1 Terminal Fault  Virtualization related aspects
-   =============  =================  ==============================
-
-Problem
--------
-
-If an instruction accesses a virtual address for which the relevant page
-table entry (PTE) has the Present bit cleared or other reserved bits set,
-then speculative execution ignores the invalid PTE and loads the referenced
-data if it is present in the Level 1 Data Cache, as if the page referenced
-by the address bits in the PTE was still present and accessible.
-
-While this is a purely speculative mechanism and the instruction will raise
-a page fault when it is retired eventually, the pure act of loading the
-data and making it available to other speculative instructions opens up the
-opportunity for side channel attacks to unprivileged malicious code,
-similar to the Meltdown attack.
-
-While Meltdown breaks the user space to kernel space protection, L1TF
-allows to attack any physical memory address in the system and the attack
-works across all protection domains. It allows an attack of SGX and also
-works from inside virtual machines because the speculation bypasses the
-extended page table (EPT) protection mechanism.
-
-
-Attack scenarios
-----------------
-
-1. Malicious user space
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
-   Operating Systems store arbitrary information in the address bits of a
-   PTE which is marked non present. This allows a malicious user space
-   application to attack the physical memory to which these PTEs resolve.
-   In some cases user-space can maliciously influence the information
-   encoded in the address bits of the PTE, thus making attacks more
-   deterministic and more practical.
-
-   The Linux kernel contains a mitigation for this attack vector, PTE
-   inversion, which is permanently enabled and has no performance
-   impact. The kernel ensures that the address bits of PTEs, which are not
-   marked present, never point to cacheable physical memory space.
-
-   A system with an up to date kernel is protected against attacks from
-   malicious user space applications.
-
-2. Malicious guest in a virtual machine
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
-   The fact that L1TF breaks all domain protections allows malicious guest
-   OSes, which can control the PTEs directly, and malicious guest user
-   space applications, which run on an unprotected guest kernel lacking the
-   PTE inversion mitigation for L1TF, to attack physical host memory.
-
-   A special aspect of L1TF in the context of virtualization is symmetric
-   multi threading (SMT). The Intel implementation of SMT is called
-   HyperThreading. The fact that Hyperthreads on the affected processors
-   share the L1 Data Cache (L1D) is important for this. As the flaw allows
-   only to attack data which is present in L1D, a malicious guest running
-   on one Hyperthread can attack the data which is brought into the L1D by
-   the context which runs on the sibling Hyperthread of the same physical
-   core. This context can be host OS, host user space or a different guest.
-
-   If the processor does not support Extended Page Tables, the attack is
-   only possible, when the hypervisor does not sanitize the content of the
-   effective (shadow) page tables.
-
-   While solutions exist to mitigate these attack vectors fully, these
-   mitigations are not enabled by default in the Linux kernel because they
-   can affect performance significantly. The kernel provides several
-   mechanisms which can be utilized to address the problem depending on the
-   deployment scenario. The mitigations, their protection scope and impact
-   are described in the next sections.
-
-   The default mitigations and the rationale for choosing them are explained
-   at the end of this document. See :ref:`default_mitigations`.
-
-.. _l1tf_sys_info:
-
-L1TF system information
------------------------
-
-The Linux kernel provides a sysfs interface to enumerate the current L1TF
-status of the system: whether the system is vulnerable, and which
-mitigations are active. The relevant sysfs file is:
-
-/sys/devices/system/cpu/vulnerabilities/l1tf
-
-The possible values in this file are:
-
-  ===========================   ===============================
-  'Not affected'		The processor is not vulnerable
-  'Mitigation: PTE Inversion'	The host protection is active
-  ===========================   ===============================
-
-If KVM/VMX is enabled and the processor is vulnerable then the following
-information is appended to the 'Mitigation: PTE Inversion' part:
-
-  - SMT status:
-
-    =====================  ================
-    'VMX: SMT vulnerable'  SMT is enabled
-    'VMX: SMT disabled'    SMT is disabled
-    =====================  ================
-
-  - L1D Flush mode:
-
-    ================================  ====================================
-    'L1D vulnerable'		      L1D flushing is disabled
-
-    'L1D conditional cache flushes'   L1D flush is conditionally enabled
-
-    'L1D cache flushes'		      L1D flush is unconditionally enabled
-    ================================  ====================================
-
-The resulting grade of protection is discussed in the following sections.
-
-
-Host mitigation mechanism
--------------------------
-
-The kernel is unconditionally protected against L1TF attacks from malicious
-user space running on the host.
-
-
-Guest mitigation mechanisms
----------------------------
-
-.. _l1d_flush:
-
-1. L1D flush on VMENTER
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
-   To make sure that a guest cannot attack data which is present in the L1D
-   the hypervisor flushes the L1D before entering the guest.
-
-   Flushing the L1D evicts not only the data which should not be accessed
-   by a potentially malicious guest, it also flushes the guest
-   data. Flushing the L1D has a performance impact as the processor has to
-   bring the flushed guest data back into the L1D. Depending on the
-   frequency of VMEXIT/VMENTER and the type of computations in the guest
-   performance degradation in the range of 1% to 50% has been observed. For
-   scenarios where guest VMEXIT/VMENTER are rare the performance impact is
-   minimal. Virtio and mechanisms like posted interrupts are designed to
-   confine the VMEXITs to a bare minimum, but specific configurations and
-   application scenarios might still suffer from a high VMEXIT rate.
-
-   The kernel provides two L1D flush modes:
-    - conditional ('cond')
-    - unconditional ('always')
-
-   The conditional mode avoids L1D flushing after VMEXITs which execute
-   only audited code paths before the corresponding VMENTER. These code
-   paths have been verified that they cannot expose secrets or other
-   interesting data to an attacker, but they can leak information about the
-   address space layout of the hypervisor.
-
-   Unconditional mode flushes L1D on all VMENTER invocations and provides
-   maximum protection. It has a higher overhead than the conditional
-   mode. The overhead cannot be quantified correctly as it depends on the
-   workload scenario and the resulting number of VMEXITs.
-
-   The general recommendation is to enable L1D flush on VMENTER. The kernel
-   defaults to conditional mode on affected processors.
-
-   **Note**, that L1D flush does not prevent the SMT problem because the
-   sibling thread will also bring back its data into the L1D which makes it
-   attackable again.
-
-   L1D flush can be controlled by the administrator via the kernel command
-   line and sysfs control files. See :ref:`mitigation_control_command_line`
-   and :ref:`mitigation_control_kvm`.
-
-.. _guest_confinement:
-
-2. Guest VCPU confinement to dedicated physical cores
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
-   To address the SMT problem, it is possible to make a guest or a group of
-   guests affine to one or more physical cores. The proper mechanism for
-   that is to utilize exclusive cpusets to ensure that no other guest or
-   host tasks can run on these cores.
-
-   If only a single guest or related guests run on sibling SMT threads on
-   the same physical core then they can only attack their own memory and
-   restricted parts of the host memory.
-
-   Host memory is attackable, when one of the sibling SMT threads runs in
-   host OS (hypervisor) context and the other in guest context. The amount
-   of valuable information from the host OS context depends on the context
-   which the host OS executes, i.e. interrupts, soft interrupts and kernel
-   threads. The amount of valuable data from these contexts cannot be
-   declared as non-interesting for an attacker without deep inspection of
-   the code.
-
-   **Note**, that assigning guests to a fixed set of physical cores affects
-   the ability of the scheduler to do load balancing and might have
-   negative effects on CPU utilization depending on the hosting
-   scenario. Disabling SMT might be a viable alternative for particular
-   scenarios.
-
-   For further information about confining guests to a single or to a group
-   of cores consult the cpusets documentation:
-
-   https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/cgroup-v1/cpusets.txt
-
-.. _interrupt_isolation:
-
-3. Interrupt affinity
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
-   Interrupts can be made affine to logical CPUs. This is not universally
-   true because there are types of interrupts which are truly per CPU
-   interrupts, e.g. the local timer interrupt. Aside of that multi queue
-   devices affine their interrupts to single CPUs or groups of CPUs per
-   queue without allowing the administrator to control the affinities.
-
-   Moving the interrupts, which can be affinity controlled, away from CPUs
-   which run untrusted guests, reduces the attack vector space.
-
-   Whether the interrupts with are affine to CPUs, which run untrusted
-   guests, provide interesting data for an attacker depends on the system
-   configuration and the scenarios which run on the system. While for some
-   of the interrupts it can be assumed that they won't expose interesting
-   information beyond exposing hints about the host OS memory layout, there
-   is no way to make general assumptions.
-
-   Interrupt affinity can be controlled by the administrator via the
-   /proc/irq/$NR/smp_affinity[_list] files. Limited documentation is
-   available at:
-
-   https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/IRQ-affinity.txt
-
-.. _smt_control:
-
-4. SMT control
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
-   To prevent the SMT issues of L1TF it might be necessary to disable SMT
-   completely. Disabling SMT can have a significant performance impact, but
-   the impact depends on the hosting scenario and the type of workloads.
-   The impact of disabling SMT needs also to be weighted against the impact
-   of other mitigation solutions like confining guests to dedicated cores.
-
-   The kernel provides a sysfs interface to retrieve the status of SMT and
-   to control it. It also provides a kernel command line interface to
-   control SMT.
-
-   The kernel command line interface consists of the following options:
-
-     =========== ==========================================================
-     nosmt	 Affects the bring up of the secondary CPUs during boot. The
-		 kernel tries to bring all present CPUs online during the
-		 boot process. "nosmt" makes sure that from each physical
-		 core only one - the so called primary (hyper) thread is
-		 activated. Due to a design flaw of Intel processors related
-		 to Machine Check Exceptions the non primary siblings have
-		 to be brought up at least partially and are then shut down
-		 again.  "nosmt" can be undone via the sysfs interface.
-
-     nosmt=force Has the same effect as "nosmt" but it does not allow to
-		 undo the SMT disable via the sysfs interface.
-     =========== ==========================================================
-
-   The sysfs interface provides two files:
-
-   - /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/control
-   - /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/active
-
-   /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/control:
-
-     This file allows to read out the SMT control state and provides the
-     ability to disable or (re)enable SMT. The possible states are:
-
-	==============  ===================================================
-	on		SMT is supported by the CPU and enabled. All
-			logical CPUs can be onlined and offlined without
-			restrictions.
-
-	off		SMT is supported by the CPU and disabled. Only
-			the so called primary SMT threads can be onlined
-			and offlined without restrictions. An attempt to
-			online a non-primary sibling is rejected
-
-	forceoff	Same as 'off' but the state cannot be controlled.
-			Attempts to write to the control file are rejected.
-
-	notsupported	The processor does not support SMT. It's therefore
-			not affected by the SMT implications of L1TF.
-			Attempts to write to the control file are rejected.
-	==============  ===================================================
-
-     The possible states which can be written into this file to control SMT
-     state are:
-
-     - on
-     - off
-     - forceoff
-
-   /sys/devices/system/cpu/smt/active:
-
-     This file reports whether SMT is enabled and active, i.e. if on any
-     physical core two or more sibling threads are online.
-
-   SMT control is also possible at boot time via the l1tf kernel command
-   line parameter in combination with L1D flush control. See
-   :ref:`mitigation_control_command_line`.
-
-5. Disabling EPT
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
-  Disabling EPT for virtual machines provides full mitigation for L1TF even
-  with SMT enabled, because the effective page tables for guests are
-  managed and sanitized by the hypervisor. Though disabling EPT has a
-  significant performance impact especially when the Meltdown mitigation
-  KPTI is enabled.
-
-  EPT can be disabled in the hypervisor via the 'kvm-intel.ept' parameter.
-
-There is ongoing research and development for new mitigation mechanisms to
-address the performance impact of disabling SMT or EPT.
-
-.. _mitigation_control_command_line:
-
-Mitigation control on the kernel command line
----------------------------------------------
-
-The kernel command line allows to control the L1TF mitigations at boot
-time with the option "l1tf=". The valid arguments for this option are:
-
-  ============  =============================================================
-  full		Provides all available mitigations for the L1TF
-		vulnerability. Disables SMT and enables all mitigations in
-		the hypervisors, i.e. unconditional L1D flushing
-
-		SMT control and L1D flush control via the sysfs interface
-		is still possible after boot.  Hypervisors will issue a
-		warning when the first VM is started in a potentially
-		insecure configuration, i.e. SMT enabled or L1D flush
-		disabled.
-
-  full,force	Same as 'full', but disables SMT and L1D flush runtime
-		control. Implies the 'nosmt=force' command line option.
-		(i.e. sysfs control of SMT is disabled.)
-
-  flush		Leaves SMT enabled and enables the default hypervisor
-		mitigation, i.e. conditional L1D flushing
-
-		SMT control and L1D flush control via the sysfs interface
-		is still possible after boot.  Hypervisors will issue a
-		warning when the first VM is started in a potentially
-		insecure configuration, i.e. SMT enabled or L1D flush
-		disabled.
-
-  flush,nosmt	Disables SMT and enables the default hypervisor mitigation,
-		i.e. conditional L1D flushing.
-
-		SMT control and L1D flush control via the sysfs interface
-		is still possible after boot.  Hypervisors will issue a
-		warning when the first VM is started in a potentially
-		insecure configuration, i.e. SMT enabled or L1D flush
-		disabled.
-
-  flush,nowarn	Same as 'flush', but hypervisors will not warn when a VM is
-		started in a potentially insecure configuration.
-
-  off		Disables hypervisor mitigations and doesn't emit any
-		warnings.
-		It also drops the swap size and available RAM limit restrictions
-		on both hypervisor and bare metal.
-
-  ============  =============================================================
-
-The default is 'flush'. For details about L1D flushing see :ref:`l1d_flush`.
-
-
-.. _mitigation_control_kvm:
-
-Mitigation control for KVM - module parameter
--------------------------------------------------------------
-
-The KVM hypervisor mitigation mechanism, flushing the L1D cache when
-entering a guest, can be controlled with a module parameter.
-
-The option/parameter is "kvm-intel.vmentry_l1d_flush=". It takes the
-following arguments:
-
-  ============  ==============================================================
-  always	L1D cache flush on every VMENTER.
-
-  cond		Flush L1D on VMENTER only when the code between VMEXIT and
-		VMENTER can leak host memory which is considered
-		interesting for an attacker. This still can leak host memory
-		which allows e.g. to determine the hosts address space layout.
-
-  never		Disables the mitigation
-  ============  ==============================================================
-
-The parameter can be provided on the kernel command line, as a module
-parameter when loading the modules and at runtime modified via the sysfs
-file:
-
-/sys/module/kvm_intel/parameters/vmentry_l1d_flush
-
-The default is 'cond'. If 'l1tf=full,force' is given on the kernel command
-line, then 'always' is enforced and the kvm-intel.vmentry_l1d_flush
-module parameter is ignored and writes to the sysfs file are rejected.
-
-
-Mitigation selection guide
---------------------------
-
-1. No virtualization in use
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
-   The system is protected by the kernel unconditionally and no further
-   action is required.
-
-2. Virtualization with trusted guests
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
-   If the guest comes from a trusted source and the guest OS kernel is
-   guaranteed to have the L1TF mitigations in place the system is fully
-   protected against L1TF and no further action is required.
-
-   To avoid the overhead of the default L1D flushing on VMENTER the
-   administrator can disable the flushing via the kernel command line and
-   sysfs control files. See :ref:`mitigation_control_command_line` and
-   :ref:`mitigation_control_kvm`.
-
-
-3. Virtualization with untrusted guests
-^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^
-
-3.1. SMT not supported or disabled
-""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-
-  If SMT is not supported by the processor or disabled in the BIOS or by
-  the kernel, it's only required to enforce L1D flushing on VMENTER.
-
-  Conditional L1D flushing is the default behaviour and can be tuned. See
-  :ref:`mitigation_control_command_line` and :ref:`mitigation_control_kvm`.
-
-3.2. EPT not supported or disabled
-""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-
-  If EPT is not supported by the processor or disabled in the hypervisor,
-  the system is fully protected. SMT can stay enabled and L1D flushing on
-  VMENTER is not required.
-
-  EPT can be disabled in the hypervisor via the 'kvm-intel.ept' parameter.
-
-3.3. SMT and EPT supported and active
-"""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-
-  If SMT and EPT are supported and active then various degrees of
-  mitigations can be employed:
-
-  - L1D flushing on VMENTER:
-
-    L1D flushing on VMENTER is the minimal protection requirement, but it
-    is only potent in combination with other mitigation methods.
-
-    Conditional L1D flushing is the default behaviour and can be tuned. See
-    :ref:`mitigation_control_command_line` and :ref:`mitigation_control_kvm`.
-
-  - Guest confinement:
-
-    Confinement of guests to a single or a group of physical cores which
-    are not running any other processes, can reduce the attack surface
-    significantly, but interrupts, soft interrupts and kernel threads can
-    still expose valuable data to a potential attacker. See
-    :ref:`guest_confinement`.
-
-  - Interrupt isolation:
-
-    Isolating the guest CPUs from interrupts can reduce the attack surface
-    further, but still allows a malicious guest to explore a limited amount
-    of host physical memory. This can at least be used to gain knowledge
-    about the host address space layout. The interrupts which have a fixed
-    affinity to the CPUs which run the untrusted guests can depending on
-    the scenario still trigger soft interrupts and schedule kernel threads
-    which might expose valuable information. See
-    :ref:`interrupt_isolation`.
-
-The above three mitigation methods combined can provide protection to a
-certain degree, but the risk of the remaining attack surface has to be
-carefully analyzed. For full protection the following methods are
-available:
-
-  - Disabling SMT:
-
-    Disabling SMT and enforcing the L1D flushing provides the maximum
-    amount of protection. This mitigation is not depending on any of the
-    above mitigation methods.
-
-    SMT control and L1D flushing can be tuned by the command line
-    parameters 'nosmt', 'l1tf', 'kvm-intel.vmentry_l1d_flush' and at run
-    time with the matching sysfs control files. See :ref:`smt_control`,
-    :ref:`mitigation_control_command_line` and
-    :ref:`mitigation_control_kvm`.
-
-  - Disabling EPT:
-
-    Disabling EPT provides the maximum amount of protection as well. It is
-    not depending on any of the above mitigation methods. SMT can stay
-    enabled and L1D flushing is not required, but the performance impact is
-    significant.
-
-    EPT can be disabled in the hypervisor via the 'kvm-intel.ept'
-    parameter.
-
-3.4. Nested virtual machines
-""""""""""""""""""""""""""""
-
-When nested virtualization is in use, three operating systems are involved:
-the bare metal hypervisor, the nested hypervisor and the nested virtual
-machine.  VMENTER operations from the nested hypervisor into the nested
-guest will always be processed by the bare metal hypervisor. If KVM is the
-bare metal hypervisor it will:
-
- - Flush the L1D cache on every switch from the nested hypervisor to the
-   nested virtual machine, so that the nested hypervisor's secrets are not
-   exposed to the nested virtual machine;
-
- - Flush the L1D cache on every switch from the nested virtual machine to
-   the nested hypervisor; this is a complex operation, and flushing the L1D
-   cache avoids that the bare metal hypervisor's secrets are exposed to the
-   nested virtual machine;
-
- - Instruct the nested hypervisor to not perform any L1D cache flush. This
-   is an optimization to avoid double L1D flushing.
-
-
-.. _default_mitigations:
-
-Default mitigations
--------------------
-
-  The kernel default mitigations for vulnerable processors are:
-
-  - PTE inversion to protect against malicious user space. This is done
-    unconditionally and cannot be controlled. The swap storage is limited
-    to ~16TB.
-
-  - L1D conditional flushing on VMENTER when EPT is enabled for
-    a guest.
-
-  The kernel does not by default enforce the disabling of SMT, which leaves
-  SMT systems vulnerable when running untrusted guests with EPT enabled.
-
-  The rationale for this choice is:
-
-  - Force disabling SMT can break existing setups, especially with
-    unattended updates.
-
-  - If regular users run untrusted guests on their machine, then L1TF is
-    just an add on to other malware which might be embedded in an untrusted
-    guest, e.g. spam-bots or attacks on the local network.
-
-    There is no technical way to prevent a user from running untrusted code
-    on their machines blindly.
-
-  - It's technically extremely unlikely and from today's knowledge even
-    impossible that L1TF can be exploited via the most popular attack
-    mechanisms like JavaScript because these mechanisms have no way to
-    control PTEs. If this would be possible and not other mitigation would
-    be possible, then the default might be different.
-
-  - The administrators of cloud and hosting setups have to carefully
-    analyze the risk for their scenarios and make the appropriate
-    mitigation choices, which might even vary across their deployed
-    machines and also result in other changes of their overall setup.
-    There is no way for the kernel to provide a sensible default for this
-    kind of scenarios.
diff --git a/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/numaperf.rst b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/numaperf.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b79f70c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/admin-guide/mm/numaperf.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,169 @@
+.. _numaperf:
+
+=============
+NUMA Locality
+=============
+
+Some platforms may have multiple types of memory attached to a compute
+node. These disparate memory ranges may share some characteristics, such
+as CPU cache coherence, but may have different performance. For example,
+different media types and buses affect bandwidth and latency.
+
+A system supports such heterogeneous memory by grouping each memory type
+under different domains, or "nodes", based on locality and performance
+characteristics.  Some memory may share the same node as a CPU, and others
+are provided as memory only nodes. While memory only nodes do not provide
+CPUs, they may still be local to one or more compute nodes relative to
+other nodes. The following diagram shows one such example of two compute
+nodes with local memory and a memory only node for each of compute node:
+
+ +------------------+     +------------------+
+ | Compute Node 0   +-----+ Compute Node 1   |
+ | Local Node0 Mem  |     | Local Node1 Mem  |
+ +--------+---------+     +--------+---------+
+          |                        |
+ +--------+---------+     +--------+---------+
+ | Slower Node2 Mem |     | Slower Node3 Mem |
+ +------------------+     +--------+---------+
+
+A "memory initiator" is a node containing one or more devices such as
+CPUs or separate memory I/O devices that can initiate memory requests.
+A "memory target" is a node containing one or more physical address
+ranges accessible from one or more memory initiators.
+
+When multiple memory initiators exist, they may not all have the same
+performance when accessing a given memory target. Each initiator-target
+pair may be organized into different ranked access classes to represent
+this relationship. The highest performing initiator to a given target
+is considered to be one of that target's local initiators, and given
+the highest access class, 0. Any given target may have one or more
+local initiators, and any given initiator may have multiple local
+memory targets.
+
+To aid applications matching memory targets with their initiators, the
+kernel provides symlinks to each other. The following example lists the
+relationship for the access class "0" memory initiators and targets::
+
+	# symlinks -v /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/access0/targets/
+	relative: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/access0/targets/nodeY -> ../../nodeY
+
+	# symlinks -v /sys/devices/system/node/nodeY/access0/initiators/
+	relative: /sys/devices/system/node/nodeY/access0/initiators/nodeX -> ../../nodeX
+
+A memory initiator may have multiple memory targets in the same access
+class. The target memory's initiators in a given class indicate the
+nodes' access characteristics share the same performance relative to other
+linked initiator nodes. Each target within an initiator's access class,
+though, do not necessarily perform the same as each other.
+
+================
+NUMA Performance
+================
+
+Applications may wish to consider which node they want their memory to
+be allocated from based on the node's performance characteristics. If
+the system provides these attributes, the kernel exports them under the
+node sysfs hierarchy by appending the attributes directory under the
+memory node's access class 0 initiators as follows::
+
+	/sys/devices/system/node/nodeY/access0/initiators/
+
+These attributes apply only when accessed from nodes that have the
+are linked under the this access's inititiators.
+
+The performance characteristics the kernel provides for the local initiators
+are exported are as follows::
+
+	# tree -P "read*|write*" /sys/devices/system/node/nodeY/access0/initiators/
+	/sys/devices/system/node/nodeY/access0/initiators/
+	|-- read_bandwidth
+	|-- read_latency
+	|-- write_bandwidth
+	`-- write_latency
+
+The bandwidth attributes are provided in MiB/second.
+
+The latency attributes are provided in nanoseconds.
+
+The values reported here correspond to the rated latency and bandwidth
+for the platform.
+
+==========
+NUMA Cache
+==========
+
+System memory may be constructed in a hierarchy of elements with various
+performance characteristics in order to provide large address space of
+slower performing memory cached by a smaller higher performing memory. The
+system physical addresses memory  initiators are aware of are provided
+by the last memory level in the hierarchy. The system meanwhile uses
+higher performing memory to transparently cache access to progressively
+slower levels.
+
+The term "far memory" is used to denote the last level memory in the
+hierarchy. Each increasing cache level provides higher performing
+initiator access, and the term "near memory" represents the fastest
+cache provided by the system.
+
+This numbering is different than CPU caches where the cache level (ex:
+L1, L2, L3) uses the CPU-side view where each increased level is lower
+performing. In contrast, the memory cache level is centric to the last
+level memory, so the higher numbered cache level corresponds to  memory
+nearer to the CPU, and further from far memory.
+
+The memory-side caches are not directly addressable by software. When
+software accesses a system address, the system will return it from the
+near memory cache if it is present. If it is not present, the system
+accesses the next level of memory until there is either a hit in that
+cache level, or it reaches far memory.
+
+An application does not need to know about caching attributes in order
+to use the system. Software may optionally query the memory cache
+attributes in order to maximize the performance out of such a setup.
+If the system provides a way for the kernel to discover this information,
+for example with ACPI HMAT (Heterogeneous Memory Attribute Table),
+the kernel will append these attributes to the NUMA node memory target.
+
+When the kernel first registers a memory cache with a node, the kernel
+will create the following directory::
+
+	/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_side_cache/
+
+If that directory is not present, the system either does not not provide
+a memory-side cache, or that information is not accessible to the kernel.
+
+The attributes for each level of cache is provided under its cache
+level index::
+
+	/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_side_cache/indexA/
+	/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_side_cache/indexB/
+	/sys/devices/system/node/nodeX/memory_side_cache/indexC/
+
+Each cache level's directory provides its attributes. For example, the
+following shows a single cache level and the attributes available for
+software to query::
+
+	# tree sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory_side_cache/
+	/sys/devices/system/node/node0/memory_side_cache/
+	|-- index1
+	|   |-- indexing
+	|   |-- line_size
+	|   |-- size
+	|   `-- write_policy
+
+The "indexing" will be 0 if it is a direct-mapped cache, and non-zero
+for any other indexed based, multi-way associativity.
+
+The "line_size" is the number of bytes accessed from the next cache
+level on a miss.
+
+The "size" is the number of bytes provided by this cache level.
+
+The "write_policy" will be 0 for write-back, and non-zero for
+write-through caching.
+
+========
+See Also
+========
+.. [1] https://www.uefi.org/sites/default/files/resources/ACPI_6_2.pdf
+       Section 5.2.27
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/perf.txt b/Documentation/arm64/perf.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0d6a7d8
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/perf.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+Perf Event Attributes
+=====================
+
+Author: Andrew Murray <andrew.murray@arm.com>
+Date: 2019-03-06
+
+exclude_user
+------------
+
+This attribute excludes userspace.
+
+Userspace always runs at EL0 and thus this attribute will exclude EL0.
+
+
+exclude_kernel
+--------------
+
+This attribute excludes the kernel.
+
+The kernel runs at EL2 with VHE and EL1 without. Guest kernels always run
+at EL1.
+
+For the host this attribute will exclude EL1 and additionally EL2 on a VHE
+system.
+
+For the guest this attribute will exclude EL1. Please note that EL2 is
+never counted within a guest.
+
+
+exclude_hv
+----------
+
+This attribute excludes the hypervisor.
+
+For a VHE host this attribute is ignored as we consider the host kernel to
+be the hypervisor.
+
+For a non-VHE host this attribute will exclude EL2 as we consider the
+hypervisor to be any code that runs at EL2 which is predominantly used for
+guest/host transitions.
+
+For the guest this attribute has no effect. Please note that EL2 is
+never counted within a guest.
+
+
+exclude_host / exclude_guest
+----------------------------
+
+These attributes exclude the KVM host and guest, respectively.
+
+The KVM host may run at EL0 (userspace), EL1 (non-VHE kernel) and EL2 (VHE
+kernel or non-VHE hypervisor).
+
+The KVM guest may run at EL0 (userspace) and EL1 (kernel).
+
+Due to the overlapping exception levels between host and guests we cannot
+exclusively rely on the PMU's hardware exception filtering - therefore we
+must enable/disable counting on the entry and exit to the guest. This is
+performed differently on VHE and non-VHE systems.
+
+For non-VHE systems we exclude EL2 for exclude_host - upon entering and
+exiting the guest we disable/enable the event as appropriate based on the
+exclude_host and exclude_guest attributes.
+
+For VHE systems we exclude EL1 for exclude_guest and exclude both EL0,EL2
+for exclude_host. Upon entering and exiting the guest we modify the event
+to include/exclude EL0 as appropriate based on the exclude_host and
+exclude_guest attributes.
+
+The statements above also apply when these attributes are used within a
+non-VHE guest however please note that EL2 is never counted within a guest.
+
+
+Accuracy
+--------
+
+On non-VHE hosts we enable/disable counters on the entry/exit of host/guest
+transition at EL2 - however there is a period of time between
+enabling/disabling the counters and entering/exiting the guest. We are
+able to eliminate counters counting host events on the boundaries of guest
+entry/exit when counting guest events by filtering out EL2 for
+exclude_host. However when using !exclude_hv there is a small blackout
+window at the guest entry/exit where host events are not captured.
+
+On VHE systems there are no blackout windows.
diff --git a/Documentation/arm64/pointer-authentication.txt b/Documentation/arm64/pointer-authentication.txt
index 5baca42..fc71b33 100644
--- a/Documentation/arm64/pointer-authentication.txt
+++ b/Documentation/arm64/pointer-authentication.txt
@@ -87,7 +87,21 @@
 Virtualization
 --------------
 
-Pointer authentication is not currently supported in KVM guests. KVM
-will mask the feature bits from ID_AA64ISAR1_EL1, and attempted use of
-the feature will result in an UNDEFINED exception being injected into
-the guest.
+Pointer authentication is enabled in KVM guest when each virtual cpu is
+initialised by passing flags KVM_ARM_VCPU_PTRAUTH_[ADDRESS/GENERIC] and
+requesting these two separate cpu features to be enabled. The current KVM
+guest implementation works by enabling both features together, so both
+these userspace flags are checked before enabling pointer authentication.
+The separate userspace flag will allow to have no userspace ABI changes
+if support is added in the future to allow these two features to be
+enabled independently of one another.
+
+As Arm Architecture specifies that Pointer Authentication feature is
+implemented along with the VHE feature so KVM arm64 ptrauth code relies
+on VHE mode to be present.
+
+Additionally, when these vcpu feature flags are not set then KVM will
+filter out the Pointer Authentication system key registers from
+KVM_GET/SET_REG_* ioctls and mask those features from cpufeature ID
+register. Any attempt to use the Pointer Authentication instructions will
+result in an UNDEFINED exception being injected into the guest.
diff --git a/Documentation/atomic_bitops.txt b/Documentation/atomic_bitops.txt
index be70b32..093cdae 100644
--- a/Documentation/atomic_bitops.txt
+++ b/Documentation/atomic_bitops.txt
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
-
-On atomic bitops.
-
+=============
+Atomic bitops
+=============
 
 While our bitmap_{}() functions are non-atomic, we have a number of operations
 operating on single bits in a bitmap that are atomic.
diff --git a/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt b/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt
index 98a8dd5..1a0f2ac0 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/bfq-iosched.txt
@@ -20,13 +20,26 @@
 details on how to configure BFQ for the desired tradeoff between
 latency and throughput, or on how to maximize throughput.
 
-BFQ has a non-null overhead, which limits the maximum IOPS that a CPU
-can process for a device scheduled with BFQ. To give an idea of the
-limits on slow or average CPUs, here are, first, the limits of BFQ for
-three different CPUs, on, respectively, an average laptop, an old
-desktop, and a cheap embedded system, in case full hierarchical
-support is enabled (i.e., CONFIG_BFQ_GROUP_IOSCHED is set), but
-CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP is not set (Section 4-2):
+As every I/O scheduler, BFQ adds some overhead to per-I/O-request
+processing. To give an idea of this overhead, the total,
+single-lock-protected, per-request processing time of BFQ---i.e., the
+sum of the execution times of the request insertion, dispatch and
+completion hooks---is, e.g., 1.9 us on an Intel Core i7-2760QM@2.40GHz
+(dated CPU for notebooks; time measured with simple code
+instrumentation, and using the throughput-sync.sh script of the S
+suite [1], in performance-profiling mode). To put this result into
+context, the total, single-lock-protected, per-request execution time
+of the lightest I/O scheduler available in blk-mq, mq-deadline, is 0.7
+us (mq-deadline is ~800 LOC, against ~10500 LOC for BFQ).
+
+Scheduling overhead further limits the maximum IOPS that a CPU can
+process (already limited by the execution of the rest of the I/O
+stack). To give an idea of the limits with BFQ, on slow or average
+CPUs, here are, first, the limits of BFQ for three different CPUs, on,
+respectively, an average laptop, an old desktop, and a cheap embedded
+system, in case full hierarchical support is enabled (i.e.,
+CONFIG_BFQ_GROUP_IOSCHED is set), but CONFIG_DEBUG_BLK_CGROUP is not
+set (Section 4-2):
 - Intel i7-4850HQ: 400 KIOPS
 - AMD A8-3850: 250 KIOPS
 - ARM CortexTM-A53 Octa-core: 80 KIOPS
@@ -566,3 +579,5 @@
     Slightly extended version:
     http://algogroup.unimore.it/people/paolo/disk_sched/bfq-v1-suite-
 							results.pdf
+
+[3] https://github.com/Algodev-github/S
diff --git a/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt b/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt
index 4cad102..41f0a3d 100644
--- a/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt
+++ b/Documentation/block/null_blk.txt
@@ -93,3 +93,7 @@
 
 zone_size=[MB]: Default: 256
   Per zone size when exposed as a zoned block device. Must be a power of two.
+
+zone_nr_conv=[nr_conv]: Default: 0
+  The number of conventional zones to create when block device is zoned.  If
+  zone_nr_conv >= nr_zones, it will be reduced to nr_zones - 1.
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/bpf_design_QA.rst b/Documentation/bpf/bpf_design_QA.rst
index 10453c6..cb402c5 100644
--- a/Documentation/bpf/bpf_design_QA.rst
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/bpf_design_QA.rst
@@ -85,8 +85,33 @@
 A: It's not clear yet.
 
 BPF developers are trying to find a way to
-support bounded loops where the verifier can guarantee that
-the program terminates in less than 4096 instructions.
+support bounded loops.
+
+Q: What are the verifier limits?
+--------------------------------
+A: The only limit known to the user space is BPF_MAXINSNS (4096).
+It's the maximum number of instructions that the unprivileged bpf
+program can have. The verifier has various internal limits.
+Like the maximum number of instructions that can be explored during
+program analysis. Currently, that limit is set to 1 million.
+Which essentially means that the largest program can consist
+of 1 million NOP instructions. There is a limit to the maximum number
+of subsequent branches, a limit to the number of nested bpf-to-bpf
+calls, a limit to the number of the verifier states per instruction,
+a limit to the number of maps used by the program.
+All these limits can be hit with a sufficiently complex program.
+There are also non-numerical limits that can cause the program
+to be rejected. The verifier used to recognize only pointer + constant
+expressions. Now it can recognize pointer + bounded_register.
+bpf_lookup_map_elem(key) had a requirement that 'key' must be
+a pointer to the stack. Now, 'key' can be a pointer to map value.
+The verifier is steadily getting 'smarter'. The limits are
+being removed. The only way to know that the program is going to
+be accepted by the verifier is to try to load it.
+The bpf development process guarantees that the future kernel
+versions will accept all bpf programs that were accepted by
+the earlier versions.
+
 
 Instruction level questions
 ---------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/btf.rst b/Documentation/bpf/btf.rst
index 7313d35..8820360 100644
--- a/Documentation/bpf/btf.rst
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/btf.rst
@@ -82,6 +82,8 @@
     #define BTF_KIND_RESTRICT       11      /* Restrict     */
     #define BTF_KIND_FUNC           12      /* Function     */
     #define BTF_KIND_FUNC_PROTO     13      /* Function Proto       */
+    #define BTF_KIND_VAR            14      /* Variable     */
+    #define BTF_KIND_DATASEC        15      /* Section      */
 
 Note that the type section encodes debug info, not just pure types.
 ``BTF_KIND_FUNC`` is not a type, and it represents a defined subprogram.
@@ -393,6 +395,61 @@
 If the function has variable arguments, the last parameter is encoded with
 ``name_off = 0`` and ``type = 0``.
 
+2.2.14 BTF_KIND_VAR
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: offset to a valid C identifier
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_VAR
+  * ``info.vlen``: 0
+  * ``type``: the type of the variable
+
+``btf_type`` is followed by a single ``struct btf_variable`` with the
+following data::
+
+    struct btf_var {
+        __u32   linkage;
+    };
+
+``struct btf_var`` encoding:
+  * ``linkage``: currently only static variable 0, or globally allocated
+                 variable in ELF sections 1
+
+Not all type of global variables are supported by LLVM at this point.
+The following is currently available:
+
+  * static variables with or without section attributes
+  * global variables with section attributes
+
+The latter is for future extraction of map key/value type id's from a
+map definition.
+
+2.2.15 BTF_KIND_DATASEC
+~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~
+
+``struct btf_type`` encoding requirement:
+  * ``name_off``: offset to a valid name associated with a variable or
+                  one of .data/.bss/.rodata
+  * ``info.kind_flag``: 0
+  * ``info.kind``: BTF_KIND_DATASEC
+  * ``info.vlen``: # of variables
+  * ``size``: total section size in bytes (0 at compilation time, patched
+              to actual size by BPF loaders such as libbpf)
+
+``btf_type`` is followed by ``info.vlen`` number of ``struct btf_var_secinfo``.::
+
+    struct btf_var_secinfo {
+        __u32   type;
+        __u32   offset;
+        __u32   size;
+    };
+
+``struct btf_var_secinfo`` encoding:
+  * ``type``: the type of the BTF_KIND_VAR variable
+  * ``offset``: the in-section offset of the variable
+  * ``size``: the size of the variable in bytes
+
 3. BTF Kernel API
 *****************
 
@@ -521,6 +578,7 @@
     #define BPF_LINE_INFO_LINE_COL(line_col)        ((line_col) & 0x3ff)
 
 3.4 BPF_{PROG,MAP}_GET_NEXT_ID
+==============================
 
 In kernel, every loaded program, map or btf has a unique id. The id won't
 change during the lifetime of a program, map, or btf.
@@ -530,6 +588,7 @@
 inspection tool can inspect all programs and maps.
 
 3.5 BPF_{PROG,MAP}_GET_FD_BY_ID
+===============================
 
 An introspection tool cannot use id to get details about program or maps.
 A file descriptor needs to be obtained first for reference-counting purpose.
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/index.rst b/Documentation/bpf/index.rst
index 4e77932..d3fe4ca 100644
--- a/Documentation/bpf/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/index.rst
@@ -36,6 +36,16 @@
    bpf_devel_QA
 
 
+Program types
+=============
+
+.. toctree::
+   :maxdepth: 1
+
+   prog_cgroup_sysctl
+   prog_flow_dissector
+
+
 .. Links:
 .. _Documentation/networking/filter.txt: ../networking/filter.txt
 .. _man-pages: https://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/prog_cgroup_sysctl.rst b/Documentation/bpf/prog_cgroup_sysctl.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..677d6c6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/prog_cgroup_sysctl.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: (LGPL-2.1 OR BSD-2-Clause)
+
+===========================
+BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SYSCTL
+===========================
+
+This document describes ``BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SYSCTL`` program type that
+provides cgroup-bpf hook for sysctl.
+
+The hook has to be attached to a cgroup and will be called every time a
+process inside that cgroup tries to read from or write to sysctl knob in proc.
+
+1. Attach type
+**************
+
+``BPF_CGROUP_SYSCTL`` attach type has to be used to attach
+``BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SYSCTL`` program to a cgroup.
+
+2. Context
+**********
+
+``BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SYSCTL`` provides access to the following context from
+BPF program::
+
+    struct bpf_sysctl {
+        __u32 write;
+        __u32 file_pos;
+    };
+
+* ``write`` indicates whether sysctl value is being read (``0``) or written
+  (``1``). This field is read-only.
+
+* ``file_pos`` indicates file position sysctl is being accessed at, read
+  or written. This field is read-write. Writing to the field sets the starting
+  position in sysctl proc file ``read(2)`` will be reading from or ``write(2)``
+  will be writing to. Writing zero to the field can be used e.g. to override
+  whole sysctl value by ``bpf_sysctl_set_new_value()`` on ``write(2)`` even
+  when it's called by user space on ``file_pos > 0``. Writing non-zero
+  value to the field can be used to access part of sysctl value starting from
+  specified ``file_pos``. Not all sysctl support access with ``file_pos !=
+  0``, e.g. writes to numeric sysctl entries must always be at file position
+  ``0``. See also ``kernel.sysctl_writes_strict`` sysctl.
+
+See `linux/bpf.h`_ for more details on how context field can be accessed.
+
+3. Return code
+**************
+
+``BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SYSCTL`` program must return one of the following
+return codes:
+
+* ``0`` means "reject access to sysctl";
+* ``1`` means "proceed with access".
+
+If program returns ``0`` user space will get ``-1`` from ``read(2)`` or
+``write(2)`` and ``errno`` will be set to ``EPERM``.
+
+4. Helpers
+**********
+
+Since sysctl knob is represented by a name and a value, sysctl specific BPF
+helpers focus on providing access to these properties:
+
+* ``bpf_sysctl_get_name()`` to get sysctl name as it is visible in
+  ``/proc/sys`` into provided by BPF program buffer;
+
+* ``bpf_sysctl_get_current_value()`` to get string value currently held by
+  sysctl into provided by BPF program buffer. This helper is available on both
+  ``read(2)`` from and ``write(2)`` to sysctl;
+
+* ``bpf_sysctl_get_new_value()`` to get new string value currently being
+  written to sysctl before actual write happens. This helper can be used only
+  on ``ctx->write == 1``;
+
+* ``bpf_sysctl_set_new_value()`` to override new string value currently being
+  written to sysctl before actual write happens. Sysctl value will be
+  overridden starting from the current ``ctx->file_pos``. If the whole value
+  has to be overridden BPF program can set ``file_pos`` to zero before calling
+  to the helper. This helper can be used only on ``ctx->write == 1``. New
+  string value set by the helper is treated and verified by kernel same way as
+  an equivalent string passed by user space.
+
+BPF program sees sysctl value same way as user space does in proc filesystem,
+i.e. as a string. Since many sysctl values represent an integer or a vector
+of integers, the following helpers can be used to get numeric value from the
+string:
+
+* ``bpf_strtol()`` to convert initial part of the string to long integer
+  similar to user space `strtol(3)`_;
+* ``bpf_strtoul()`` to convert initial part of the string to unsigned long
+  integer similar to user space `strtoul(3)`_;
+
+See `linux/bpf.h`_ for more details on helpers described here.
+
+5. Examples
+***********
+
+See `test_sysctl_prog.c`_ for an example of BPF program in C that access
+sysctl name and value, parses string value to get vector of integers and uses
+the result to make decision whether to allow or deny access to sysctl.
+
+6. Notes
+********
+
+``BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SYSCTL`` is intended to be used in **trusted** root
+environment, for example to monitor sysctl usage or catch unreasonable values
+an application, running as root in a separate cgroup, is trying to set.
+
+Since `task_dfl_cgroup(current)` is called at `sys_read` / `sys_write` time it
+may return results different from that at `sys_open` time, i.e. process that
+opened sysctl file in proc filesystem may differ from process that is trying
+to read from / write to it and two such processes may run in different
+cgroups, what means ``BPF_PROG_TYPE_CGROUP_SYSCTL`` should not be used as a
+security mechanism to limit sysctl usage.
+
+As with any cgroup-bpf program additional care should be taken if an
+application running as root in a cgroup should not be allowed to
+detach/replace BPF program attached by administrator.
+
+.. Links
+.. _linux/bpf.h: ../../include/uapi/linux/bpf.h
+.. _strtol(3): http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man3/strtol.3p.html
+.. _strtoul(3): http://man7.org/linux/man-pages/man3/strtoul.3p.html
+.. _test_sysctl_prog.c:
+   ../../tools/testing/selftests/bpf/progs/test_sysctl_prog.c
diff --git a/Documentation/bpf/prog_flow_dissector.rst b/Documentation/bpf/prog_flow_dissector.rst
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed343ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/bpf/prog_flow_dissector.rst
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+.. SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+
+============================
+BPF_PROG_TYPE_FLOW_DISSECTOR
+============================
+
+Overview
+========
+
+Flow dissector is a routine that parses metadata out of the packets. It's
+used in the various places in the networking subsystem (RFS, flow hash, etc).
+
+BPF flow dissector is an attempt to reimplement C-based flow dissector logic
+in BPF to gain all the benefits of BPF verifier (namely, limits on the
+number of instructions and tail calls).
+
+API
+===
+
+BPF flow dissector programs operate on an ``__sk_buff``. However, only the
+limited set of fields is allowed: ``data``, ``data_end`` and ``flow_keys``.
+``flow_keys`` is ``struct bpf_flow_keys`` and contains flow dissector input
+and output arguments.
+
+The inputs are:
+  * ``nhoff`` - initial offset of the networking header
+  * ``thoff`` - initial offset of the transport header, initialized to nhoff
+  * ``n_proto`` - L3 protocol type, parsed out of L2 header
+
+Flow dissector BPF program should fill out the rest of the ``struct
+bpf_flow_keys`` fields. Input arguments ``nhoff/thoff/n_proto`` should be
+also adjusted accordingly.
+
+The return code of the BPF program is either BPF_OK to indicate successful
+dissection, or BPF_DROP to indicate parsing error.
+
+__sk_buff->data
+===============
+
+In the VLAN-less case, this is what the initial state of the BPF flow
+dissector looks like::
+
+  +------+------+------------+-----------+
+  | DMAC | SMAC | ETHER_TYPE | L3_HEADER |
+  +------+------+------------+-----------+
+                              ^
+                              |
+                              +-- flow dissector starts here
+
+
+.. code:: c
+
+  skb->data + flow_keys->nhoff point to the first byte of L3_HEADER
+  flow_keys->thoff = nhoff
+  flow_keys->n_proto = ETHER_TYPE
+
+In case of VLAN, flow dissector can be called with the two different states.
+
+Pre-VLAN parsing::
+
+  +------+------+------+-----+-----------+-----------+
+  | DMAC | SMAC | TPID | TCI |ETHER_TYPE | L3_HEADER |
+  +------+------+------+-----+-----------+-----------+
+                        ^
+                        |
+                        +-- flow dissector starts here
+
+.. code:: c
+
+  skb->data + flow_keys->nhoff point the to first byte of TCI
+  flow_keys->thoff = nhoff
+  flow_keys->n_proto = TPID
+
+Please note that TPID can be 802.1AD and, hence, BPF program would
+have to parse VLAN information twice for double tagged packets.
+
+
+Post-VLAN parsing::
+
+  +------+------+------+-----+-----------+-----------+
+  | DMAC | SMAC | TPID | TCI |ETHER_TYPE | L3_HEADER |
+  +------+------+------+-----+-----------+-----------+
+                                          ^
+                                          |
+                                          +-- flow dissector starts here
+
+.. code:: c
+
+  skb->data + flow_keys->nhoff point the to first byte of L3_HEADER
+  flow_keys->thoff = nhoff
+  flow_keys->n_proto = ETHER_TYPE
+
+In this case VLAN information has been processed before the flow dissector
+and BPF flow dissector is not required to handle it.
+
+
+The takeaway here is as follows: BPF flow dissector program can be called with
+the optional VLAN header and should gracefully handle both cases: when single
+or double VLAN is present and when it is not present. The same program
+can be called for both cases and would have to be written carefully to
+handle both cases.
+
+
+Reference Implementation
+========================
+
+See ``tools/testing/selftests/bpf/progs/bpf_flow.c`` for the reference
+implementation and ``tools/testing/selftests/bpf/flow_dissector_load.[hc]``
+for the loader. bpftool can be used to load BPF flow dissector program as well.
+
+The reference implementation is organized as follows:
+  * ``jmp_table`` map that contains sub-programs for each supported L3 protocol
+  * ``_dissect`` routine - entry point; it does input ``n_proto`` parsing and
+    does ``bpf_tail_call`` to the appropriate L3 handler
+
+Since BPF at this point doesn't support looping (or any jumping back),
+jmp_table is used instead to handle multiple levels of encapsulation (and
+IPv6 options).
+
+
+Current Limitations
+===================
+BPF flow dissector doesn't support exporting all the metadata that in-kernel
+C-based implementation can export. Notable example is single VLAN (802.1Q)
+and double VLAN (802.1AD) tags. Please refer to the ``struct bpf_flow_keys``
+for a set of information that's currently can be exported from the BPF context.
diff --git a/Documentation/clearing-warn-once.txt b/Documentation/clearing-warn-once.txt
index 5b1f5d5..211fd92 100644
--- a/Documentation/clearing-warn-once.txt
+++ b/Documentation/clearing-warn-once.txt
@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
+Clearing WARN_ONCE
+------------------
 
-WARN_ONCE / WARN_ON_ONCE only print a warning once.
+WARN_ONCE / WARN_ON_ONCE / printk_once only emit a message once.
 
 echo 1 > /sys/kernel/debug/clear_warn_once
 
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
index 6870baf..ee1bb89 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/index.rst
@@ -22,7 +22,6 @@
    workqueue
    genericirq
    xarray
-   flexible-arrays
    librs
    genalloc
    errseq
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst b/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst
index 71f5d2f..a29c99d 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/kernel-api.rst
@@ -147,10 +147,10 @@
 .. kernel-doc:: include/linux/math64.h
    :internal:
 
-.. kernel-doc:: lib/div64.c
+.. kernel-doc:: lib/math/div64.c
    :functions: div_s64_rem div64_u64_rem div64_u64 div64_s64
 
-.. kernel-doc:: lib/gcd.c
+.. kernel-doc:: lib/math/gcd.c
    :export:
 
 UUID/GUID
diff --git a/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst b/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
index c37ec7c..75d2bbe 100644
--- a/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
+++ b/Documentation/core-api/printk-formats.rst
@@ -58,6 +58,14 @@
 before printing. The kernel also supports extended specifiers for printing
 pointers of different types.
 
+Some of the extended specifiers print the data on the given address instead
+of printing the address itself. In this case, the following error messages
+might be printed instead of the unreachable information::
+
+	(null)	 data on plain NULL address
+	(efault) data on invalid address
+	(einval) invalid data on a valid address
+
 Plain Pointers
 --------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/crypto/api-samples.rst b/Documentation/crypto/api-samples.rst
index 0f6ca8b..f14afaa 100644
--- a/Documentation/crypto/api-samples.rst
+++ b/Documentation/crypto/api-samples.rst
@@ -133,7 +133,6 @@
         if (!sdesc)
             return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
         sdesc->shash.tfm = alg;
-        sdesc->shash.flags = 0x0;
         return sdesc;
     }
 
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/gcov.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/gcov.rst
index 69a7d90..46aae52 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/gcov.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/gcov.rst
@@ -34,10 +34,6 @@
         CONFIG_DEBUG_FS=y
         CONFIG_GCOV_KERNEL=y
 
-select the gcc's gcov format, default is autodetect based on gcc version::
-
-        CONFIG_GCOV_FORMAT_AUTODETECT=y
-
 and to get coverage data for the entire kernel::
 
         CONFIG_GCOV_PROFILE_ALL=y
@@ -169,6 +165,20 @@
       [user@build] gcov -o /tmp/coverage/tmp/out/init main.c
 
 
+Note on compilers
+-----------------
+
+GCC and LLVM gcov tools are not necessarily compatible. Use gcov_ to work with
+GCC-generated .gcno and .gcda files, and use llvm-cov_ for Clang.
+
+.. _gcov: http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Gcov.html
+.. _llvm-cov: https://llvm.org/docs/CommandGuide/llvm-cov.html
+
+Build differences between GCC and Clang gcov are handled by Kconfig. It
+automatically selects the appropriate gcov format depending on the detected
+toolchain.
+
+
 Troubleshooting
 ---------------
 
diff --git a/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst b/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst
index 7756f7a..2560490 100644
--- a/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst
+++ b/Documentation/dev-tools/kselftest.rst
@@ -7,6 +7,11 @@
 paths in the kernel. Tests are intended to be run after building, installing
 and booting a kernel.
 
+You can find additional information on Kselftest framework, how to
+write new tests using the framework on Kselftest wiki:
+
+https://kselftest.wiki.kernel.org/
+
 On some systems, hot-plug tests could hang forever waiting for cpu and
 memory to be ready to be offlined. A special hot-plug target is created
 to run the full range of hot-plug tests. In default mode, hot-plug tests run
@@ -14,6 +19,10 @@
 run on a single cpu as opposed to all hotplug capable cpus, and memory
 hotplug test is run on 2% of hotplug capable memory instead of 10%.
 
+kselftest runs as a userspace process.  Tests that can be written/run in
+userspace may wish to use the `Test Harness`_.  Tests that need to be
+run in kernel space may wish to use a `Test Module`_.
+
 Running the selftests (hotplug tests are run in limited mode)
 =============================================================
 
@@ -31,17 +40,32 @@
 
 Note that some tests will require root privileges.
 
-Build and run from user specific object directory (make O=dir)::
+Kselftest supports saving output files in a separate directory and then
+running tests. To locate output files in a separate directory two syntaxes
+are supported. In both cases the working directory must be the root of the
+kernel src. This is applicable to "Running a subset of selftests" section
+below.
+
+To build, save output files in a separate directory with O= ::
 
   $ make O=/tmp/kselftest kselftest
 
-Build and run KBUILD_OUTPUT directory (make KBUILD_OUTPUT=)::
+To build, save output files in a separate directory with KBUILD_OUTPUT ::
 
-  $ make KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/kselftest kselftest
+  $ export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/kselftest; make kselftest
 
-The above commands run the tests and print pass/fail summary to make it
-easier to understand the test results. Please find the detailed individual
-test results for each test in /tmp/testname file(s).
+The O= assignment takes precedence over the KBUILD_OUTPUT environment
+variable.
+
+The above commands by default run the tests and print full pass/fail report.
+Kselftest supports "summary" option to make it easier to understand the test
+results. Please find the detailed individual test results for each test in
+/tmp/testname file(s) when summary option is specified. This is applicable
+to "Running a subset of selftests" section below.
+
+To run kselftest with summary option enabled ::
+
+  $ make summary=1 kselftest
 
 Running a subset of selftests
 =============================
@@ -57,17 +81,13 @@
 
   $  make TARGETS="size timers" kselftest
 
-Build and run from user specific object directory (make O=dir)::
+To build, save output files in a separate directory with O= ::
 
   $ make O=/tmp/kselftest TARGETS="size timers" kselftest
 
-Build and run KBUILD_OUTPUT directory (make KBUILD_OUTPUT=)::
+To build, save output files in a separate directory with KBUILD_OUTPUT ::
 
-  $ make KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/kselftest TARGETS="size timers" kselftest
-
-The above commands run the tests and print pass/fail summary to make it
-easier to understand the test results. Please find the detailed individual
-test results for each test in /tmp/testname file(s).
+  $ export KBUILD_OUTPUT=/tmp/kselftest; make TARGETS="size timers" kselftest
 
 See the top-level tools/testing/selftests/Makefile for the list of all
 possible targets.
@@ -161,11 +181,97 @@
 
    e.g: tools/testing/selftests/android/config
 
+Test Module
+===========
+
+Kselftest tests the kernel from userspace.  Sometimes things need
+testing from within the kernel, one method of doing this is to create a
+test module.  We can tie the module into the kselftest framework by
+using a shell script test runner.  ``kselftest_module.sh`` is designed
+to facilitate this process.  There is also a header file provided to
+assist writing kernel modules that are for use with kselftest:
+
+- ``tools/testing/kselftest/kselftest_module.h``
+- ``tools/testing/kselftest/kselftest_module.sh``
+
+How to use
+----------
+
+Here we show the typical steps to create a test module and tie it into
+kselftest.  We use kselftests for lib/ as an example.
+
+1. Create the test module
+
+2. Create the test script that will run (load/unload) the module
+   e.g. ``tools/testing/selftests/lib/printf.sh``
+
+3. Add line to config file e.g. ``tools/testing/selftests/lib/config``
+
+4. Add test script to makefile  e.g. ``tools/testing/selftests/lib/Makefile``
+
+5. Verify it works:
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
+   # Assumes you have booted a fresh build of this kernel tree
+   cd /path/to/linux/tree
+   make kselftest-merge
+   make modules
+   sudo make modules_install
+   make TARGETS=lib kselftest
+
+Example Module
+--------------
+
+A bare bones test module might look like this:
+
+.. code-block:: c
+
+   // SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
+
+   #define pr_fmt(fmt) KBUILD_MODNAME ": " fmt
+
+   #include "../tools/testing/selftests/kselftest_module.h"
+
+   KSTM_MODULE_GLOBALS();
+
+   /*
+    * Kernel module for testing the foobinator
+    */
+
+   static int __init test_function()
+   {
+           ...
+   }
+
+   static void __init selftest(void)
+   {
+           KSTM_CHECK_ZERO(do_test_case("", 0));
+   }
+
+   KSTM_MODULE_LOADERS(test_foo);
+   MODULE_AUTHOR("John Developer <jd@fooman.org>");
+   MODULE_LICENSE("GPL");
+
+Example test script
+-------------------
+
+.. code-block:: sh
+
+    #!/bin/bash
+    # SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0+
+    $(dirname $0)/../kselftest_module.sh "foo" test_foo
+
+
 Test Harness
 ============
 
-The kselftest_harness.h file contains useful helpers to build tests.  The tests
-from tools/testing/selftests/seccomp/seccomp_bpf.c can be used as example.
+The kselftest_harness.h file contains useful helpers to build tests.  The
+test harness is for userspace testing, for kernel space testing see `Test
+Module`_ above.
+
+The tests from tools/testing/selftests/seccomp/seccomp_bpf.c can be used as
+example.
 
 Example
 -------
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-dust.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-dust.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..954d402
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-dust.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+dm-dust
+=======
+
+This target emulates the behavior of bad sectors at arbitrary
+locations, and the ability to enable the emulation of the failures
+at an arbitrary time.
+
+This target behaves similarly to a linear target.  At a given time,
+the user can send a message to the target to start failing read
+requests on specific blocks (to emulate the behavior of a hard disk
+drive with bad sectors).
+
+When the failure behavior is enabled (i.e.: when the output of
+"dmsetup status" displays "fail_read_on_bad_block"), reads of blocks
+in the "bad block list" will fail with EIO ("Input/output error").
+
+Writes of blocks in the "bad block list will result in the following:
+
+1. Remove the block from the "bad block list".
+2. Successfully complete the write.
+
+This emulates the "remapped sector" behavior of a drive with bad
+sectors.
+
+Normally, a drive that is encountering bad sectors will most likely
+encounter more bad sectors, at an unknown time or location.
+With dm-dust, the user can use the "addbadblock" and "removebadblock"
+messages to add arbitrary bad blocks at new locations, and the
+"enable" and "disable" messages to modulate the state of whether the
+configured "bad blocks" will be treated as bad, or bypassed.
+This allows the pre-writing of test data and metadata prior to
+simulating a "failure" event where bad sectors start to appear.
+
+Table parameters:
+-----------------
+<device_path> <offset> <blksz>
+
+Mandatory parameters:
+    <device_path>: path to the block device.
+    <offset>: offset to data area from start of device_path
+    <blksz>: block size in bytes
+	     (minimum 512, maximum 1073741824, must be a power of 2)
+
+Usage instructions:
+-------------------
+
+First, find the size (in 512-byte sectors) of the device to be used:
+
+$ sudo blockdev --getsz /dev/vdb1
+33552384
+
+Create the dm-dust device:
+(For a device with a block size of 512 bytes)
+$ sudo dmsetup create dust1 --table '0 33552384 dust /dev/vdb1 0 512'
+
+(For a device with a block size of 4096 bytes)
+$ sudo dmsetup create dust1 --table '0 33552384 dust /dev/vdb1 0 4096'
+
+Check the status of the read behavior ("bypass" indicates that all I/O
+will be passed through to the underlying device):
+$ sudo dmsetup status dust1
+0 33552384 dust 252:17 bypass
+
+$ sudo dd if=/dev/mapper/dust1 of=/dev/null bs=512 count=128 iflag=direct
+128+0 records in
+128+0 records out
+
+$ sudo dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/mapper/dust1 bs=512 count=128 oflag=direct
+128+0 records in
+128+0 records out
+
+Adding and removing bad blocks:
+-------------------------------
+
+At any time (i.e.: whether the device has the "bad block" emulation
+enabled or disabled), bad blocks may be added or removed from the
+device via the "addbadblock" and "removebadblock" messages:
+
+$ sudo dmsetup message dust1 0 addbadblock 60
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: badblock added at block 60
+
+$ sudo dmsetup message dust1 0 addbadblock 67
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: badblock added at block 67
+
+$ sudo dmsetup message dust1 0 addbadblock 72
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: badblock added at block 72
+
+These bad blocks will be stored in the "bad block list".
+While the device is in "bypass" mode, reads and writes will succeed:
+
+$ sudo dmsetup status dust1
+0 33552384 dust 252:17 bypass
+
+Enabling block read failures:
+-----------------------------
+
+To enable the "fail read on bad block" behavior, send the "enable" message:
+
+$ sudo dmsetup message dust1 0 enable
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: enabling read failures on bad sectors
+
+$ sudo dmsetup status dust1
+0 33552384 dust 252:17 fail_read_on_bad_block
+
+With the device in "fail read on bad block" mode, attempting to read a
+block will encounter an "Input/output error":
+
+$ sudo dd if=/dev/mapper/dust1 of=/dev/null bs=512 count=1 skip=67 iflag=direct
+dd: error reading '/dev/mapper/dust1': Input/output error
+0+0 records in
+0+0 records out
+0 bytes copied, 0.00040651 s, 0.0 kB/s
+
+...and writing to the bad blocks will remove the blocks from the list,
+therefore emulating the "remap" behavior of hard disk drives:
+
+$ sudo dd if=/dev/zero of=/dev/mapper/dust1 bs=512 count=128 oflag=direct
+128+0 records in
+128+0 records out
+
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: block 60 removed from badblocklist by write
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: block 67 removed from badblocklist by write
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: block 72 removed from badblocklist by write
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: block 87 removed from badblocklist by write
+
+Bad block add/remove error handling:
+------------------------------------
+
+Attempting to add a bad block that already exists in the list will
+result in an "Invalid argument" error, as well as a helpful message:
+
+$ sudo dmsetup message dust1 0 addbadblock 88
+device-mapper: message ioctl on dust1  failed: Invalid argument
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: block 88 already in badblocklist
+
+Attempting to remove a bad block that doesn't exist in the list will
+result in an "Invalid argument" error, as well as a helpful message:
+
+$ sudo dmsetup message dust1 0 removebadblock 87
+device-mapper: message ioctl on dust1  failed: Invalid argument
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: block 87 not found in badblocklist
+
+Counting the number of bad blocks in the bad block list:
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+To count the number of bad blocks configured in the device, run the
+following message command:
+
+$ sudo dmsetup message dust1 0 countbadblocks
+
+A message will print with the number of bad blocks currently
+configured on the device:
+
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: countbadblocks: 895 badblock(s) found
+
+Querying for specific bad blocks:
+---------------------------------
+
+To find out if a specific block is in the bad block list, run the
+following message command:
+
+$ sudo dmsetup message dust1 0 queryblock 72
+
+The following message will print if the block is in the list:
+device-mapper: dust: queryblock: block 72 found in badblocklist
+
+The following message will print if the block is in the list:
+device-mapper: dust: queryblock: block 72 not found in badblocklist
+
+The "queryblock" message command will work in both the "enabled"
+and "disabled" modes, allowing the verification of whether a block
+will be treated as "bad" without having to issue I/O to the device,
+or having to "enable" the bad block emulation.
+
+Clearing the bad block list:
+----------------------------
+
+To clear the bad block list (without needing to individually run
+a "removebadblock" message command for every block), run the
+following message command:
+
+$ sudo dmsetup message dust1 0 clearbadblocks
+
+After clearing the bad block list, the following message will appear:
+
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: clearbadblocks: badblocks cleared
+
+If there were no bad blocks to clear, the following message will
+appear:
+
+kernel: device-mapper: dust: clearbadblocks: no badblocks found
+
+Message commands list:
+----------------------
+
+Below is a list of the messages that can be sent to a dust device:
+
+Operations on blocks (requires a <blknum> argument):
+
+addbadblock <blknum>
+queryblock <blknum>
+removebadblock <blknum>
+
+...where <blknum> is a block number within range of the device
+  (corresponding to the block size of the device.)
+
+Single argument message commands:
+
+countbadblocks
+clearbadblocks
+disable
+enable
+quiet
+
+Device removal:
+---------------
+
+When finished, remove the device via the "dmsetup remove" command:
+
+$ sudo dmsetup remove dust1
+
+Quiet mode:
+-----------
+
+On test runs with many bad blocks, it may be desirable to avoid
+excessive logging (from bad blocks added, removed, or "remapped").
+This can be done by enabling "quiet mode" via the following message:
+
+$ sudo dmsetup message dust1 0 quiet
+
+This will suppress log messages from add / remove / removed by write
+operations.  Log messages from "countbadblocks" or "queryblock"
+message commands will still print in quiet mode.
+
+The status of quiet mode can be seen by running "dmsetup status":
+
+$ sudo dmsetup status dust1
+0 33552384 dust 252:17 fail_read_on_bad_block quiet
+
+To disable quiet mode, send the "quiet" message again:
+
+$ sudo dmsetup message dust1 0 quiet
+
+$ sudo dmsetup status dust1
+0 33552384 dust 252:17 fail_read_on_bad_block verbose
+
+(The presence of "verbose" indicates normal logging.)
+
+"Why not...?"
+-------------
+
+scsi_debug has a "medium error" mode that can fail reads on one
+specified sector (sector 0x1234, hardcoded in the source code), but
+it uses RAM for the persistent storage, which drastically decreases
+the potential device size.
+
+dm-flakey fails all I/O from all block locations at a specified time
+frequency, and not a given point in time.
+
+When a bad sector occurs on a hard disk drive, reads to that sector
+are failed by the device, usually resulting in an error code of EIO
+("I/O error") or ENODATA ("No data available").  However, a write to
+the sector may succeed, and result in the sector becoming readable
+after the device controller no longer experiences errors reading the
+sector (or after a reallocation of the sector).  However, there may
+be bad sectors that occur on the device in the future, in a different,
+unpredictable location.
+
+This target seeks to provide a device that can exhibit the behavior
+of a bad sector at a known sector location, at a known time, based
+on a large storage device (at least tens of gigabytes, not occupying
+system memory).
diff --git a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-integrity.txt b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-integrity.txt
index 297251b..d63d78f 100644
--- a/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-integrity.txt
+++ b/Documentation/device-mapper/dm-integrity.txt
@@ -21,6 +21,13 @@
 mode, the dm-integrity target can be used to detect silent data
 corruption on the disk or in the I/O path.
 
+There's an alternate mode of operation where dm-integrity uses bitmap
+instead of a journal. If a bit in the bitmap is 1, the corresponding
+region's data and integrity tags are not synchronized - if the machine
+crashes, the unsynchronized regions will be recalculated. The bitmap mode
+is faster than the journal mode, because we don't have to write the data
+twice, but it is also less reliable, because if data corruption happens
+when the machine crashes, it may not be detected.
 
 When loading the target for the first time, the kernel driver will format
 the device. But it will only format the device if the superblock contains
@@ -59,6 +66,10 @@
 		either both data and tag or none of them are written. The
 		journaled mode degrades write throughput twice because the
 		data have to be written twice.
+	B - bitmap mode - data and metadata are written without any
+		synchronization, the driver maintains a bitmap of dirty
+		regions where data and metadata don't match. This mode can
+		only be used with internal hash.
 	R - recovery mode - in this mode, journal is not replayed,
 		checksums are not checked and writes to the device are not
 		allowed. This mode is useful for data recovery if the
@@ -79,6 +90,10 @@
 	a power of two. If the device is already formatted, the value from
 	the superblock is used.
 
+meta_device:device
+	Don't interleave the data and metadata on on device. Use a
+	separate device for metadata.
+
 buffer_sectors:number
 	The number of sectors in one buffer. The value is rounded down to
 	a power of two.
@@ -146,6 +161,15 @@
 	Supported values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes.  If not
 	specified the default block size is 512 bytes.
 
+sectors_per_bit:number
+	In the bitmap mode, this parameter specifies the number of
+	512-byte sectors that corresponds to one bitmap bit.
+
+bitmap_flush_interval:number
+	The bitmap flush interval in milliseconds. The metadata buffers
+	are synchronized when this interval expires.
+
+
 The journal mode (D/J), buffer_sectors, journal_watermark, commit_time can
 be changed when reloading the target (load an inactive table and swap the
 tables with suspend and resume). The other arguments should not be changed
@@ -167,7 +191,13 @@
 	  provides (i.e. the size of the device minus the size of all
 	  metadata and padding). The user of this target should not send
 	  bios that access data beyond the "provided data sectors" limit.
-	* flags - a flag is set if journal_mac is used
+	* flags
+	  SB_FLAG_HAVE_JOURNAL_MAC - a flag is set if journal_mac is used
+	  SB_FLAG_RECALCULATING - recalculating is in progress
+	  SB_FLAG_DIRTY_BITMAP - journal area contains the bitmap of dirty
+		blocks
+	* log2(sectors per block)
+	* a position where recalculating finished
 * journal
 	The journal is divided into sections, each section contains:
 	* metadata area (4kiB), it contains journal entries
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
index f4d04a0..82edbaa 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/altera/socfpga-system.txt
@@ -11,3 +11,15 @@
 		reg = <0xffd08000 0x1000>;
 		cpu1-start-addr = <0xffd080c4>;
 	};
+
+ARM64 - Stratix10
+Required properties:
+- compatible : "altr,sys-mgr-s10"
+- reg : Should contain 1 register range(address and length)
+        for system manager register.
+
+Example:
+	 sysmgr@ffd12000 {
+		compatible = "altr,sys-mgr-s10";
+		reg = <0xffd12000 0x228>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
index 7f40cb5..061f7b9 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/amlogic.txt
@@ -110,6 +110,7 @@
 
   - "amlogic,u200" (Meson g12a s905d2)
   - "amediatech,x96-max" (Meson g12a s905x2)
+  - "seirobotics,sei510" (Meson g12a s905x2)
 
 Amlogic Meson Firmware registers Interface
 ------------------------------------------
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
index 4bf1b4d..99dee23 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
     o "atmel,at91sam9n12"
     o "atmel,at91sam9rl"
     o "atmel,at91sam9xe"
+    o "microchip,sam9x60"
  * "atmel,sama5" for SoCs using a Cortex-A5, shall be extended with the specific
    SoC family:
     o "atmel,sama5d2" shall be extended with the specific SoC compatible:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt
index e61d00e..9fbde40 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-sysregs.txt
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 1) shdwc node
 
 required properties:
-- compatible: should be "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc".
+- compatible: should be "atmel,sama5d2-shdwc" or "microchip,sam9x60-shdwc".
 - reg: should contain registers location and length
 - clocks: phandle to input clock.
 - #address-cells: should be one. The cell is the wake-up input index.
@@ -96,6 +96,9 @@
   microseconds. It's usually a board-related property.
 - atmel,wakeup-rtc-timer: boolean to enable Real-Time Clock wake-up.
 
+optional microchip,sam9x60-shdwc properties:
+- atmel,wakeup-rtt-timer: boolean to enable Real-time Timer Wake-up.
+
 The node contains child nodes for each wake-up input that the platform uses.
 
 2) input nodes
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
index f8aff65..8a88dde 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/coresight.txt
@@ -8,7 +8,8 @@
 sink. Each CoreSight component device should use these properties to describe
 its hardware characteristcs.
 
-* Required properties for all components *except* non-configurable replicators:
+* Required properties for all components *except* non-configurable replicators
+  and non-configurable funnels:
 
 	* compatible: These have to be supplemented with "arm,primecell" as
 	  drivers are using the AMBA bus interface.  Possible values include:
@@ -24,8 +25,10 @@
 		  discovered at boot time when the device is probed.
 			"arm,coresight-tmc", "arm,primecell";
 
-		- Trace Funnel:
-			"arm,coresight-funnel", "arm,primecell";
+		- Trace Programmable Funnel:
+			"arm,coresight-dynamic-funnel", "arm,primecell";
+			"arm,coresight-funnel", "arm,primecell"; (OBSOLETE. For
+				backward compatibility and will be removed)
 
 		- Embedded Trace Macrocell (version 3.x) and
 					Program Flow Trace Macrocell:
@@ -65,11 +68,17 @@
 	  "stm-stimulus-base", each corresponding to the areas defined in "reg".
 
 * Required properties for devices that don't show up on the AMBA bus, such as
-  non-configurable replicators:
+  non-configurable replicators and non-configurable funnels:
 
 	* compatible: Currently supported value is (note the absence of the
 	  AMBA markee):
-		- "arm,coresight-replicator"
+		- Coresight Non-configurable Replicator:
+			"arm,coresight-static-replicator";
+			"arm,coresight-replicator"; (OBSOLETE. For backward
+				compatibility and will be removed)
+
+		- Coresight Non-configurable Funnel:
+			"arm,coresight-static-funnel";
 
 	* port or ports: see "Graph bindings for Coresight" below.
 
@@ -169,7 +178,7 @@
 		/* non-configurable replicators don't show up on the
 		 * AMBA bus.  As such no need to add "arm,primecell".
 		 */
-		compatible = "arm,coresight-replicator";
+		compatible = "arm,coresight-static-replicator";
 
 		out-ports {
 			#address-cells = <1>;
@@ -200,8 +209,45 @@
 		};
 	};
 
+	funnel {
+		/*
+		 * non-configurable funnel don't show up on the AMBA
+		 * bus.  As such no need to add "arm,primecell".
+		 */
+		compatible = "arm,coresight-static-funnel";
+		clocks = <&crg_ctrl HI3660_PCLK>;
+		clock-names = "apb_pclk";
+
+		out-ports {
+			port {
+				combo_funnel_out: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&top_funnel_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+
+		in-ports {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+
+			port@0 {
+				reg = <0>;
+				combo_funnel_in0: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&cluster0_etf_out>;
+				};
+			};
+
+			port@1 {
+				reg = <1>;
+				combo_funnel_in1: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&cluster1_etf_out>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
 	funnel@20040000 {
-		compatible = "arm,coresight-funnel", "arm,primecell";
+		compatible = "arm,coresight-dynamic-funnel", "arm,primecell";
 		reg = <0 0x20040000 0 0x1000>;
 
 		clocks = <&oscclk6a>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
index 82dd758..591bbd0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/cpus.yaml
@@ -67,6 +67,7 @@
 
 patternProperties:
   '^cpu@[0-9a-f]+$':
+    type: object
     properties:
       device_type:
         const: cpu
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt
index 72d481c..5d7dbab 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/freescale/fsl,scu.txt
@@ -22,9 +22,11 @@
 -------------------
 - compatible:	should be "fsl,imx-scu".
 - mbox-names:	should include "tx0", "tx1", "tx2", "tx3",
-			       "rx0", "rx1", "rx2", "rx3".
-- mboxes:	List of phandle of 4 MU channels for tx and 4 MU channels
-		for rx. All 8 MU channels must be in the same MU instance.
+			       "rx0", "rx1", "rx2", "rx3";
+		include "gip3" if want to support general MU interrupt.
+- mboxes:	List of phandle of 4 MU channels for tx, 4 MU channels for
+		rx, and 1 optional MU channel for general interrupt.
+		All MU channels must be in the same MU instance.
 		Cross instances are not allowed. The MU instance can only
 		be one of LSIO MU0~M4 for imx8qxp and imx8qm. Users need
 		to make sure use the one which is not conflict with other
@@ -34,6 +36,7 @@
 		Channel 1 must be "tx1" or "rx1".
 		Channel 2 must be "tx2" or "rx2".
 		Channel 3 must be "tx3" or "rx3".
+		General interrupt rx channel must be "gip3".
 		e.g.
 		mboxes = <&lsio_mu1 0 0
 			  &lsio_mu1 0 1
@@ -42,10 +45,18 @@
 			  &lsio_mu1 1 0
 			  &lsio_mu1 1 1
 			  &lsio_mu1 1 2
-			  &lsio_mu1 1 3>;
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 3
+			  &lsio_mu1 3 3>;
 		See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/fsl,mu.txt
 		for detailed mailbox binding.
 
+Note: Each mu which supports general interrupt should have an alias correctly
+numbered in "aliases" node.
+e.g.
+aliases {
+	mu1 = &lsio_mu1;
+};
+
 i.MX SCU Client Device Node:
 ============================================================
 
@@ -124,6 +135,10 @@
 
 Example (imx8qxp):
 -------------
+aliases {
+	mu1 = &lsio_mu1;
+};
+
 lsio_mu1: mailbox@5d1c0000 {
 	...
 	#mbox-cells = <2>;
@@ -133,7 +148,8 @@
 	scu {
 		compatible = "fsl,imx-scu";
 		mbox-names = "tx0", "tx1", "tx2", "tx3",
-			     "rx0", "rx1", "rx2", "rx3";
+			     "rx0", "rx1", "rx2", "rx3",
+			     "gip3";
 		mboxes = <&lsio_mu1 0 0
 			  &lsio_mu1 0 1
 			  &lsio_mu1 0 2
@@ -141,7 +157,8 @@
 			  &lsio_mu1 1 0
 			  &lsio_mu1 1 1
 			  &lsio_mu1 1 2
-			  &lsio_mu1 1 3>;
+			  &lsio_mu1 1 3
+			  &lsio_mu1 3 3>;
 
 		clk: clk {
 			compatible = "fsl,imx8qxp-clk", "fsl,scu-clk";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml
index 7e2cd6a..407138e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/fsl.yaml
@@ -51,6 +51,13 @@
           - const: i2se,duckbill-2
           - const: fsl,imx28
 
+      - description: i.MX50 based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx50-evk
+              - kobo,aura
+          - const: fsl,imx50
+
       - description: i.MX51 Babbage Board
         items:
           - enum:
@@ -67,6 +74,7 @@
               - fsl,imx53-evk
               - fsl,imx53-qsb
               - fsl,imx53-smd
+              - menlo,m53menlo
           - const: fsl,imx53
 
       - description: i.MX6Q based Boards
@@ -90,6 +98,7 @@
       - description: i.MX6DL based Boards
         items:
           - enum:
+              - eckelmann,imx6dl-ci4x10
               - fsl,imx6dl-sabreauto      # i.MX6 DualLite/Solo SABRE Automotive Board
               - fsl,imx6dl-sabresd        # i.MX6 DualLite SABRE Smart Device Board
               - technologic,imx6dl-ts4900
@@ -137,10 +146,18 @@
           - const: fsl,imx6ull # This seems odd. Should be last?
           - const: fsl,imx6ulz
 
+      - description: i.MX7S based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - tq,imx7s-mba7             # i.MX7S TQ MBa7 with TQMa7S SoM
+          - const: fsl,imx7s
+
       - description: i.MX7D based Boards
         items:
           - enum:
               - fsl,imx7d-sdb             # i.MX7 SabreSD Board
+              - tq,imx7d-mba7             # i.MX7D TQ MBa7 with TQMa7D SoM
+              - zii,imx7d-rpu2            # ZII RPU2 Board
           - const: fsl,imx7d
 
       - description:
@@ -154,6 +171,12 @@
           - const: compulab,cl-som-imx7
           - const: fsl,imx7d
 
+      - description: i.MX8MM based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - fsl,imx8mm-evk            # i.MX8MM EVK Board
+          - const: fsl,imx8mm
+
       - description: i.MX8QXP based Boards
         items:
           - enum:
@@ -176,6 +199,19 @@
               - fsl,vf610
               - fsl,vf610m4
 
+      - description: ZII's VF610 based Boards
+        items:
+          - enum:
+              - zii,vf610cfu1      # ZII VF610 CFU1 Board
+              - zii,vf610dev-c     # ZII VF610 Development Board, Rev C
+              - zii,vf610dev-b     # ZII VF610 Development Board, Rev B
+              - zii,vf610scu4-aib  # ZII VF610 SCU4 AIB
+              - zii,vf610dtu       # ZII VF610 SSMB DTU Board
+              - zii,vf610spu3      # ZII VF610 SSMB SPU3 Board
+              - zii,vf610spb4      # ZII VF610 SPB4 Board
+          - const: zii,vf610dev
+          - const: fsl,vf610
+
       - description: LS1012A based Boards
         items:
           - enum:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/intel-ixp4xx.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/intel-ixp4xx.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4f7451e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/intel-ixp4xx.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/intel-ixp4xx.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Intel IXP4xx Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - linksys,nslu2
+          - const: intel,ixp42x
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - gateworks,gw2358
+          - const: intel,ixp43x
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt
index de407541..161e63a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,apmixedsys.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt7629-apmixedsys"
 	- "mediatek,mt8135-apmixedsys"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-apmixedsys"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-apmixedsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8516-apmixedsys"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The apmixedsys controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt
index d1606b2..f3cef1a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,audsys.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7622-audsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7623-audsys", "mediatek,mt2701-audsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-audiosys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The AUDSYS controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,camsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,camsys.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d8930f6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,camsys.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+MediaTek CAMSYS controller
+============================
+
+The MediaTek camsys controller provides various clocks to the system.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-camsys", "syscon"
+- #clock-cells: Must be 1
+
+The camsys controller uses the common clk binding from
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h.
+
+Example:
+
+camsys: camsys@1a000000  {
+	compatible = "mediatek,mt8183-camsys", "syscon";
+	reg = <0 0x1a000000  0 0x1000>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt
index 3f99672..e3bc4a1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,imgsys.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-imgsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7623-imgsys", "mediatek,mt2701-imgsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-imgsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-imgsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The imgsys controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt
index 417bd83..a909139 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,infracfg.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,8 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt7629-infracfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8135-infracfg", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-infracfg", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-infracfg", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8516-infracfg", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 - #reset-cells: Must be 1
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ipu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ipu.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..aabc8c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,ipu.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+Mediatek IPU controller
+============================
+
+The Mediatek ipu controller provides various clocks to the system.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-ipu_conn", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-ipu_adl", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-ipu_core0", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-ipu_core1", "syscon"
+- #clock-cells: Must be 1
+
+The ipu controller uses the common clk binding from
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+The available clocks are defined in dt-bindings/clock/mt*-clk.h.
+
+Example:
+
+ipu_conn: syscon@19000000 {
+	compatible = "mediatek,mt8183-ipu_conn", "syscon";
+	reg = <0 0x19000000 0 0x1000>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+ipu_adl: syscon@19010000 {
+	compatible = "mediatek,mt8183-ipu_adl", "syscon";
+	reg = <0 0x19010000 0 0x1000>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+ipu_core0: syscon@19180000 {
+	compatible = "mediatek,mt8183-ipu_core0", "syscon";
+	reg = <0 0x19180000 0 0x1000>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+ipu_core1: syscon@19280000 {
+	compatible = "mediatek,mt8183-ipu_core1", "syscon";
+	reg = <0 0x19280000 0 0x1000>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mcucfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mcucfg.txt
index b8fb03f..2b882b7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mcucfg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mcucfg.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
 
 - compatible: Should be one of:
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-mcucfg", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-mcucfg", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The mcucfg controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mfgcfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mfgcfg.txt
index 859e67b..72787e7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mfgcfg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mfgcfg.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
 
 - compatible: Should be one of:
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-mfgcfg", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-mfgcfg", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The mfgcfg controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt
index 15d977a..545eab7 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,mmsys.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-mmsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7623-mmsys", "mediatek,mt2701-mmsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-mmsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-mmsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The mmsys controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt
index d160c2b..a023b83 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,topckgen.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,8 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt7629-topckgen"
 	- "mediatek,mt8135-topckgen"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-topckgen"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-topckgen", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8516-topckgen"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The topckgen controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt
index 3212afc..57176bb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vdecsys.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-vdecsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt7623-vdecsys", "mediatek,mt2701-vdecsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-vdecsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-vdecsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The vdecsys controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vencsys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vencsys.txt
index 8515453..c9faa62 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vencsys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/mediatek/mediatek,vencsys.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 	- "mediatek,mt2712-vencsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt6797-vencsys", "syscon"
 	- "mediatek,mt8173-vencsys", "syscon"
+	- "mediatek,mt8183-vencsys", "syscon"
 - #clock-cells: Must be 1
 
 The vencsys controller uses the common clk binding from
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
index 2ecc712..1c1e48f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt
@@ -92,6 +92,9 @@
 - DRA718
   compatible = "ti,dra718", "ti,dra722", "ti,dra72", "ti,dra7"
 
+- AM5748
+  compatible = "ti,am5748", "ti,dra762", "ti,dra7"
+
 - AM5728
   compatible = "ti,am5728", "ti,dra742", "ti,dra74", "ti,dra7"
 
@@ -184,6 +187,9 @@
 - AM57XX SBC-AM57x
   compatible = "compulab,sbc-am57x", "compulab,cl-som-am57x", "ti,am5728", "ti,dra742", "ti,dra74", "ti,dra7"
 
+- AM5748 IDK
+  compatible = "ti,am5748-idk", "ti,am5748", "ti,dra762", "ti,dra7";
+
 - AM5728 IDK
   compatible = "ti,am5728-idk", "ti,am5728", "ti,dra742", "ti,dra74", "ti,dra7"
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml
index 061a03e..5c6bbf1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/rockchip.yaml
@@ -97,6 +97,7 @@
           - enum:
               - friendlyarm,nanopc-t4
               - friendlyarm,nanopi-m4
+              - friendlyarm,nanopi-neo4
           - const: rockchip,rk3399
 
       - description: GeekBuying GeekBox
@@ -146,7 +147,7 @@
           - const: google,gru
           - const: rockchip,rk3399
 
-      - description: Google Jaq (Haier Chromebook 11 and more)
+      - description: Google Jaq (Haier Chromebook 11 and more w/ uSD)
         items:
           - const: google,veyron-jaq-rev5
           - const: google,veyron-jaq-rev4
@@ -159,6 +160,12 @@
 
       - description: Google Jerry (Hisense Chromebook C11 and more)
         items:
+          - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev15
+          - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev14
+          - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev13
+          - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev12
+          - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev11
+          - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev10
           - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev7
           - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev6
           - const: google,veyron-jerry-rev5
@@ -199,6 +206,17 @@
           - const: google,veyron
           - const: rockchip,rk3288
 
+      - description: Google Mighty (Haier Chromebook 11 and more w/ SD)
+        items:
+          - const: google,veyron-mighty-rev5
+          - const: google,veyron-mighty-rev4
+          - const: google,veyron-mighty-rev3
+          - const: google,veyron-mighty-rev2
+          - const: google,veyron-mighty-rev1
+          - const: google,veyron-mighty
+          - const: google,veyron
+          - const: rockchip,rk3288
+
       - description: Google Minnie (Asus Chromebook Flip C100P)
         items:
           - const: google,veyron-minnie-rev4
@@ -308,6 +326,11 @@
           - const: netxeon,r89
           - const: rockchip,rk3288
 
+      - description: Orange Pi RK3399 board
+        items:
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399-orangepi
+          - const: rockchip,rk3399
+
       - description: Phytec phyCORE-RK3288 Rapid Development Kit
         items:
           - const: phytec,rk3288-pcm-947
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32-syscon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32-syscon.txt
index 99980ae..c92d411 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32-syscon.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/stm32/stm32-syscon.txt
@@ -5,10 +5,12 @@
                  - " st,stm32mp157-syscfg " - for stm32mp157 based SoCs,
                  second value must be always "syscon".
    - reg : offset and length of the register set.
+   - clocks: phandle to the syscfg clock
 
  Example:
          syscfg: syscon@50020000 {
                  compatible = "st,stm32mp157-syscfg", "syscon";
                  reg = <0x50020000 0x400>;
+                 clocks = <&rcc SYSCFG>;
          };
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 9254cbe..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-Allwinner sunXi Platforms Device Tree Bindings
-
-Each device tree must specify which Allwinner SoC it uses,
-using one of the following compatible strings:
-
-  allwinner,sun4i-a10
-  allwinner,sun5i-a10s
-  allwinner,sun5i-a13
-  allwinner,sun5i-r8
-  allwinner,sun6i-a31
-  allwinner,sun7i-a20
-  allwinner,sun8i-a23
-  allwinner,sun8i-a33
-  allwinner,sun8i-a83t
-  allwinner,sun8i-h2-plus
-  allwinner,sun8i-h3
-  allwinner,sun8i-r40
-  allwinner,sun8i-t3
-  allwinner,sun8i-v3s
-  allwinner,sun9i-a80
-  allwinner,sun50i-a64
-  allwinner,suniv-f1c100s
-  nextthing,gr8
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..285f4fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,807 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR X11)
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/arm/sunxi.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Allwinner platforms device tree bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
+  - Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    const: '/'
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+
+      - description: Allwinner A23 Evaluation Board
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a23-evb
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a23
+
+      - description: Allwinner A31 APP4 Evaluation Board
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,app4-evb1
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31
+
+      - description: Allwinner A83t Homlet Evaluation Board v2
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,h8homlet-v2
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a83t
+
+      - description: Allwinner GA10H Quad Core Tablet v1.1
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,ga10h-v1.1
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a33
+
+      - description: Allwinner GT90H Tablet v4
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,gt90h-v4
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a23
+
+      - description: Allwinner R16 EVB (Parrot)
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,parrot
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a33
+
+      - description: Amarula A64 Relic
+        items:
+          - const: amarula,a64-relic
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
+      - description: Auxtek T003 A10s HDMI TV Stick
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,auxtek-t003
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a10s
+
+      - description: Auxtek T004 A10s HDMI TV Stick
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,auxtek-t004
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a10s
+
+      - description: BA10 TV Box
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,ba10-tvbox
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: BananaPi
+        items:
+          - const: lemaker,bananapi
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: BananaPi M1 Plus
+        items:
+          - const: sinovoip,bpi-m1-plus
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: BananaPi M2
+        items:
+          - const: sinovoip,bpi-m2
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31s
+
+      - description: BananaPi M2 Berry
+        items:
+          - const: sinovoip,bpi-m2-berry
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-r40
+
+      - description: BananaPi M2 Plus
+        items:
+          - const: sinovoip,bpi-m2-plus
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: BananaPi M2 Plus
+        items:
+          - const: sinovoip,bpi-m2-plus
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h5
+
+      - description: BananaPi M2 Plus v1.2
+        items:
+          - const: bananapi,bpi-m2-plus-v1.2
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: BananaPi M2 Plus v1.2
+        items:
+          - const: bananapi,bpi-m2-plus-v1.2
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h5
+
+      - description: BananaPi M2 Magic
+        items:
+          - const: sinovoip,bananapi-m2m
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a33
+
+      - description: BananaPi M2 Ultra
+        items:
+          - const: sinovoip,bpi-m2-ultra
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-r40
+
+      - description: BananaPi M2 Zero
+        items:
+          - const: sinovoip,bpi-m2-zero
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h2-plus
+
+      - description: BananaPi M3
+        items:
+          - const: sinovoip,bpi-m3
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a83t
+
+      - description: BananaPi M64
+        items:
+          - const: sinovoip,bananapi-m64
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
+      - description: BananaPro
+        items:
+          - const: lemaker,bananapro
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Beelink GS1
+        items:
+          - const: azw,beelink-gs1
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6
+
+      - description: Beelink X2
+        items:
+          - const: roofull,beelink-x2
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: Chuwi V7 CW0825
+        items:
+          - const: chuwi,v7-cw0825
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: Colorfly E708 Q1 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: colorfly,e708-q1
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31s
+
+      - description: CSQ CS908 Set Top Box
+        items:
+          - const: csq,cs908
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31s
+
+      - description: Cubietech Cubieboard
+        items:
+          - const: cubietech,a10-cubieboard
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: Cubietech Cubieboard2
+        items:
+          - const: cubietech,cubieboard2
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Cubietech Cubieboard4
+        items:
+          - const: cubietech,a80-cubieboard4
+          - const: allwinner,sun9i-a80
+
+      - description: Cubietech Cubietruck
+        items:
+          - const: cubietech,cubietruck
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Cubietech Cubietruck Plus
+        items:
+          - const: cubietech,cubietruck-plus
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a83t
+
+      - description: Difrnce DIT4350
+        items:
+          - const: difrnce,dit4350
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a13
+
+      - description: Dserve DSRV9703C
+        items:
+          - const: dserve,dsrv9703c
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: Empire Electronix D709 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: empire-electronix,d709
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a13
+
+      - description: Empire Electronix M712 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: empire-electronix,m712
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a13
+
+      - description: FriendlyARM NanoPi A64
+        items:
+          - const: friendlyarm,nanopi-a64
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
+      - description: FriendlyARM NanoPi M1
+        items:
+          - const: friendlyarm,nanopi-m1
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: FriendlyARM NanoPi M1 Plus
+        items:
+          - const: friendlyarm,nanopi-m1-plus
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: FriendlyARM NanoPi Neo
+        items:
+          - const: friendlyarm,nanopi-neo
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: FriendlyARM NanoPi Neo 2
+        items:
+          - const: friendlyarm,nanopi-neo2
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h5
+
+      - description: FriendlyARM NanoPi Neo Air
+        items:
+          - const: friendlyarm,nanopi-neo-air
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: FriendlyARM NanoPi Neo Plus2
+        items:
+          - const: friendlyarm,nanopi-neo-plus2
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h5
+
+      - description: Gemei G9 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: gemei,g9
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: Hyundai A7HD
+        items:
+          - const: hyundai,a7hd
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: HSG H702
+        items:
+          - const: hsg,h702
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a13
+
+      - description: I12 TV Box
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,i12-tvbox
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: ICNova A20 SWAC
+        items:
+          - const: swac,icnova-a20-swac
+          - const: incircuit,icnova-a20
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: INet-1
+        items:
+          - const: inet-tek,inet1
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: iNet-86DZ Rev 01
+        items:
+          - const: primux,inet86dz
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a23
+
+      - description: iNet-9F Rev 03
+        items:
+          - const: inet-tek,inet9f-rev03
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: iNet-97F Rev 02
+        items:
+          - const: primux,inet97fv2
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: iNet-98V Rev 02
+        items:
+          - const: primux,inet98v-rev2
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a13
+
+      - description: iNet D978 Rev 02 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: primux,inet-d978-rev2
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a33
+
+      - description: iNet Q972 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: inet-tek,inet-q972
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31s
+
+      - description: Itead Ibox A20
+        items:
+          - const: itead,itead-ibox-a20
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Itead Iteaduino Plus A10
+        items:
+          - const: itead,iteaduino-plus-a10
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: Jesurun Q5
+        items:
+          - const: jesurun,q5
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: Lamobo R1
+        items:
+          - const: lamobo,lamobo-r1
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Libre Computer Board ALL-H3-CC H2+
+        items:
+          - const: libretech,all-h3-cc-h2-plus
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h2-plus
+
+      - description: Libre Computer Board ALL-H3-CC H3
+        items:
+          - const: libretech,all-h3-cc-h3
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: Libre Computer Board ALL-H3-CC H5
+        items:
+          - const: libretech,all-h3-cc-h5
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h5
+
+      - description: Lichee Pi One
+        items:
+          - const: licheepi,licheepi-one
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a13
+
+      - description: Lichee Pi Zero
+        items:
+          - const: licheepi,licheepi-zero
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-v3s
+
+      - description: Lichee Pi Zero (with Dock)
+        items:
+          - const: licheepi,licheepi-zero-dock
+          - const: licheepi,licheepi-zero
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-v3s
+
+      - description: Linksprite PCDuino
+        items:
+          - const: linksprite,a10-pcduino
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: Linksprite PCDuino2
+        items:
+          - const: linksprite,a10-pcduino2
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: Linksprite PCDuino3
+        items:
+          - const: linksprite,pcduino3
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Linksprite PCDuino3 Nano
+        items:
+          - const: linksprite,pcduino3-nano
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: HAOYU Electronics Marsboard A10
+        items:
+          - const: haoyu,a10-marsboard
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: MapleBoard MP130
+        items:
+          - const: mapleboard,mp130
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: Mele A1000
+        items:
+          - const: mele,a1000
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: Mele A1000G Quad Set Top Box
+        items:
+          - const: mele,a1000g-quad
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31
+
+      - description: Mele I7 Quad Set Top Box
+        items:
+          - const: mele,i7
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31
+
+      - description: Mele M3
+        items:
+          - const: mele,m3
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Mele M9 Set Top Box
+        items:
+          - const: mele,m9
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31
+
+      - description: Merrii A20 Hummingboard
+        items:
+          - const: merrii,a20-hummingbird
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Merrii A31 Hummingboard
+        items:
+          - const: merrii,a31-hummingbird
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31
+
+      - description: Merrii A80 Optimus
+        items:
+          - const: merrii,a80-optimus
+          - const: allwinner,sun9i-a80
+
+      - description: Miniand Hackberry
+        items:
+          - const: miniand,hackberry
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: MK802
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,mk802
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: MK802-A10s
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,a10s-mk802
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a10s
+
+      - description: MK802-II
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,mk802ii
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: MK808c
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,mk808c
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: MSI Primo81 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: msi,primo81
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31s
+
+      - description: Emlid Neutis N5 Developper Board
+        items:
+          - const: emlid,neutis-n5-devboard
+          - const: emlid,neutis-n5
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h5
+
+      - description: NextThing Co. CHIP
+        items:
+          - const: nextthing,chip
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-r8
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a13
+
+      - description: NextThing Co. CHIP Pro
+        items:
+          - const: nextthing,chip-pro
+          - const: nextthing,gr8
+
+      - description: NextThing Co. GR8 Evaluation Board
+        items:
+          - const: nextthing,gr8-evb
+          - const: nextthing,gr8
+
+      - description: Nintendo NES Classic
+        items:
+          - const: nintendo,nes-classic
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-r16
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a33
+
+      - description: Nintendo Super NES Classic
+        items:
+          - const: nintendo,super-nes-classic
+          - const: nintendo,nes-classic
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-r16
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a33
+
+      - description: Oceanic 5inMFD (5205)
+        items:
+          - const: oceanic,5205-5inmfd
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
+      - description: Olimex A10-OlinuXino LIME
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a10-olinuxino-lime
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: Olimex A10s-OlinuXino Micro
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a10s-olinuxino-micro
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a10s
+
+      - description: Olimex A13-OlinuXino
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a13-olinuxino
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a13
+
+      - description: Olimex A13-OlinuXino Micro
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a13-olinuxino-micro
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a13
+
+      - description: Olimex A20-Olimex SOM Evaluation Board
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a20-olimex-som-evb
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Olimex A20-Olimex SOM Evaluation Board (with eMMC)
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a20-olimex-som-evb-emmc
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Olimex A20-OlinuXino LIME
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a20-olinuxino-lime
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Olimex A20-OlinuXino LIME2
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a20-olinuxino-lime2
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Olimex A20-OlinuXino LIME2 (with eMMC)
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a20-olinuxino-lime2-emmc
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Olimex A20-OlinuXino Micro
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a20-olinuxino-micro
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Olimex A20-OlinuXino Micro (with eMMC)
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a20-olinuxino-micro-emmc
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Olimex A20-SOM204 Evaluation Board
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a20-olimex-som204-evb
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Olimex A20-SOM204 Evaluation Board (with eMMC)
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a20-olimex-som204-evb-emmc
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Olimex A33-OlinuXino
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a33-olinuxino
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a33
+
+      - description: Olimex A64-OlinuXino
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a64-olinuxino
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
+      - description: Olimex A64 Teres-I
+        items:
+          - const: olimex,a64-teres-i
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
+      - description: Pine64
+        items:
+          - const: pine64,pine64
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
+      - description: Pine64+
+        items:
+          - const: pine64,pine64-plus
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
+      - description: Pine64 PineH64
+        items:
+          - const: pine64,pine-h64
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6
+
+      - description: Pine64 LTS
+        items:
+          - const: pine64,pine64-lts
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-r18
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
+      - description: Pine64 Pinebook
+        items:
+          - const: pine64,pinebook
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
+      - description: Pine64 SoPine Baseboard
+        items:
+          - const: pine64,sopine-baseboard
+          - const: pine64,sopine
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
+      - description: PineRiver Mini X-Plus
+        items:
+          - const: pineriver,mini-xplus
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: Point of View Protab2-IPS9
+        items:
+          - const: pov,protab2-ips9
+          - const: allwinner,sun4i-a10
+
+      - description: Polaroid MID2407PXE03 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: polaroid,mid2407pxe03
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a23
+
+      - description: Polaroid MID2809PXE04 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: polaroid,mid2809pxe04
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a23
+
+      - description: Q8 A13 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,q8-a13
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a13
+
+      - description: Q8 A23 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,q8-a23
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a23
+
+      - description: Q8 A33 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,q8-a33
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a33
+
+      - description: Qihua CQA3T BV3
+        items:
+          - const: qihua,t3-cqa3t-bv3
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-t3
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-r40
+
+      - description: R7 A10s HDMI TV Stick
+        items:
+          - const: allwinner,r7-tv-dongle
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a10s
+
+      - description: RerVision H3-DVK
+        items:
+          - const: rervision,h3-dvk
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: Sinlinx SinA31s Core Board
+        items:
+          - const: sinlinx,sina31s
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31s
+
+      - description: Sinlinx SinA31s Development Board
+        items:
+          - const: sinlinx,sina31s-sdk
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31s
+
+      - description: Sinlinx SinA33
+        items:
+          - const: sinlinx,sina33
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a33
+
+      - description: TBS A711 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: tbs-biometrics,a711
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-a83t
+
+      - description: Utoo P66
+        items:
+          - const: utoo,p66
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a13
+
+      - description: Wexler TAB7200
+        items:
+          - const: wexler,tab7200
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: WITS A31 Colombus Evaluation Board
+        items:
+          - const: wits,colombus
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31
+
+      - description: WITS Pro A20 DKT
+        items:
+          - const: wits,pro-a20-dkt
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Wobo i5
+        items:
+          - const: wobo,a10s-wobo-i5
+          - const: allwinner,sun5i-a10s
+
+      - description: Yones TopTech BS1078 v2 Tablet
+        items:
+          - const: yones-toptech,bs1078-v2
+          - const: allwinner,sun6i-a31s
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi 2
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-2
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi 3
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-3
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi Lite
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-lite
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi Lite2
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-lite2
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi Mini
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-mini
+          - const: allwinner,sun7i-a20
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi One
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-one
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi One Plus
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-one-plus
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h6
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi PC
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-pc
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi PC 2
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-pc2
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h5
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi PC Plus
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-pc-plus
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi Plus
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-plus
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi Plus 2E
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-plus2e
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi Prime
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-prime
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h5
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi R1
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-r1
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h2-plus
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi Win
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-win
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-a64
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi Zero
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-zero
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h2-plus
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi Zero Plus
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-zero-plus
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h5
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi Zero Plus2
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-zero-plus2
+          - const: allwinner,sun50i-h5
+
+      - description: Xunlong OrangePi Zero Plus2
+        items:
+          - const: xunlong,orangepi-zero-plus2-h3
+          - const: allwinner,sun8i-h3
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi/sunxi-mbus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi/sunxi-mbus.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1464a47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/sunxi/sunxi-mbus.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+Allwinner Memory Bus (MBUS) controller
+
+The MBUS controller drives the MBUS that other devices in the SoC will
+use to perform DMA. It also has a register interface that allows to
+monitor and control the bandwidth and priorities for masters on that
+bus.
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Must be one of:
+	- allwinner,sun5i-a13-mbus
+ - reg: Offset and length of the register set for the controller
+ - clocks: phandle to the clock driving the controller
+ - dma-ranges: See section 2.3.9 of the DeviceTree Specification
+ - #interconnect-cells: Must be one, with the argument being the MBUS
+   port ID
+
+Each device having to perform their DMA through the MBUS must have the
+interconnects and interconnect-names properties set to the MBUS
+controller and with "dma-mem" as the interconnect name.
+
+Example:
+
+mbus: dram-controller@1c01000 {
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun5i-a13-mbus";
+	reg = <0x01c01000 0x1000>;
+	clocks = <&ccu CLK_MBUS>;
+	dma-ranges = <0x00000000 0x40000000 0x20000000>;
+	#interconnect-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+fe0: display-frontend@1e00000 {
+	compatible = "allwinner,sun5i-a13-display-frontend";
+	...
+	interconnects = <&mbus 19>;
+	interconnect-names = "dma-mem";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt
index 85a23f5..233eb82 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/ti-sysc.txt
@@ -94,6 +94,8 @@
 
 - ti,no-idle-on-init	interconnect target module should not be idled at init
 
+- ti,no-idle		interconnect target module should not be idled
+
 Example: Single instance of MUSB controller on omap4 using interconnect ranges
 using offsets from l4_cfg second segment (0x4a000000 + 0x80000 = 0x4a0ab000):
 
@@ -131,6 +133,6 @@
 		};
 	};
 
-Note that other SoCs, such as am335x can have multipe child devices. On am335x
+Note that other SoCs, such as am335x can have multiple child devices. On am335x
 there are two MUSB instances, two USB PHY instances, and a single CPPI41 DMA
-instance as children of a single interconnet target module.
+instance as children of a single interconnect target module.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,axg-audio-clkc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,axg-audio-clkc.txt
index 61777ad..0f77774 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,axg-audio-clkc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/amlogic,axg-audio-clkc.txt
@@ -6,7 +6,8 @@
 
 Required Properties:
 
-- compatible	: should be "amlogic,axg-audio-clkc" for the A113X and A113D
+- compatible	: should be "amlogic,axg-audio-clkc" for the A113X and A113D,
+		  "amlogic,g12a-audio-clkc" for G12A.
 - reg		: physical base address of the clock controller and length of
 		  memory mapped region.
 - clocks	: a list of phandle + clock-specifier pairs for the clocks listed
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
index e9f70fc..b520280 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt
@@ -8,35 +8,30 @@
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible : shall be one of the following:
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-sckc" or
+	"atmel,at91sam9x5-sckc",
+	"atmel,sama5d3-sckc" or
 	"atmel,sama5d4-sckc":
 		at91 SCKC (Slow Clock Controller)
-		This node contains the slow clock definitions.
+- #clock-cells : shall be 0.
+- clocks : shall be the input parent clock phandle for the clock.
 
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow-osc":
-		at91 slow oscillator
-
-	"atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-slow-rc-osc":
-		at91 internal slow RC oscillator
-- reg : defines the IO memory reserved for the SCKC.
-- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id).
-
+Optional properties:
+- atmel,osc-bypass : boolean property. Set this when a clock signal is directly
+  provided on XIN.
 
 For example:
-	sckc: sckc@fffffe50 {
-		compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-pmc";
-		reg = <0xfffffe50 0x4>
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-
-		/* put at91 slow clocks here */
+	sckc@fffffe50 {
+		compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-sckc";
+		reg = <0xfffffe50 0x4>;
+		clocks = <&slow_xtal>;
+		#clock-cells = <0>;
 	};
 
 Power Management Controller (PMC):
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible : shall be "atmel,<chip>-pmc", "syscon":
+- compatible : shall be "atmel,<chip>-pmc", "syscon" or
+	"microchip,sam9x60-pmc"
 	<chip> can be: at91rm9200, at91sam9260, at91sam9261,
 	at91sam9263, at91sam9g45, at91sam9n12, at91sam9rl, at91sam9g15,
 	at91sam9g25, at91sam9g35, at91sam9x25, at91sam9x35, at91sam9x5,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/cirrus,lochnagar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8d8ef3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,93 @@
+Cirrus Logic Lochnagar Audio Development Board
+
+Lochnagar is an evaluation and development board for Cirrus Logic
+Smart CODEC and Amp devices. It allows the connection of most Cirrus
+Logic devices on mini-cards, as well as allowing connection of
+various application processor systems to provide a full evaluation
+platform.  Audio system topology, clocking and power can all be
+controlled through the Lochnagar, allowing the device under test
+to be used in a variety of possible use cases.
+
+This binding document describes the binding for the clock portion of
+the driver.
+
+Also see these documents for generic binding information:
+  [1] Clock : ../clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+And these for relevant defines:
+  [2] include/dt-bindings/clock/lochnagar.h
+
+This binding must be part of the Lochnagar MFD binding:
+  [3] ../mfd/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : One of the following strings:
+                 "cirrus,lochnagar1-clk"
+                 "cirrus,lochnagar2-clk"
+
+  - #clock-cells : Must be 1. The first cell indicates the clock
+    number, see [2] for available clocks and [1].
+
+Optional properties:
+
+  - clocks : Must contain an entry for each clock in clock-names.
+  - clock-names : May contain entries for each of the following
+    clocks:
+     - ln-cdc-clkout : Output clock from CODEC card.
+     - ln-dsp-clkout : Output clock from DSP card.
+     - ln-gf-mclk1,ln-gf-mclk2,ln-gf-mclk3,ln-gf-mclk4 : Optional
+       input audio clocks from host system.
+     - ln-psia1-mclk, ln-psia2-mclk : Optional input audio clocks from
+       external connector.
+     - ln-spdif-clkout : Optional input audio clock from SPDIF.
+     - ln-adat-mclk : Optional input audio clock from ADAT.
+     - ln-pmic-32k : On board fixed clock.
+     - ln-clk-12m : On board fixed clock.
+     - ln-clk-11m : On board fixed clock.
+     - ln-clk-24m : On board fixed clock.
+     - ln-clk-22m : On board fixed clock.
+     - ln-clk-8m : On board fixed clock.
+     - ln-usb-clk-24m : On board fixed clock.
+     - ln-usb-clk-12m : On board fixed clock.
+
+  - assigned-clocks : A list of Lochnagar clocks to be reparented, see
+    [2] for available clocks.
+  - assigned-clock-parents : Parents to be assigned to the clocks
+    listed in "assigned-clocks".
+
+Optional nodes:
+
+  - fixed-clock nodes may be registered for the following on board clocks:
+     - ln-pmic-32k : 32768 Hz
+     - ln-clk-12m : 12288000 Hz
+     - ln-clk-11m : 11298600 Hz
+     - ln-clk-24m : 24576000 Hz
+     - ln-clk-22m : 22579200 Hz
+     - ln-clk-8m : 8192000 Hz
+     - ln-usb-clk-24m : 24576000 Hz
+     - ln-usb-clk-12m : 12288000 Hz
+
+Example:
+
+lochnagar {
+	lochnagar-clk {
+		compatible = "cirrus,lochnagar2-clk";
+
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+
+		clocks = <&clk-audio>, <&clk_pmic>;
+		clock-names = "ln-gf-mclk2", "ln-pmic-32k";
+
+		assigned-clocks = <&lochnagar-clk LOCHNAGAR_CDC_MCLK1>,
+				  <&lochnagar-clk LOCHNAGAR_CDC_MCLK2>;
+		assigned-clock-parents = <&clk-audio>,
+					 <&clk-pmic>;
+	};
+
+	clk-pmic: clk-pmic {
+		compatible = "fixed-clock";
+		clock-cells = <0>;
+		clock-frequency = <32768>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/milbeaut-clock.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/milbeaut-clock.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5cf0b81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/milbeaut-clock.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,73 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/bindings/clock/milbeaut-clock.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Milbeaut SoCs Clock Controller Binding
+
+maintainers:
+  - Taichi Sugaya <sugaya.taichi@socionext.com>
+
+description: |
+  Milbeaut SoCs Clock controller is an integrated clock controller, which
+  generates and supplies to all modules.
+
+  This binding uses common clock bindings
+  [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - enum:
+              - socionext,milbeaut-m10v-ccu
+  clocks:
+    maxItems: 1
+    description: external clock
+
+  '#clock-cells':
+    const: 1
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+  - clocks
+  - '#clock-cells'
+
+examples:
+  # Clock controller node:
+  - |
+    m10v-clk-ctrl@1d021000 {
+        compatible = "socionext,milbeaut-m10v-clk-ccu";
+        reg = <0x1d021000 0x4000>;
+        #clock-cells = <1>;
+        clocks = <&clki40mhz>;
+    };
+
+  # Required an external clock for Clock controller node:
+  - |
+    clocks {
+        clki40mhz: clki40mhz {
+            compatible = "fixed-clock";
+            #clock-cells = <0>;
+            clock-frequency = <40000000>;
+        };
+        /* other clocks */
+    };
+
+  # The clock consumer shall specify the desired clock-output of the clock
+  # controller as below by specifying output-id in its "clk" phandle cell.
+  # 2: uart
+  # 4: 32-bit timer
+  # 7: UHS-I/II
+  - |
+    serial@1e700010 {
+        compatible = "socionext,milbeaut-usio-uart";
+        reg = <0x1e700010 0x10>;
+        interrupts = <0 141 0x4>, <0 149 0x4>;
+        interrupt-names = "rx", "tx";
+        clocks = <&clk 2>;
+    };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,turingcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,turingcc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..126517d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,turingcc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+Qualcomm Turing Clock & Reset Controller Binding
+------------------------------------------------
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible: shall contain "qcom,qcs404-turingcc".
+- reg: shall contain base register location and length.
+- clocks: ahb clock for the TuringCC
+- #clock-cells: from common clock binding, shall contain 1.
+- #reset-cells: from common reset binding, shall contain 1.
+
+Example:
+	turingcc: clock-controller@800000 {
+		compatible = "qcom,qcs404-turingcc";
+		reg = <0x00800000 0x30000>;
+		clocks = <&gcc GCC_CDSP_CFG_AHB_CLK>;
+
+		#clock-cells = <1>;
+		#reset-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt
index c655f28..f7d48f2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qoriq-clock.txt
@@ -39,6 +39,7 @@
 	* "fsl,b4860-clockgen"
 	* "fsl,ls1012a-clockgen"
 	* "fsl,ls1021a-clockgen"
+	* "fsl,ls1028a-clockgen"
 	* "fsl,ls1043a-clockgen"
 	* "fsl,ls1046a-clockgen"
 	* "fsl,ls1088a-clockgen"
@@ -83,8 +84,8 @@
 	1	cmux		index (n in CLKCnCSR)
 	2	hwaccel		index (n in CLKCGnHWACSR)
 	3	fman		0 for fm1, 1 for fm2
-	4	platform pll	0=pll, 1=pll/2, 2=pll/3, 3=pll/4
-				4=pll/5, 5=pll/6, 6=pll/7, 7=pll/8
+	4	platform pll	n=pll/(n+1). For example, when n=1,
+				that means output_freq=PLL_freq/2.
 	5	coreclk		must be 0
 
 3. Example
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sifive/fu540-prci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sifive/fu540-prci.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..349808f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sifive/fu540-prci.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+SiFive FU540 PRCI bindings
+
+On the FU540 family of SoCs, most system-wide clock and reset integration
+is via the PRCI IP block.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Should be "sifive,<chip>-prci".  Only one value is
+	supported: "sifive,fu540-c000-prci"
+- reg: Should describe the PRCI's register target physical address region
+- clocks: Should point to the hfclk device tree node and the rtcclk
+          device tree node.  The RTC clock here is not a time-of-day clock,
+	  but is instead a high-stability clock source for system timers
+	  and cycle counters.
+- #clock-cells: Should be <1>
+
+The clock consumer should specify the desired clock via the clock ID
+macros defined in include/dt-bindings/clock/sifive-fu540-prci.h.
+These macros begin with PRCI_CLK_.
+
+The hfclk and rtcclk nodes are required, and represent physical
+crystals or resonators located on the PCB.  These nodes should be present
+underneath /, rather than /soc.
+
+Examples:
+
+/* under /, in PCB-specific DT data */
+hfclk: hfclk {
+	#clock-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "fixed-clock";
+	clock-frequency = <33333333>;
+	clock-output-names = "hfclk";
+};
+rtcclk: rtcclk {
+	#clock-cells = <0>;
+	compatible = "fixed-clock";
+	clock-frequency = <1000000>;
+	clock-output-names = "rtcclk";
+};
+
+/* under /soc, in SoC-specific DT data */
+prci: clock-controller@10000000 {
+	compatible = "sifive,fu540-c000-prci";
+	reg = <0x0 0x10000000 0x0 0x1000>;
+	clocks = <&hfclk>, <&rtcclk>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32-rcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32-rcc.txt
index b240121..cfa04b6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32-rcc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/st,stm32-rcc.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,8 @@
   "st,stm32f42xx-rcc"
   "st,stm32f469-rcc"
   "st,stm32f746-rcc"
+  "st,stm32f769-rcc"
+
 - reg: should be register base and length as documented in the
   datasheet
 - #reset-cells: 1, see below
@@ -102,6 +104,10 @@
 	28	CLK_I2C3
 	29	CLK_I2C4
 	30	CLK_LPTIMER	(LPTimer1 clock)
+	31	CLK_PLL_SRC
+	32	CLK_DFSDM1
+	33	CLK_ADFSDM1
+	34	CLK_F769_DSI
 )
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xlnx,zynqmp-clk.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xlnx,zynqmp-clk.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..391ee1a6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/xlnx,zynqmp-clk.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+Device Tree Clock bindings for the Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC controlled using
+Zynq MPSoC firmware interface
+--------------------------------------------------------------------------
+The clock controller is a h/w block of Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC clock
+tree. It reads required input clock frequencies from the devicetree and acts
+as clock provider for all clock consumers of PS clocks.
+
+See clock_bindings.txt for more information on the generic clock bindings.
+
+Required properties:
+ - #clock-cells:	Must be 1
+ - compatible:		Must contain:	"xlnx,zynqmp-clk"
+ - clocks:		List of clock specifiers which are external input
+			clocks to the given clock controller. Please refer
+			the next section to find the input clocks for a
+			given controller.
+ - clock-names:		List of clock names which are exteral input clocks
+			to the given clock controller. Please refer to the
+			clock bindings for more details.
+
+Input clocks for zynqmp Ultrascale+ clock controller:
+
+The Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC has one primary and four alternative reference clock
+inputs. These required clock inputs are:
+ - pss_ref_clk (PS reference clock)
+ - video_clk (reference clock for video system )
+ - pss_alt_ref_clk (alternative PS reference clock)
+ - aux_ref_clk
+ - gt_crx_ref_clk (transceiver reference clock)
+
+The following strings are optional parameters to the 'clock-names' property in
+order to provide an optional (E)MIO clock source:
+ - swdt0_ext_clk
+ - swdt1_ext_clk
+ - gem0_emio_clk
+ - gem1_emio_clk
+ - gem2_emio_clk
+ - gem3_emio_clk
+ - mio_clk_XX		# with XX = 00..77
+ - mio_clk_50_or_51	#for the mux clock to gem tsu from 50 or 51
+
+
+Output clocks are registered based on clock information received
+from firmware. Output clocks indexes are mentioned in
+include/dt-bindings/clock/xlnx-zynqmp-clk.h.
+
+-------
+Example
+-------
+
+firmware {
+	zynqmp_firmware: zynqmp-firmware {
+		compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-firmware";
+		method = "smc";
+		zynqmp_clk: clock-controller {
+			#clock-cells = <1>;
+			compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-clk";
+			clocks = <&pss_ref_clk>, <&video_clk>, <&pss_alt_ref_clk>, <&aux_ref_clk>, <&gt_crx_ref_clk>;
+			clock-names = "pss_ref_clk", "video_clk", "pss_alt_ref_clk","aux_ref_clk", "gt_crx_ref_clk";
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
index a9a2f2f..cef556d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/connector/usb-connector.txt
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
 Required nodes:
 - any data bus to the connector should be modeled using the OF graph bindings
   specified in bindings/graph.txt, unless the bus is between parent node and
-  the connector. Since single connector can have multpile data buses every bus
+  the connector. Since single connector can have multiple data buses every bus
   has assigned OF graph port number as follows:
     0: High Speed (HS), present in all connectors,
     1: Super Speed (SS), present in SS capable connectors,
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/counter/ftm-quaddec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/counter/ftm-quaddec.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d18cd7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/counter/ftm-quaddec.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+FlexTimer Quadrature decoder counter
+
+This driver exposes a simple counter for the quadrature decoder mode.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		Must be "fsl,ftm-quaddec".
+- reg:			Must be set to the memory region of the flextimer.
+
+Optional property:
+- big-endian:		Access the device registers in big-endian mode.
+
+Example:
+		counter0: counter@29d0000 {
+			compatible = "fsl,ftm-quaddec";
+			reg = <0x0 0x29d0000 0x0 0x10000>;
+			big-endian;
+			status = "disabled";
+		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/counter/stm32-lptimer-cnt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/counter/stm32-lptimer-cnt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e90bc47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/counter/stm32-lptimer-cnt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+STMicroelectronics STM32 Low-Power Timer quadrature encoder and counter
+
+STM32 Low-Power Timer provides several counter modes. It can be used as:
+- quadrature encoder to detect angular position and direction of rotary
+  elements, from IN1 and IN2 input signals.
+- simple counter from IN1 input signal.
+
+Must be a sub-node of an STM32 Low-Power Timer device tree node.
+See ../mfd/stm32-lptimer.txt for details about the parent node.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		Must be "st,stm32-lptimer-counter".
+- pinctrl-names: 	Set to "default". An additional "sleep" state can be
+			defined to set pins in sleep state.
+- pinctrl-n: 		List of phandles pointing to pin configuration nodes,
+			to set IN1/IN2 pins in mode of operation for Low-Power
+			Timer input on external pin.
+
+Example:
+	timer@40002400 {
+		compatible = "st,stm32-lptimer";
+		...
+		counter {
+			compatible = "st,stm32-lptimer-counter";
+			pinctrl-names = "default", "sleep";
+			pinctrl-0 = <&lptim1_in_pins>;
+			pinctrl-1 = <&lptim1_sleep_in_pins>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/counter/stm32-timer-cnt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/counter/stm32-timer-cnt.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c52fcdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/counter/stm32-timer-cnt.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+STMicroelectronics STM32 Timer quadrature encoder
+
+STM32 Timer provides quadrature encoder to detect
+angular position and direction of rotary elements,
+from IN1 and IN2 input signals.
+
+Must be a sub-node of an STM32 Timer device tree node.
+See ../mfd/stm32-timers.txt for details about the parent node.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		Must be "st,stm32-timer-counter".
+- pinctrl-names: 	Set to "default".
+- pinctrl-0: 		List of phandles pointing to pin configuration nodes,
+			to set CH1/CH2 pins in mode of operation for STM32
+			Timer input on external pin.
+
+Example:
+	timers@40010000 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "st,stm32-timers";
+		reg = <0x40010000 0x400>;
+		clocks = <&rcc 0 160>;
+		clock-names = "int";
+
+		counter {
+			compatible = "st,stm32-timer-counter";
+			pinctrl-names = "default";
+			pinctrl-0 = <&tim1_in_pins>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-dw-hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-dw-hdmi.txt
index bf4a180..3a50a78 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-dw-hdmi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-dw-hdmi.txt
@@ -37,6 +37,7 @@
 	- GXL (S905X, S905D) : "amlogic,meson-gxl-dw-hdmi"
 	- GXM (S912) : "amlogic,meson-gxm-dw-hdmi"
 	followed by the common "amlogic,meson-gx-dw-hdmi"
+	- G12A (S905X2, S905Y2, S905D2) : "amlogic,meson-g12a-dw-hdmi"
 - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
 - interrupts: The HDMI interrupt number
 - clocks, clock-names : must have the phandles to the HDMI iahb and isfr clocks,
@@ -66,6 +67,9 @@
  S905X (GXL)	VENC Input	TMDS Output
  S905D (GXL)	VENC Input	TMDS Output
  S912 (GXM)	VENC Input	TMDS Output
+ S905X2 (G12A)	VENC Input	TMDS Output
+ S905Y2 (G12A)	VENC Input	TMDS Output
+ S905D2 (G12A)	VENC Input	TMDS Output
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-vpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-vpu.txt
index c65fd7a..be40a78 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-vpu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,meson-vpu.txt
@@ -57,18 +57,18 @@
 	- GXL (S905X, S905D) : "amlogic,meson-gxl-vpu"
 	- GXM (S912) : "amlogic,meson-gxm-vpu"
 	followed by the common "amlogic,meson-gx-vpu"
+	- G12A (S905X2, S905Y2, S905D2) : "amlogic,meson-g12a-vpu"
 - reg: base address and size of he following memory-mapped regions :
 	- vpu
 	- hhi
-	- dmc
 - reg-names: should contain the names of the previous memory regions
 - interrupts: should contain the VENC Vsync interrupt number
+- amlogic,canvas: phandle to canvas provider node as described in the file
+	../soc/amlogic/amlogic,canvas.txt
 
 Optional properties:
 - power-domains: Optional phandle to associated power domain as described in
 	the file ../power/power_domain.txt
-- amlogic,canvas: phandle to canvas provider node as described in the file
-	../soc/amlogic/amlogic,canvas.txt
 
 Required nodes:
 
@@ -84,6 +84,9 @@
  S905X (GXL)	CVBS VDAC	HDMI-TX
  S905D (GXL)	CVBS VDAC	HDMI-TX
  S912 (GXM)	CVBS VDAC	HDMI-TX
+ S905X2 (G12A)	CVBS VDAC	HDMI-TX
+ S905Y2 (G12A)	CVBS VDAC	HDMI-TX
+ S905D2 (G12A)	CVBS VDAC	HDMI-TX
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,simple-framebuffer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,simple-framebuffer.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index aaa6c24..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/amlogic,simple-framebuffer.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
-Meson specific Simple Framebuffer bindings
-
-This binding documents meson specific extensions to the simple-framebuffer
-bindings. The meson simplefb u-boot code relies on the devicetree containing
-pre-populated simplefb nodes.
-
-These extensions are intended so that u-boot can select the right node based
-on which pipeline is being used. As such they are solely intended for
-firmware / bootloader use, and the OS should ignore them.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: "amlogic,simple-framebuffer", "simple-framebuffer"
-- amlogic,pipeline, one of:
-  "vpu-cvbs"
-  "vpu-hdmi"
-
-Example:
-
-chosen {
-	#address-cells = <2>;
-	#size-cells = <2>;
-	ranges;
-
-	simplefb_hdmi: framebuffer-hdmi {
-		compatible = "amlogic,simple-framebuffer",
-			     "simple-framebuffer";
-		amlogic,pipeline = "vpu-hdmi";
-		clocks = <&clkc CLKID_HDMI_PCLK>,
-			 <&clkc CLKID_CLK81>,
-			 <&clkc CLKID_GCLK_VENCI_INT0>;
-		power-domains = <&pwrc_vpu>;
-	};
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,tfp410.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,tfp410.txt
index 54d7e31..5ff4f64 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,tfp410.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/bridge/ti,tfp410.txt
@@ -6,15 +6,32 @@
 
 Optional properties:
 - powerdown-gpios: power-down gpio
-- reg: I2C address. If and only if present the device node
-       should be placed into the i2c controller node where the
-       tfp410 i2c is connected to.
+- reg: I2C address. If and only if present the device node should be placed
+  into the I2C controller node where the TFP410 I2C is connected to.
+- ti,deskew: data de-skew in 350ps increments, from -4 to +3, as configured
+  through th DK[3:1] pins. This property shall be present only if the TFP410
+  is not connected through I2C.
 
 Required nodes:
-- Video port 0 for DPI input [1].
-- Video port 1 for DVI output [1].
 
-[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+This device has two video ports. Their connections are modeled using the OF
+graph bindings specified in [1]. Each port node shall have a single endpoint.
+
+- Port 0 is the DPI input port. Its endpoint subnode shall contain a
+  pclk-sample and bus-width property and a remote-endpoint property as specified
+  in [1].
+  - If pclk-sample is not defined, pclk-sample = 0 should be assumed for
+    backward compatibility.
+  - If bus-width is not defined then bus-width = 24 should be assumed for
+    backward compatibility.
+    bus-width = 24: 24 data lines are connected and single-edge mode
+    bus-width = 12: 12 data lines are connected and dual-edge mode
+
+- Port 1 is the DVI output port. Its endpoint subnode shall contain a
+  remote-endpoint property is specified in [1].
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+
 
 Example
 -------
@@ -22,6 +39,7 @@
 tfp410: encoder@0 {
 	compatible = "ti,tfp410";
 	powerdown-gpios = <&twl_gpio 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+	ti,deskew = <4>;
 
 	ports {
 		#address-cells = <1>;
@@ -31,6 +49,8 @@
 			reg = <0>;
 
 			tfp410_in: endpoint@0 {
+				pclk-sample = <1>;
+				bus-width = <24>;
 				remote-endpoint = <&dpi_out>;
 			};
 		};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gmu.txt
index 3439b38..90af5b0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gmu.txt
@@ -24,7 +24,10 @@
    * "cxo"
    * "axi"
    * "mnoc"
-- power-domains: should be <&clock_gpucc GPU_CX_GDSC>
+- power-domains: should be:
+	<&clock_gpucc GPU_CX_GDSC>
+	<&clock_gpucc GPU_GX_GDSC>
+- power-domain-names: Matching names for the power domains
 - iommus: phandle to the adreno iommu
 - operating-points-v2: phandle to the OPP operating points
 
@@ -51,7 +54,10 @@
 			<&gcc GCC_GPU_MEMNOC_GFX_CLK>;
 		clock-names = "gmu", "cxo", "axi", "memnoc";
 
-		power-domains = <&gpucc GPU_CX_GDSC>;
+		power-domains = <&gpucc GPU_CX_GDSC>,
+				<&gpucc GPU_GX_GDSC>;
+		power-domain-names = "cx", "gx";
+
 		iommus = <&adreno_smmu 5>;
 
 		operating-points-v2 = <&gmu_opp_table>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gpu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gpu.txt
index aad1aef..2b8fd26 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gpu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/msm/gpu.txt
@@ -22,9 +22,14 @@
    - qcom,adreno-630.2
 - iommus: optional phandle to an adreno iommu instance
 - operating-points-v2: optional phandle to the OPP operating points
+- interconnects: optional phandle to an interconnect provider.  See
+  ../interconnect/interconnect.txt for details.
 - qcom,gmu: For GMU attached devices a phandle to the GMU device that will
   control the power for the GPU. Applicable targets:
     - qcom,adreno-630.2
+- zap-shader: For a5xx and a6xx devices this node contains a memory-region that
+  points to reserved memory to store the zap shader that can be used to help
+  bring the GPU out of secure mode.
 
 Example 3xx/4xx/a5xx:
 
@@ -70,6 +75,12 @@
 
 		operating-points-v2 = <&gpu_opp_table>;
 
+		interconnects = <&rsc_hlos MASTER_GFX3D &rsc_hlos SLAVE_EBI1>;
+
 		qcom,gmu = <&gmu>;
+
+		zap-shader {
+			memory-region = <&zap_shader_region>;
+		};
 	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/feiyang,fy07024di26a30d.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/feiyang,fy07024di26a30d.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..82caa7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/feiyang,fy07024di26a30d.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+Feiyang FY07024DI26A30-D 7" MIPI-DSI LCD Panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "feiyang,fy07024di26a30d"
+- reg: DSI virtual channel used by that screen
+- avdd-supply: analog regulator dc1 switch
+- dvdd-supply: 3v3 digital regulator
+- reset-gpios: a GPIO phandle for the reset pin
+
+Optional properties:
+- backlight: phandle for the backlight control.
+
+panel@0 {
+	compatible = "feiyang,fy07024di26a30d";
+	reg = <0>;
+	avdd-supply = <&reg_dc1sw>;
+	dvdd-supply = <&reg_dldo2>;
+	reset-gpios = <&pio 3 24 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* LCD-RST: PD24 */
+	backlight = <&backlight>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p079zca.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p079zca.txt
index d0f5516..3ab8c74 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p079zca.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p079zca.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 Example:
 
 	&mipi_dsi {
-		panel {
+		panel@0 {
 			compatible = "innolux,p079zca";
 			reg = <0>;
 			power-supply = <...>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p097pfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p097pfg.txt
index 595d9df..d1cab3a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p097pfg.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/innolux,p097pfg.txt
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
 Example:
 
 	&mipi_dsi {
-		panel {
+		panel@0 {
 			compatible = "innolux,p079zca";
 			reg = <0>;
 			avdd-supply = <...>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/kingdisplay,kd097d04.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/kingdisplay,kd097d04.txt
index 164a5fa..cfefff6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/kingdisplay,kd097d04.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/kingdisplay,kd097d04.txt
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
 Example:
 
 	&mipi_dsi {
-		panel {
+		panel@0 {
 			compatible = "kingdisplay,kd097d04";
 			reg = <0>;
 			power-supply = <...>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/lg,acx467akm-7.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/lg,acx467akm-7.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fc1e1b3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/lg,acx467akm-7.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+LG ACX467AKM-7 4.95" 1080×1920 LCD Panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: must be "lg,acx467akm-7"
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/osddisplays,osd070t1718-19ts.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/osddisplays,osd070t1718-19ts.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e57883c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/osddisplays,osd070t1718-19ts.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,12 @@
+OSD Displays OSD070T1718-19TS 7" WVGA TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: shall be "osddisplays,osd070t1718-19ts"
+- power-supply: see simple-panel.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+- backlight: see simple-panel.txt
+
+This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified
+in simple-panel.txt in this directory. No other simple-panel properties than
+the ones specified herein are valid.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/rocktech,jh057n00900.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/rocktech,jh057n00900.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1b57632
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/rocktech,jh057n00900.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+Rocktech jh057n00900 5.5" 720x1440 TFT LCD panel
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "rocktech,jh057n00900"
+- reg: DSI virtual channel of the peripheral
+- reset-gpios: panel reset gpio
+- backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel
+
+Example:
+
+	&mipi_dsi {
+		panel@0 {
+			compatible = "rocktech,jh057n00900";
+			reg = <0>;
+			backlight = <&backlight>;
+			reset-gpios = <&gpio3 13 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ronbo,rb070d30.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ronbo,rb070d30.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0e7987f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/ronbo,rb070d30.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,51 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0+ OR X11)
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/panel/ronbo,rb070d30.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Ronbo RB070D30 DSI Display Panel
+
+maintainers:
+  - Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    const: ronbo,rb070d30
+
+  reg:
+    description: MIPI-DSI virtual channel
+
+  power-gpios:
+    description: GPIO used for the power pin
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  reset-gpios:
+    description: GPIO used for the reset pin
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  shlr-gpios:
+    description: GPIO used for the shlr pin (horizontal flip)
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  updn-gpios:
+    description: GPIO used for the updn pin (vertical flip)
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  vcc-lcd-supply:
+    description: Power regulator
+
+  backlight:
+    description: Backlight used by the panel
+    $ref: "/schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle"
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - power-gpios
+  - reg
+  - reset-gpios
+  - shlr-gpios
+  - updn-gpios
+  - vcc-lcd-supply
+
+additionalProperties: false
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpo,td028ttec1.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpo,td028ttec1.txt
index ed34253..898e06e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpo,td028ttec1.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/panel/tpo,td028ttec1.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,7 @@
 
 Optional properties:
 - label: a symbolic name for the panel
+- backlight: phandle of the backlight device
 
 Required nodes:
 - Video port for DPI input
@@ -21,6 +22,7 @@
 	spi-cpha;
 
 	label = "lcd";
+	backlight = <&backlight>;
 	port {
 		lcd_in: endpoint {
 			remote-endpoint = <&dpi_out>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,rk3066-hdmi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,rk3066-hdmi.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1ad31b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/rockchip/rockchip,rk3066-hdmi.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
+Rockchip specific extensions for rk3066 HDMI
+============================================
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:
+	"rockchip,rk3066-hdmi";
+- reg:
+	Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
+- clocks, clock-names:
+	Phandle to HDMI controller clock, name should be "hclk".
+- interrupts:
+	HDMI interrupt number.
+- power-domains:
+	Phandle to the RK3066_PD_VIO power domain.
+- rockchip,grf:
+	This soc uses GRF regs to switch the HDMI TX input between vop0 and vop1.
+- ports:
+	Contains one port node with two endpoints, numbered 0 and 1,
+	connected respectively to vop0 and vop1.
+	Contains one port node with one endpoint
+	connected to a hdmi-connector node.
+- pinctrl-0, pinctrl-name:
+	Switch the iomux for the HPD/I2C pins to HDMI function.
+
+Example:
+	hdmi: hdmi@10116000 {
+		compatible = "rockchip,rk3066-hdmi";
+		reg = <0x10116000 0x2000>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 64 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&cru HCLK_HDMI>;
+		clock-names = "hclk";
+		power-domains = <&power RK3066_PD_VIO>;
+		rockchip,grf = <&grf>;
+		pinctrl-names = "default";
+		pinctrl-0 = <&hdmii2c_xfer>, <&hdmi_hpd>;
+
+		ports {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+			hdmi_in: port@0 {
+				reg = <0>;
+				#address-cells = <1>;
+				#size-cells = <0>;
+				hdmi_in_vop0: endpoint@0 {
+					reg = <0>;
+					remote-endpoint = <&vop0_out_hdmi>;
+				};
+				hdmi_in_vop1: endpoint@1 {
+					reg = <1>;
+					remote-endpoint = <&vop1_out_hdmi>;
+				};
+			};
+			hdmi_out: port@1 {
+				reg = <1>;
+				hdmi_out_con: endpoint {
+					remote-endpoint = <&hdmi_con_in>;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+
+&pinctrl {
+		hdmi {
+			hdmi_hpd: hdmi-hpd {
+				rockchip,pins = <0 RK_PA0 1 &pcfg_pull_default>;
+			};
+			hdmii2c_xfer: hdmii2c-xfer {
+				rockchip,pins = <0 RK_PA1 1 &pcfg_pull_none>,
+						<0 RK_PA2 1 &pcfg_pull_none>;
+			};
+		};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/simple-framebuffer-sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/simple-framebuffer-sunxi.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d693b8dc..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/simple-framebuffer-sunxi.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
-Sunxi specific Simple Framebuffer bindings
-
-This binding documents sunxi specific extensions to the simple-framebuffer
-bindings. The sunxi simplefb u-boot code relies on the devicetree containing
-pre-populated simplefb nodes.
-
-These extensions are intended so that u-boot can select the right node based
-on which pipeline is being used. As such they are solely intended for
-firmware / bootloader use, and the OS should ignore them.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: "allwinner,simple-framebuffer"
-- allwinner,pipeline, one of:
-  "de_be0-lcd0"
-  "de_be1-lcd1"
-  "de_be0-lcd0-hdmi"
-  "de_be1-lcd1-hdmi"
-  "mixer0-lcd0"
-  "mixer0-lcd0-hdmi"
-  "mixer1-lcd1-hdmi"
-  "mixer1-lcd1-tve"
-
-Example:
-
-chosen {
-	#address-cells = <1>;
-	#size-cells = <1>;
-	ranges;
-
-	framebuffer@0 {
-		compatible = "allwinner,simple-framebuffer", "simple-framebuffer";
-		allwinner,pipeline = "de_be0-lcd0-hdmi";
-		clocks = <&pll5 1>, <&ahb_gates 36>, <&ahb_gates 43>,
-			 <&ahb_gates 44>;
-	};
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/simple-framebuffer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/simple-framebuffer.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 5a9ce51..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/simple-framebuffer.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,91 +0,0 @@
-Simple Framebuffer
-
-A simple frame-buffer describes a frame-buffer setup by firmware or
-the bootloader, with the assumption that the display hardware has already
-been set up to scan out from the memory pointed to by the reg property.
-
-Since simplefb nodes represent runtime information they must be sub-nodes of
-the chosen node (*). Simplefb nodes must be named "framebuffer@<address>".
-
-If the devicetree contains nodes for the display hardware used by a simplefb,
-then the simplefb node must contain a property called "display", which
-contains a phandle pointing to the primary display hw node, so that the OS
-knows which simplefb to disable when handing over control to a driver for the
-real hardware. The bindings for the hw nodes must specify which node is
-considered the primary node.
-
-It is advised to add display# aliases to help the OS determine how to number
-things. If display# aliases are used, then if the simplefb node contains a
-"display" property then the /aliases/display# path must point to the display
-hw node the "display" property points to, otherwise it must point directly
-to the simplefb node.
-
-If a simplefb node represents the preferred console for user interaction,
-then the chosen node's stdout-path property should point to it, or to the
-primary display hw node, as with display# aliases. If display aliases are
-used then it should be set to the alias instead.
-
-It is advised that devicetree files contain pre-filled, disabled framebuffer
-nodes, so that the firmware only needs to update the mode information and
-enable them. This way if e.g. later on support for more display clocks get
-added, the simplefb nodes will already contain this info and the firmware
-does not need to be updated.
-
-If pre-filled framebuffer nodes are used, the firmware may need extra
-information to find the right node. In that case an extra platform specific
-compatible and platform specific properties should be used and documented,
-see e.g. simple-framebuffer-sunxi.txt .
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: "simple-framebuffer"
-- reg: Should contain the location and size of the framebuffer memory.
-- width: The width of the framebuffer in pixels.
-- height: The height of the framebuffer in pixels.
-- stride: The number of bytes in each line of the framebuffer.
-- format: The format of the framebuffer surface. Valid values are:
-  - r5g6b5 (16-bit pixels, d[15:11]=r, d[10:5]=g, d[4:0]=b).
-  - a8b8g8r8 (32-bit pixels, d[31:24]=a, d[23:16]=b, d[15:8]=g, d[7:0]=r).
-
-Optional properties:
-- clocks : List of clocks used by the framebuffer.
-- *-supply : Any number of regulators used by the framebuffer. These should
-	     be named according to the names in the device's design.
-
-  The above resources are expected to already be configured correctly.
-  The OS must ensure they are not modified or disabled while the simple
-  framebuffer remains active.
-
-- display : phandle pointing to the primary display hardware node
-
-Example:
-
-aliases {
-	display0 = &lcdc0;
-}
-
-chosen {
-	framebuffer0: framebuffer@1d385000 {
-		compatible = "simple-framebuffer";
-		reg = <0x1d385000 (1600 * 1200 * 2)>;
-		width = <1600>;
-		height = <1200>;
-		stride = <(1600 * 2)>;
-		format = "r5g6b5";
-		clocks = <&ahb_gates 36>, <&ahb_gates 43>, <&ahb_gates 44>;
-		lcd-supply = <&reg_dc1sw>;
-		display = <&lcdc0>;
-	};
-	stdout-path = "display0";
-};
-
-soc@1c00000 {
-	lcdc0: lcdc@1c0c000 {
-		compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-lcdc";
-		...
-	};
-};
-
-
-*) Older devicetree files may have a compatible = "simple-framebuffer" node
-in a different place, operating systems must first enumerate any compatible
-nodes found under chosen and then check for other compatible nodes.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/simple-framebuffer.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/simple-framebuffer.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b052d76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/simple-framebuffer.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,160 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/display/simple-framebuffer.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Simple Framebuffer Device Tree Bindings
+
+maintainers:
+  - Bartlomiej Zolnierkiewicz <b.zolnierkie@samsung.com>
+  - Hans de Goede <hdegoede@redhat.com>
+
+description: |+
+  A simple frame-buffer describes a frame-buffer setup by firmware or
+  the bootloader, with the assumption that the display hardware has
+  already been set up to scan out from the memory pointed to by the
+  reg property.
+
+  Since simplefb nodes represent runtime information they must be
+  sub-nodes of the chosen node (*). Simplefb nodes must be named
+  framebuffer@<address>.
+
+  If the devicetree contains nodes for the display hardware used by a
+  simplefb, then the simplefb node must contain a property called
+  display, which contains a phandle pointing to the primary display
+  hw node, so that the OS knows which simplefb to disable when handing
+  over control to a driver for the real hardware. The bindings for the
+  hw nodes must specify which node is considered the primary node.
+
+  It is advised to add display# aliases to help the OS determine how
+  to number things. If display# aliases are used, then if the simplefb
+  node contains a display property then the /aliases/display# path
+  must point to the display hw node the display property points to,
+  otherwise it must point directly to the simplefb node.
+
+  If a simplefb node represents the preferred console for user
+  interaction, then the chosen node stdout-path property should point
+  to it, or to the primary display hw node, as with display#
+  aliases. If display aliases are used then it should be set to the
+  alias instead.
+
+  It is advised that devicetree files contain pre-filled, disabled
+  framebuffer nodes, so that the firmware only needs to update the
+  mode information and enable them. This way if e.g. later on support
+  for more display clocks get added, the simplefb nodes will already
+  contain this info and the firmware does not need to be updated.
+
+  If pre-filled framebuffer nodes are used, the firmware may need
+  extra information to find the right node. In that case an extra
+  platform specific compatible and platform specific properties should
+  be used and documented.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+          - allwinner,simple-framebuffer
+          - amlogic,simple-framebuffer
+      - const: simple-framebuffer
+
+  reg:
+    description: Location and size of the framebuffer memory
+
+  clocks:
+    description: List of clocks used by the framebuffer.
+
+  power-domains:
+    description: List of power domains used by the framebuffer.
+
+  width:
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+    description: Width of the framebuffer in pixels
+
+  height:
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+    description: Height of the framebuffer in pixels
+
+  stride:
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+    description: Number of bytes of a line in the framebuffer
+
+  format:
+    description: >
+      Format of the framebuffer:
+        * `a8b8g8r8` - 32-bit pixels, d[31:24]=a, d[23:16]=b, d[15:8]=g, d[7:0]=r
+        * `r5g6b5` - 16-bit pixels, d[15:11]=r, d[10:5]=g, d[4:0]=b
+    enum:
+      - a8b8g8r8
+      - r5g6b5
+
+  display:
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle
+    description: Primary display hardware node
+
+  allwinner,pipeline:
+    description: Pipeline used by the framebuffer on Allwinner SoCs
+    enum:
+      - de_be0-lcd0
+      - de_be0-lcd0-hdmi
+      - de_be0-lcd0-tve0
+      - de_be1-lcd0
+      - de_be1-lcd1-hdmi
+      - de_fe0-de_be0-lcd0
+      - de_fe0-de_be0-lcd0-hdmi
+      - de_fe0-de_be0-lcd0-tve0
+      - mixer0-lcd0
+      - mixer0-lcd0-hdmi
+      - mixer1-lcd1-hdmi
+      - mixer1-lcd1-tve
+
+  amlogic,pipeline:
+    description: Pipeline used by the framebuffer on Amlogic SoCs
+    enum:
+      - vpu-cvbs
+      - vpu-hdmi
+
+patternProperties:
+  "^[a-zA-Z0-9-]+-supply$":
+    $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/phandle
+    description:
+      Regulators used by the framebuffer. These should be named
+      according to the names in the device design.
+
+required:
+  # The binding requires also reg, width, height, stride and format,
+  # but usually they will be filled by the bootloader.
+  - compatible
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    aliases {
+      display0 = &lcdc0;
+    };
+
+    chosen {
+      #address-cells = <1>;
+      #size-cells = <1>;
+      stdout-path = "display0";
+      framebuffer0: framebuffer@1d385000 {
+        compatible = "simple-framebuffer";
+        reg = <0x1d385000 3840000>;
+        width = <1600>;
+        height = <1200>;
+        stride = <3200>;
+        format = "r5g6b5";
+        clocks = <&ahb_gates 36>, <&ahb_gates 43>, <&ahb_gates 44>;
+        lcd-supply = <&reg_dc1sw>;
+        display = <&lcdc0>;
+      };
+    };
+
+    soc@1c00000 {
+      lcdc0: lcdc@1c0c000 {
+        compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-lcdc";
+      };
+    };
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ste,mcde.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ste,mcde.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4c33c69
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/display/ste,mcde.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+ST-Ericsson Multi Channel Display Engine MCDE
+
+The ST-Ericsson MCDE is a display controller with support for compositing
+and displaying several channels memory resident graphics data on DSI or
+LCD displays or bridges. It is used in the ST-Ericsson U8500 platform.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: must be:
+  "ste,mcde"
+- reg: register base for the main MCDE control registers, should be
+  0x1000 in size
+- interrupts: the interrupt line for the MCDE
+- epod-supply: a phandle to the EPOD regulator
+- vana-supply: a phandle to the analog voltage regulator
+- clocks: an array of the MCDE clocks in this strict order:
+  MCDECLK (main MCDE clock), LCDCLK (LCD clock), PLLDSI
+  (HDMI clock), DSI0ESCLK (DSI0 energy save clock),
+  DSI1ESCLK (DSI1 energy save clock), DSI2ESCLK (DSI2 energy
+  save clock)
+- clock-names: must be the following array:
+  "mcde", "lcd", "hdmi"
+  to match the required clock inputs above.
+- #address-cells: should be <1> (for the DSI hosts that will be children)
+- #size-cells: should be <1> (for the DSI hosts that will be children)
+- ranges: this should always be stated
+
+Required subnodes:
+
+The devicetree must specify subnodes for the DSI host adapters.
+These must have the following characteristics:
+
+- compatible: must be:
+  "ste,mcde-dsi"
+- reg: must specify the register range for the DSI host
+- vana-supply: phandle to the VANA voltage regulator
+- clocks: phandles to the high speed and low power (energy save) clocks
+  the high speed clock is not present on the third (dsi2) block, so it
+  should only have the "lp" clock
+- clock-names: "hs" for the high speed clock and "lp" for the low power
+  (energy save) clock
+- #address-cells: should be <1>
+- #size-cells: should be <0>
+
+Display panels and bridges will appear as children on the DSI hosts, and
+the displays are connected to the DSI hosts using the common binding
+for video transmitter interfaces; see
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt
+
+If a DSI host is unused (not connected) it will have no children defined.
+
+Example:
+
+mcde@a0350000 {
+	compatible = "ste,mcde";
+	reg = <0xa0350000 0x1000>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 48 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	epod-supply = <&db8500_b2r2_mcde_reg>;
+	vana-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_ana_reg>;
+	clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_MCDECLK>, /* Main MCDE clock */
+		 <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_LCDCLK>, /* LCD clock */
+		 <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_PLLDSI>; /* HDMI clock */
+	clock-names = "mcde", "lcd", "hdmi";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <1>;
+	ranges;
+
+	dsi0: dsi@a0351000 {
+		compatible = "ste,mcde-dsi";
+		reg = <0xa0351000 0x1000>;
+		vana-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_ana_reg>;
+		clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI0CLK>, <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI0ESCCLK>;
+		clock-names = "hs", "lp";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		panel {
+			compatible = "samsung,s6d16d0";
+			reg = <0>;
+			vdd1-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_aux1_reg>;
+			reset-gpios = <&gpio2 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+		};
+
+	};
+	dsi1: dsi@a0352000 {
+		compatible = "ste,mcde-dsi";
+		reg = <0xa0352000 0x1000>;
+		vana-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_ana_reg>;
+		clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI1CLK>, <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI1ESCCLK>;
+		clock-names = "hs", "lp";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
+	dsi2: dsi@a0353000 {
+		compatible = "ste,mcde-dsi";
+		reg = <0xa0353000 0x1000>;
+		vana-supply = <&ab8500_ldo_ana_reg>;
+		/* This DSI port only has the Low Power / Energy Save clock */
+		clocks = <&prcmu_clk PRCMU_DSI2ESCCLK>;
+		clock-names = "lp";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/adi,axi-dmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/adi,axi-dmac.txt
index 47cb1d1..b38ee73 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/adi,axi-dmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/adi,axi-dmac.txt
@@ -18,7 +18,6 @@
 
 Required channel sub-node properties:
  - reg: Which channel this node refers to.
- - adi,length-width: Width of the DMA transfer length register.
  - adi,source-bus-width,
    adi,destination-bus-width: Width of the source or destination bus in bits.
  - adi,source-bus-type,
@@ -28,7 +27,8 @@
 	1 (AXI_DMAC_TYPE_AXI_STREAM): Streaming AXI interface
 	2 (AXI_DMAC_TYPE_AXI_FIFO): FIFO interface
 
-Optional channel properties:
+Deprecated optional channel properties:
+ - adi,length-width: Width of the DMA transfer length register.
  - adi,cyclic: Must be set if the channel supports hardware cyclic DMA
    transfers.
  - adi,2d: Must be set if the channel supports hardware 2D DMA transfers.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt
index 3c9a57a..9d8bbac 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
       "fsl,imx53-sdma"
       "fsl,imx6q-sdma"
       "fsl,imx7d-sdma"
+      "fsl,imx8mq-sdma"
   The -to variants should be preferred since they allow to determine the
   correct ROM script addresses needed for the driver to work without additional
   firmware.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra210-adma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra210-adma.txt
index 2f35b04..245d306 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra210-adma.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/nvidia,tegra210-adma.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,9 @@
 between system memory and the Audio Processing Engine (APE).
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: Must be "nvidia,tegra210-adma".
+- compatible: Should contain one of the following:
+  - "nvidia,tegra210-adma": for Tegra210
+  - "nvidia,tegra186-adma": for Tegra186 and Tegra194
 - reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. This should be
   a single entry that includes all of the per-channel registers in one
   contiguous bank.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt
index 0e456bb..22aead8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/eeprom/at24.txt
@@ -50,6 +50,7 @@
 
                 "nxp,se97b" - the fallback is "atmel,24c02",
                 "renesas,r1ex24002" - the fallback is "atmel,24c02"
+                "renesas,r1ex24016" - the fallback is "atmel,24c16"
                 "renesas,r1ex24128" - the fallback is "atmel,24c128"
                 "rohm,br24t01" - the fallback is "atmel,24c01"
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fieldbus/arcx,anybus-controller.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fieldbus/arcx,anybus-controller.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b1f9474
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fieldbus/arcx,anybus-controller.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+* Arcx Anybus-S controller
+
+This chip communicates with the SoC over a parallel bus. It is
+expected that its Device Tree node is specified as the child of a node
+corresponding to the parallel bus used for communication.
+
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+
+  - compatible : The following chip-specific string:
+        "arcx,anybus-controller"
+
+  - reg : three areas:
+	index 0: bus memory area where the cpld registers are located.
+	index 1: bus memory area of the first  host's dual-port ram.
+	index 2: bus memory area of the second host's dual-port ram.
+
+  - reset-gpios : the GPIO pin connected to the reset line of the controller.
+
+  - interrupts : two interrupts:
+		index 0: interrupt connected to the first  host
+		index 1: interrupt connected to the second host
+	Generic interrupt client node bindings are described in
+	interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+
+Optional: use of subnodes
+-------------------------
+
+The card connected to a host may need additional properties. These can be
+specified in subnodes to the controller node.
+
+The subnodes are identified by the standard 'reg' property. Which information
+exactly can be specified depends on the bindings for the function driver
+for the subnode.
+
+Required controller node properties when using subnodes:
+- #address-cells: should be one.
+- #size-cells: should be zero.
+
+Required subnode properties:
+- reg: Must contain the host index of the card this subnode describes:
+		<0>	for the first  host on the controller
+		<1>	for the second host on the controller
+	Note that only a single card can be plugged into a host, so the host
+	index uniquely describes the card location.
+
+Example of usage:
+-----------------
+
+This example places the bridge on top of the i.MX WEIM parallel bus, see:
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/bus/imx-weim.txt
+
+&weim {
+	controller@0,0 {
+		compatible = "arcx,anybus-controller";
+		reg = <0 0 0x100>, <0 0x400000 0x800>, <1 0x400000 0x800>;
+		reset-gpios = <&gpio5 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio1>;
+		interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>, <5 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+		/* fsl,weim-cs-timing is a i.MX WEIM bus specific property */
+		fsl,weim-cs-timing = <0x024400b1 0x00001010 0x20081100
+				0x00000000 0xa0000240 0x00000000>;
+		/* optional subnode for a card plugged into the first host */
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		card@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			/* card specific properties go here */
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/intel,ixp4xx-network-processing-engine.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/intel,ixp4xx-network-processing-engine.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8cb136c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/intel,ixp4xx-network-processing-engine.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,44 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
+# Copyright 2019 Linaro Ltd.
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/firmware/intel-ixp4xx-network-processing-engine.yaml#"
+$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#"
+
+title: Intel IXP4xx Network Processing Engine
+
+maintainers:
+  - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
+
+description: |
+  On the IXP4xx SoCs, the Network Processing Engine (NPE) is a small
+  processor that can load a firmware to perform offloading of networking
+  and crypto tasks. It also manages the MDIO bus to the ethernet PHYs
+  on the IXP4xx platform. All IXP4xx platforms have three NPEs at
+  consecutive memory locations. They are all included in the same
+  device node since they are not independent of each other.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    oneOf:
+      - items:
+          - const: intel,ixp4xx-network-processing-engine
+
+  reg:
+    minItems: 3
+    maxItems: 3
+    items:
+      - description: NPE0 register range
+      - description: NPE1 register range
+      - description: NPE2 register range
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    npe@c8006000 {
+         compatible = "intel,ixp4xx-network-processing-engine";
+         reg = <0xc8006000 0x1000>, <0xc8007000 0x1000>, <0xc8008000 0x1000>;
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt
index 614bac5..a4fe136 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/firmware/xilinx/xlnx,zynqmp-firmware.txt
@@ -17,53 +17,6 @@
 		  - "smc" : SMC #0, following the SMCCC
 		  - "hvc" : HVC #0, following the SMCCC
 
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-Device Tree Clock bindings for the Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC controlled using
-Zynq MPSoC firmware interface
---------------------------------------------------------------------------
-The clock controller is a h/w block of Zynq Ultrascale+ MPSoC clock
-tree. It reads required input clock frequencies from the devicetree and acts
-as clock provider for all clock consumers of PS clocks.
-
-See clock_bindings.txt for more information on the generic clock bindings.
-
-Required properties:
- - #clock-cells:	Must be 1
- - compatible:		Must contain:	"xlnx,zynqmp-clk"
- - clocks:		List of clock specifiers which are external input
-			clocks to the given clock controller. Please refer
-			the next section to find the input clocks for a
-			given controller.
- - clock-names:		List of clock names which are exteral input clocks
-			to the given clock controller. Please refer to the
-			clock bindings for more details.
-
-Input clocks for zynqmp Ultrascale+ clock controller:
-
-The Zynq UltraScale+ MPSoC has one primary and four alternative reference clock
-inputs. These required clock inputs are:
- - pss_ref_clk (PS reference clock)
- - video_clk (reference clock for video system )
- - pss_alt_ref_clk (alternative PS reference clock)
- - aux_ref_clk
- - gt_crx_ref_clk (transceiver reference clock)
-
-The following strings are optional parameters to the 'clock-names' property in
-order to provide an optional (E)MIO clock source:
- - swdt0_ext_clk
- - swdt1_ext_clk
- - gem0_emio_clk
- - gem1_emio_clk
- - gem2_emio_clk
- - gem3_emio_clk
- - mio_clk_XX		# with XX = 00..77
- - mio_clk_50_or_51	#for the mux clock to gem tsu from 50 or 51
-
-
-Output clocks are registered based on clock information received
-from firmware. Output clocks indexes are mentioned in
-include/dt-bindings/clock/xlnx,zynqmp-clk.h.
-
 -------
 Example
 -------
@@ -72,11 +25,6 @@
 	zynqmp_firmware: zynqmp-firmware {
 		compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-firmware";
 		method = "smc";
-		zynqmp_clk: clock-controller {
-			#clock-cells = <1>;
-			compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-clk";
-			clocks = <&pss_ref_clk>, <&video_clk>, <&pss_alt_ref_clk>, <&aux_ref_clk>, <&gt_crx_ref_clk>;
-			clock-names = "pss_ref_clk", "video_clk", "pss_alt_ref_clk","aux_ref_clk", "gt_crx_ref_clk";
-		};
+		...
 	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/xlnx,zynqmp-pcap-fpga.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/xlnx,zynqmp-pcap-fpga.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3052bf6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/fpga/xlnx,zynqmp-pcap-fpga.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+Devicetree bindings for Zynq Ultrascale MPSoC FPGA Manager.
+The ZynqMP SoC uses the PCAP (Processor configuration Port) to configure the
+Programmable Logic (PL). The configuration uses  the firmware interface.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should contain "xlnx,zynqmp-pcap-fpga"
+
+Example for full FPGA configuration:
+
+	fpga-region0 {
+		compatible = "fpga-region";
+		fpga-mgr = <&zynqmp_pcap>;
+		#address-cells = <0x1>;
+		#size-cells = <0x1>;
+	};
+
+	firmware {
+		zynqmp_firmware: zynqmp-firmware {
+			compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-firmware";
+			method = "smc";
+			zynqmp_pcap: pcap {
+				compatible = "xlnx,zynqmp-pcap-fpga";
+			};
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox.txt
index e475659c..7cdefd0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gnss/u-blox.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 
 - compatible	: Must be one of
 
+			"u-blox,neo-6m"
 			"u-blox,neo-8"
 			"u-blox,neo-m8"
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt
index fb144e2..dab537c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-pca953x.txt
@@ -2,6 +2,7 @@
 
 Required properties:
  - compatible: Has to contain one of the following:
+	nxp,pca6416
 	nxp,pca9505
 	nxp,pca9534
 	nxp,pca9535
@@ -30,6 +31,7 @@
 	ti,tca6424
 	ti,tca9539
 	ti,tca9554
+	onnn,cat9554
 	onnn,pca9654
 	exar,xra1202
  - gpio-controller: if used as gpio expander.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-bifrost.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-bifrost.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b8be9db
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-bifrost.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,92 @@
+ARM Mali Bifrost GPU
+====================
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible :
+  * Since Mali Bifrost GPU model/revision is fully discoverable by reading
+    some determined registers, must contain the following:
+    + "arm,mali-bifrost"
+  * which must be preceded by one of the following vendor specifics:
+    + "amlogic,meson-g12a-mali"
+
+- reg : Physical base address of the device and length of the register area.
+
+- interrupts : Contains the three IRQ lines required by Mali Bifrost devices,
+  in the following defined order.
+
+- interrupt-names : Contains the names of IRQ resources in this exact defined
+  order: "job", "mmu", "gpu".
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- clocks : Phandle to clock for the Mali Bifrost device.
+
+- mali-supply : Phandle to regulator for the Mali device. Refer to
+  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/regulator.txt for details.
+
+- operating-points-v2 : Refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt
+  for details.
+
+- resets : Phandle of the GPU reset line.
+
+Vendor-specific bindings
+------------------------
+
+The Mali GPU is integrated very differently from one SoC to
+another. In order to accommodate those differences, you have the option
+to specify one more vendor-specific compatible, among:
+
+- "amlogic,meson-g12a-mali"
+  Required properties:
+  - resets : Should contain phandles of :
+    + GPU reset line
+    + GPU APB glue reset line
+
+Example for a Mali-G31:
+
+gpu@ffa30000 {
+	compatible = "amlogic,meson-g12a-mali", "arm,mali-bifrost";
+	reg = <0xffe40000 0x10000>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 160 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 161 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>,
+		     <GIC_SPI 162 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+	interrupt-names = "job", "mmu", "gpu";
+	clocks = <&clk CLKID_MALI>;
+	mali-supply = <&vdd_gpu>;
+	operating-points-v2 = <&gpu_opp_table>;
+	resets = <&reset RESET_DVALIN_CAPB3>, <&reset RESET_DVALIN>;
+};
+
+gpu_opp_table: opp_table0 {
+	compatible = "operating-points-v2";
+
+	opp@533000000 {
+		opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <533000000>;
+		opp-microvolt = <1250000>;
+	};
+	opp@450000000 {
+		opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <450000000>;
+		opp-microvolt = <1150000>;
+	};
+	opp@400000000 {
+		opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <400000000>;
+		opp-microvolt = <1125000>;
+	};
+	opp@350000000 {
+		opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <350000000>;
+		opp-microvolt = <1075000>;
+	};
+	opp@266000000 {
+		opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <266000000>;
+		opp-microvolt = <1025000>;
+	};
+	opp@160000000 {
+		opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <160000000>;
+		opp-microvolt = <925000>;
+	};
+	opp@100000000 {
+		opp-hz = /bits/ 64 <100000000>;
+		opp-microvolt = <912500>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-midgard.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-midgard.txt
index 18a2cde..1b1a741 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-midgard.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/arm,mali-midgard.txt
@@ -37,6 +37,20 @@
 - operating-points-v2 : Refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/opp/opp.txt
   for details.
 
+- resets : Phandle of the GPU reset line.
+
+Vendor-specific bindings
+------------------------
+
+The Mali GPU is integrated very differently from one SoC to
+another. In order to accomodate those differences, you have the option
+to specify one more vendor-specific compatible, among:
+
+- "amlogic,meson-gxm-mali"
+  Required properties:
+  - resets : Should contain phandles of :
+    + GPU reset line
+    + GPU APB glue reset line
 
 Example for a Mali-T760:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/aspeed-gfx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/aspeed-gfx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..958bdf9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/aspeed-gfx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+Device tree configuration for the GFX display device on the ASPEED SoCs
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible
+    * Must be one of the following:
+      + aspeed,ast2500-gfx
+      + aspeed,ast2400-gfx
+    * In addition, the ASPEED pinctrl bindings require the 'syscon' property to
+      be present
+
+  - reg: Physical base address and length of the GFX registers
+
+  - interrupts: interrupt number for the GFX device
+
+  - clocks: clock number used to generate the pixel clock
+
+  - resets: reset line that must be released to use the GFX device
+
+  - memory-region:
+    Phandle to a memory region to allocate from, as defined in
+    Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt
+
+
+Example:
+
+gfx: display@1e6e6000 {
+	compatible = "aspeed,ast2500-gfx", "syscon";
+	reg = <0x1e6e6000 0x1000>;
+	reg-io-width = <4>;
+	clocks = <&syscon ASPEED_CLK_GATE_D1CLK>;
+	resets = <&syscon ASPEED_RESET_CRT1>;
+	interrupts = <0x19>;
+	memory-region = <&gfx_memory>;
+};
+
+gfx_memory: framebuffer {
+	size = <0x01000000>;
+	alignment = <0x01000000>;
+	compatible = "shared-dma-pool";
+	reusable;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.txt
index c907aa8..b2df82b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/brcm,bcm-v3d.txt
@@ -6,15 +6,20 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible:	Should be "brcm,7268-v3d" or "brcm,7278-v3d"
 - reg:		Physical base addresses and lengths of the register areas
-- reg-names:	Names for the register areas.  The "hub", "bridge", and "core0"
+- reg-names:	Names for the register areas.  The "hub" and "core0"
 		  register areas are always required.  The "gca" register area
-		  is required if the GCA cache controller is present.
+		  is required if the GCA cache controller is present.  The
+		  "bridge" register area is required if an external reset
+		  controller is not present.
 - interrupts:	The interrupt numbers.  The first interrupt is for the hub,
-		  while the following interrupts are for the cores.
+		  while the following interrupts are separate interrupt lines
+		  for the cores (if they don't share the hub's interrupt).
 		  See bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
 
 Optional properties:
 - clocks:	The core clock the unit runs on
+- resets:	The reset line for v3d, if not using a mapping of the bridge
+		  See bindings/reset/reset.txt
 
 v3d {
 	compatible = "brcm,7268-v3d";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/cirrus,lochnagar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffb79cc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Cirrus Logic Lochnagar Audio Development Board
+
+Lochnagar is an evaluation and development board for Cirrus Logic
+Smart CODEC and Amp devices. It allows the connection of most Cirrus
+Logic devices on mini-cards, as well as allowing connection of
+various application processor systems to provide a full evaluation
+platform.  Audio system topology, clocking and power can all be
+controlled through the Lochnagar, allowing the device under test
+to be used in a variety of possible use cases.
+
+This binding document describes the binding for the hardware monitor
+portion of the driver.
+
+This binding must be part of the Lochnagar MFD binding:
+  [4] ../mfd/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : One of the following strings:
+                 "cirrus,lochnagar2-hwmon"
+
+Example:
+
+lochnagar-hwmon {
+	compatible = "cirrus,lochnagar2-hwmon";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/g762.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/g762.txt
index 25cc6d8..6d154c4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/g762.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/g762.txt
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 unmodified (e.g. u-boot installed value).
 
 Additional information on operational parameters for the device is available
-in Documentation/hwmon/g762. A detailed datasheet for the device is available
+in Documentation/hwmon/g762.rst. A detailed datasheet for the device is available
 at http://natisbad.org/NAS/refs/GMT_EDS-762_763-080710-0.2.pdf.
 
 Example g762 node:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.txt
index 12d8cf7..586b5ed 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/lm75.txt
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
 		"ti,tmp175",
 		"ti,tmp275",
 		"ti,tmp75",
+		"ti,tmp75b",
 		"ti,tmp75c",
 
 - reg: I2C bus address of the device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt
index 49ca5d8..41b7676 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/hwmon/pwm-fan.txt
@@ -7,13 +7,20 @@
 			which correspond to thermal cooling states
 
 Optional properties:
-- fan-supply    : phandle to the regulator that provides power to the fan
+- fan-supply		: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the fan
+- interrupts		: This contains a single interrupt specifier which
+			  describes the tachometer output of the fan as an
+			  interrupt source. The output signal must generate a
+			  defined number of interrupts per fan revolution, which
+			  require that it must be self resetting edge interrupts.
+			  See interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt for the format.
+- pulses-per-revolution : define the tachometer pulses per fan revolution as
+			  an integer (default is 2 interrupts per revolution).
+			  The value must be greater than zero.
 
 Example:
 	fan0: pwm-fan {
 		compatible = "pwm-fan";
-		cooling-min-state = <0>;
-		cooling-max-state = <3>;
 		#cooling-cells = <2>;
 		pwms = <&pwm 0 10000 0>;
 		cooling-levels = <0 102 170 230>;
@@ -38,3 +45,13 @@
 					};
 			     };
 		};
+
+Example 2:
+	fan0: pwm-fan {
+		compatible = "pwm-fan";
+		pwms = <&pwm 0 40000 0>;
+		fan-supply = <&reg_fan>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio5>;
+		interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+		pulses-per-revolution = <2>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,iproc-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,iproc-i2c.txt
index 81f982c..d12cc33 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,iproc-i2c.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/brcm,iproc-i2c.txt
@@ -3,15 +3,12 @@
 Required properties:
 
 - compatible:
-    Must be "brcm,iproc-i2c"
+    Must be "brcm,iproc-i2c" or "brcm,iproc-nic-i2c"
 
 - reg:
     Define the base and range of the I/O address space that contain the iProc
     I2C controller registers
 
-- interrupts:
-    Should contain the I2C interrupt
-
 - clock-frequency:
     This is the I2C bus clock. Need to be either 100000 or 400000
 
@@ -21,6 +18,18 @@
 - #size-cells:
     Always 0
 
+Optional properties:
+
+- interrupts:
+    Should contain the I2C interrupt. For certain revisions of the I2C
+    controller, I2C interrupt is unwired to the interrupt controller. In such
+    case, this property should be left unspecified, and driver will fall back
+    to polling mode
+
+- brcm,ape-hsls-addr-mask:
+    Required for "brcm,iproc-nic-i2c". Host view of address mask into the
+    'APE' co-processor. Value must be unsigned, 32-bit
+
 Example:
 	i2c0: i2c@18008000 {
 		compatible = "brcm,iproc-i2c";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
index 3e4bcc2..08be4d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-designware.txt
@@ -6,12 +6,21 @@
                 or "mscc,ocelot-i2c" with "snps,designware-i2c" for fallback
  - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
  - interrupts : <IRQ> where IRQ is the interrupt number.
+ - clocks : phandles for the clocks, see the description of clock-names below.
+   The phandle for the "ic_clk" clock is required. The phandle for the "pclk"
+   clock is optional. If a single clock is specified but no clock-name, it is
+   the "ic_clk" clock. If both clocks are listed, the "ic_clk" must be first.
 
 Recommended properties :
 
  - clock-frequency : desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz.
 
 Optional properties :
+
+ - clock-names : Contains the names of the clocks:
+    "ic_clk", for the core clock used to generate the external I2C clock.
+    "pclk", the interface clock, required for register access.
+
  - reg : for "mscc,ocelot-i2c", a second register set to configure the SDA hold
    time, named ICPU_CFG:TWI_DELAY in the datasheet.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt65xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt65xx.txt
index ee4c324..68f6d73 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt65xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mt65xx.txt
@@ -12,13 +12,16 @@
       "mediatek,mt7623-i2c", "mediatek,mt6577-i2c": for MediaTek MT7623
       "mediatek,mt7629-i2c", "mediatek,mt2712-i2c": for MediaTek MT7629
       "mediatek,mt8173-i2c": for MediaTek MT8173
+      "mediatek,mt8183-i2c": for MediaTek MT8183
+      "mediatek,mt8516-i2c", "mediatek,mt2712-i2c": for MediaTek MT8516
   - reg: physical base address of the controller and dma base, length of memory
     mapped region.
   - interrupts: interrupt number to the cpu.
   - clock-div: the fixed value for frequency divider of clock source in i2c
     module. Each IC may be different.
   - clocks: clock name from clock manager
-  - clock-names: Must include "main" and "dma", if enable have-pmic need include
+  - clock-names: Must include "main" and "dma", "arb" is for multi-master that
+    one bus has more than two i2c controllers, if enable have-pmic need include
     "pmic" extra.
 
 Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-riic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-riic.txt
index 0bcc471..e26fe3a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-riic.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-riic.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,10 @@
 Device tree configuration for Renesas RIIC driver
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible      : "renesas,riic-<soctype>". "renesas,riic-rz" as fallback
+- compatible      :
+	"renesas,riic-r7s72100" if the device is a part of a R7S72100 SoC.
+	"renesas,riic-r7s9210" if the device is a part of a R7S9210 SoC.
+	"renesas,riic-rz" for a generic RZ/A compatible device.
 - reg             : address start and address range size of device
 - interrupts      : 8 interrupts (TEI, RI, TI, SPI, STI, NAKI, ALI, TMOI)
 - clock-frequency : frequency of bus clock in Hz
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stm32.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stm32.txt
index 69240e1..f334738 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stm32.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-stm32.txt
@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 * I2C controller embedded in STMicroelectronics STM32 I2C platform
 
-Required properties :
-- compatible : Must be one of the following
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be one of the following
   - "st,stm32f4-i2c"
   - "st,stm32f7-i2c"
-- reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device
-- interrupts : Must contain the interrupt id for I2C event and then the
+- reg: Offset and length of the register set for the device
+- interrupts: Must contain the interrupt id for I2C event and then the
   interrupt id for I2C error.
 - resets: Must contain the phandle to the reset controller.
 - clocks: Must contain the input clock of the I2C instance.
@@ -14,25 +14,26 @@
 - #address-cells = <1>;
 - #size-cells = <0>;
 
-Optional properties :
-- clock-frequency : Desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. If not specified,
+Optional properties:
+- clock-frequency: Desired I2C bus clock frequency in Hz. If not specified,
   the default 100 kHz frequency will be used.
   For STM32F4 SoC Standard-mode and Fast-mode are supported, possible values are
   100000 and 400000.
-  For STM32F7 SoC, Standard-mode, Fast-mode and Fast-mode Plus are supported,
-  possible values are 100000, 400000 and 1000000.
-- i2c-scl-rising-time-ns : Only for STM32F7, I2C SCL Rising time for the board
-  (default: 25)
-- i2c-scl-falling-time-ns : Only for STM32F7, I2C SCL Falling time for the board
-  (default: 10)
+  For STM32F7, STM32H7 and STM32MP1 SoCs, Standard-mode, Fast-mode and Fast-mode
+  Plus are supported, possible values are 100000, 400000 and 1000000.
+- i2c-scl-rising-time-ns: I2C SCL Rising time for the board (default: 25)
+  For STM32F7, STM32H7 and STM32MP1 only.
+- i2c-scl-falling-time-ns: I2C SCL Falling time for the board (default: 10)
+  For STM32F7, STM32H7 and STM32MP1 only.
   I2C Timings are derived from these 2 values
-- st,syscfg-fmp:  Only for STM32F7, use to set Fast Mode Plus bit within SYSCFG
-  whether Fast Mode Plus speed is selected by slave.
-	1st cell : phandle to syscfg
-	2nd cell : register offset within SYSCFG
-	3rd cell : register bitmask for FMP bit
+- st,syscfg-fmp: Use to set Fast Mode Plus bit within SYSCFG when Fast Mode
+  Plus speed is selected by slave.
+	1st cell: phandle to syscfg
+	2nd cell: register offset within SYSCFG
+	3rd cell: register bitmask for FMP bit
+  For STM32F7, STM32H7 and STM32MP1 only.
 
-Example :
+Example:
 
 	i2c@40005400 {
 		compatible = "st,stm32f4-i2c";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/kionix,kxcjk1013.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/kionix,kxcjk1013.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eb76a02
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/accel/kionix,kxcjk1013.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+Kionix KXCJK-1013 Accelerometer device tree bindings
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: Must be one of:
+    "kionix,kxcjk1013"
+    "kionix,kxcj91008"
+    "kionix,kxtj21009"
+    "kionix,kxtf9"
+ - reg: i2c slave address
+
+Example:
+
+kxtf9@f {
+	compatible = "kionix,kxtf9";
+	reg = <0x0F>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7606.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7606.txt
index d7b6241..d865246 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7606.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7606.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
 	* "adi,ad7606-8"
 	* "adi,ad7606-6"
 	* "adi,ad7606-4"
+	* "adi,ad7616"
 - reg: SPI chip select number for the device
 - spi-max-frequency: Max SPI frequency to use
 	see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7780.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7780.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..440e525
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/adi,ad7780.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+* Analog Devices AD7170/AD7171/AD7780/AD7781
+
+Data sheets:
+
+- AD7170:
+	* https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/AD7170.pdf
+- AD7171:
+	* https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/AD7171.pdf
+- AD7780:
+	* https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/ad7780.pdf
+- AD7781:
+	* https://www.analog.com/media/en/technical-documentation/data-sheets/AD7781.pdf
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: should be one of
+	* "adi,ad7170"
+	* "adi,ad7171"
+	* "adi,ad7780"
+	* "adi,ad7781"
+- reg: spi chip select number for the device
+- vref-supply: the regulator supply for the ADC reference voltage
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- powerdown-gpios:  must be the device tree identifier of the PDRST pin. If
+		    specified, it will be asserted during driver probe. As the
+		    line is active high, it should be marked GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH.
+- adi,gain-gpios:   must be the device tree identifier of the GAIN pin. Only for
+		    the ad778x chips. If specified, it will be asserted during
+		    driver probe. As the line is active low, it should be marked
+		    GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW.
+- adi,filter-gpios: must be the device tree identifier of the FILTER pin. Only
+		    for the ad778x chips. If specified, it will be asserted
+		    during driver probe. As the line is active low, it should be
+		    marked GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW.
+
+Example:
+
+adc@0 {
+	compatible =  "adi,ad7780";
+	reg =	      <0>;
+	vref-supply = <&vdd_supply>
+
+	powerdown-gpios  = <&gpio 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+	adi,gain-gpios   = <&gpio  5 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+	adi,filter-gpios = <&gpio 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt
index 75c7759..d57e9df 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/amlogic,meson-saradc.txt
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@
 			- "amlogic,meson-gxl-saradc" for GXL
 			- "amlogic,meson-gxm-saradc" for GXM
 			- "amlogic,meson-axg-saradc" for AXG
+			- "amlogic,meson-g12a-saradc" for AXG
 		along with the generic "amlogic,meson-saradc"
 - reg:		the physical base address and length of the registers
 - interrupts:	the interrupt indicating end of sampling
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/avia-hx711.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/avia-hx711.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 7222328..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/avia-hx711.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-* AVIA HX711 ADC chip for weight cells
-  Bit-banging driver
-
-Required properties:
- - compatible:	Should be "avia,hx711"
- - sck-gpios:	Definition of the GPIO for the clock
- - dout-gpios:	Definition of the GPIO for data-out
-		See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
- - avdd-supply:	Definition of the regulator used as analog supply
-
-Optional properties:
- - clock-frequency:	Frequency of PD_SCK in Hz
-			Minimum value allowed is 10 kHz because of maximum
-			high time of 50 microseconds.
-
-Example:
-weight {
-	compatible = "avia,hx711";
-	sck-gpios = <&gpio3 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
-	dout-gpios = <&gpio0 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
-	avdd-suppy = <&avdd>;
-	clock-frequency = <100000>;
-};
-
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/avia-hx711.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/avia-hx711.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8a4100c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/avia-hx711.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/adc/avia-hx711.yaml#"
+$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#"
+
+title: AVIA HX711 ADC chip for weight cells
+
+maintainers:
+  - Andreas Klinger <ak@it-klinger.de>
+
+description: |
+  Bit-banging driver using two GPIOs:
+  - sck-gpio gives a clock to the sensor with 24 cycles for data retrieval
+    and up to 3 cycles for selection of the input channel and gain for the
+    next measurement
+  - dout-gpio is the sensor data the sensor responds to the clock
+
+  Specifications about the driver can be found at:
+  http://www.aviaic.com/ENProducts.aspx
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    enum:
+      - avia,hx711
+
+  sck-gpios:
+    description:
+      Definition of the GPIO for the clock (output). In the datasheet it is
+      named PD_SCK
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  dout-gpios:
+    description:
+      Definition of the GPIO for the data-out sent by the sensor in
+      response to the clock (input).
+      See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt for information
+      on how to specify a consumer gpio.
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  avdd-supply:
+    description:
+      Definition of the regulator used as analog supply
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  clock-frequency:
+    minimum: 20000
+    maximum: 2500000
+    default: 400000
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - sck-gpios
+  - dout-gpios
+  - avdd-supply
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>
+    weight {
+        compatible = "avia,hx711";
+        sck-gpios = <&gpio3 10 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+        dout-gpios = <&gpio0 7 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+        avdd-suppy = <&avdd>;
+        clock-frequency = <100000>;
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/imx7d-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/imx7d-adc.txt
index 5c184b9..f1f3a55 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/imx7d-adc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/imx7d-adc.txt
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
 - clocks: The root clock of the ADC controller
 - clock-names: Must contain "adc", matching entry in the clocks property
 - vref-supply: The regulator supply ADC reference voltage
+- #io-channel-cells: Must be 1 as per ../iio-bindings.txt
 
 Example:
 adc1: adc@30610000 {
@@ -19,4 +20,5 @@
 	clocks = <&clks IMX7D_ADC_ROOT_CLK>;
 	clock-names = "adc";
 	vref-supply = <&reg_vcc_3v3_mcu>;
+	#io-channel-cells = <1>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt
index b3629d3..3a1bc66 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/lpc32xx-adc.txt
@@ -6,6 +6,10 @@
   region.
 - interrupts: The ADC interrupt
 
+Optional:
+ - vref-supply: The regulator supply ADC reference voltage, optional
+   for legacy reason, but highly encouraging to us in new device tree
+
 Example:
 
 	adc@40048000 {
@@ -13,4 +17,5 @@
 		reg = <0x40048000 0x1000>;
 		interrupt-parent = <&mic>;
 		interrupts = <39 0>;
+		vref-supply = <&vcc>;
 	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt
index c81993f..c878768 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/qcom,spmi-vadc.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
     Definition: Should contain "qcom,spmi-vadc".
                 Should contain "qcom,spmi-adc5" for PMIC5 ADC driver.
                 Should contain "qcom,spmi-adc-rev2" for PMIC rev2 ADC driver.
+                Should contain "qcom,pms405-adc" for PMS405 PMIC
 
 - reg:
     Usage: required
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-ads8344.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-ads8344.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e47c375
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/adc/ti-ads8344.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+* Texas Instruments ADS8344 A/DC chip
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Must be "ti,ads8344"
+ - reg: SPI chip select number for the device
+ - vref-supply: phandle to a regulator node that supplies the
+   reference voltage
+
+Recommended properties:
+ - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per
+		Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+
+Example:
+adc@0 {
+	compatible = "ti,ads8344";
+	reg = <0>;
+	vref-supply = <&refin_supply>;
+	spi-max-frequency = <10000000>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/plantower,pms7003.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/plantower,pms7003.txt
index 7b5f06f..c52ea21 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/plantower,pms7003.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/chemical/plantower,pms7003.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,13 @@
 * Plantower PMS7003 particulate matter sensor
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: must be "plantower,pms7003"
+- compatible: must one of:
+   "plantower,pms1003"
+   "plantower,pms3003"
+   "plantower,pms5003"
+   "plantower,pms6003"
+   "plantower,pms7003"
+   "plantower,pmsa003"
 - vcc-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the sensor
 
 Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/counter/stm32-lptimer-cnt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/counter/stm32-lptimer-cnt.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a04aa5c..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/counter/stm32-lptimer-cnt.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-STMicroelectronics STM32 Low-Power Timer quadrature encoder and counter
-
-STM32 Low-Power Timer provides several counter modes. It can be used as:
-- quadrature encoder to detect angular position and direction of rotary
-  elements, from IN1 and IN2 input signals.
-- simple counter from IN1 input signal.
-
-Must be a sub-node of an STM32 Low-Power Timer device tree node.
-See ../mfd/stm32-lptimer.txt for details about the parent node.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible:		Must be "st,stm32-lptimer-counter".
-- pinctrl-names: 	Set to "default".
-- pinctrl-0: 		List of phandles pointing to pin configuration nodes,
-			to set IN1/IN2 pins in mode of operation for Low-Power
-			Timer input on external pin.
-
-Example:
-	timer@40002400 {
-		compatible = "st,stm32-lptimer";
-		...
-		counter {
-			compatible = "st,stm32-lptimer-counter";
-			pinctrl-names = "default";
-			pinctrl-0 = <&lptim1_in_pins>;
-		};
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/bmg160.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/bmg160.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..78e18a1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/bmg160.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+* Bosch BMG160 triaxial rotation sensor (gyroscope)
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : should be "bosch,bmg160" or "bosch,bmi055_gyro"
+  - reg : the I2C address of the sensor (0x69)
+
+Optional properties:
+
+  - interrupts : interrupt mapping for GPIO IRQ, it should by configured with
+		flags IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING
+
+Example:
+
+bmg160@69 {
+	compatible = "bosch,bmg160";
+	reg = <0x69>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gpio6>;
+	interrupts = <18 (IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING)>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/nxp,fxas21002c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/nxp,fxas21002c.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..465e104
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/gyroscope/nxp,fxas21002c.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+* NXP FXAS21002C Gyroscope device tree bindings
+
+http://www.nxp.com/products/sensors/gyroscopes/3-axis-digital-gyroscope:FXAS21002C
+
+Required properties:
+  - compatible : should be "nxp,fxas21002c"
+  - reg : the I2C address of the sensor or SPI chip select number for the
+          device.
+  - vdd-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the sensor.
+  - vddio-supply: phandle to the regulator that provides power to the bus.
+
+Optional properties:
+  - reset-gpios : gpio used to reset the device, see gpio/gpio.txt
+  - interrupts : device support 2 interrupts, INT1 and INT2,
+                 the interrupts can be triggered on rising or falling edges.
+                 See interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+  - interrupt-names: should contain "INT1" or "INT2", the gyroscope interrupt
+                     line in use.
+  - drive-open-drain: the interrupt/data ready line will be configured
+                      as open drain, which is useful if several sensors share
+                      the same interrupt line. This is a boolean property.
+                      (This binding is taken from pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt)
+
+Example:
+
+gyroscope@20 {
+	compatible = "nxp,fxas21002c";
+	reg = <0x20>;
+	vdd-supply = <&reg_peri_3p15v>;
+	vddio-supply = <&reg_peri_3p15v>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16480.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16480.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed7783f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/adi,adis16480.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+
+Analog Devices ADIS16480 and similar IMUs
+
+Required properties for the ADIS16480:
+
+- compatible: Must be one of
+	* "adi,adis16375"
+	* "adi,adis16480"
+	* "adi,adis16485"
+	* "adi,adis16488"
+	* "adi,adis16495-1"
+	* "adi,adis16495-2"
+	* "adi,adis16495-3"
+	* "adi,adis16497-1"
+	* "adi,adis16497-2"
+	* "adi,adis16497-3"
+- reg: SPI chip select number for the device
+- spi-max-frequency: Max SPI frequency to use
+	see: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+- spi-cpha: See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+- spi-cpol: See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt
+- interrupts: interrupt mapping for IRQ, accepted values are:
+	* IRQF_TRIGGER_RISING
+	* IRQF_TRIGGER_FALLING
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- interrupt-names: Data ready line selection. Valid values are:
+	* DIO1
+	* DIO2
+	* DIO3
+	* DIO4
+	If this field is left empty, DIO1 is assigned as default data ready
+	signal.
+- reset-gpios: must be the device tree identifier of the RESET pin. As the line
+	is active low, it should be marked GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW.
+- clocks: phandle to the external clock. Should be set according to
+	"clock-names".
+	If this field is left empty together with the "clock-names" field, then
+	the internal clock is used.
+- clock-names: The name of the external clock to be used. Valid values are:
+	* sync: In sync mode, the internal clock is disabled and the frequency
+		of the external clock signal establishes therate of data
+		collection and processing. See Fig 14 and 15 in the datasheet.
+		The clock-frequency must be:
+		* 3000 to 4500 Hz for adis1649x devices.
+		* 700 to 2400 Hz for adis1648x devices.
+	* pps: In Pulse Per Second (PPS) Mode, the rate of data collection and
+	       production is equal to the product of the external clock
+	       frequency and the scale factor in the SYNC_SCALE register, see
+	       Table 154 in the datasheet.
+	       The clock-frequency must be:
+	       * 1 to 128 Hz for adis1649x devices.
+	       * This mode is not supported by adis1648x devices.
+	If this field is left empty together with the "clocks" field, then the
+	internal clock is used.
+- adi,ext-clk-pin: The DIOx line to be used as an external clock input.
+	Valid values are:
+	* DIO1
+	* DIO2
+	* DIO3
+	* DIO4
+	Each DIOx pin supports only one function at a time (data ready line
+	selection or external clock input). When a single pin has two
+	two assignments, the enable bit for the lower priority function
+	automatically resets to zero (disabling the lower priority function).
+	Data ready has highest priority.
+	If this field is left empty, DIO2 is assigned as default external clock
+	input pin.
+
+Example:
+
+	imu@0 {
+		compatible = "adi,adis16495-1";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <3200000>;
+		spi-cpol;
+		spi-cpha;
+		interrupts = <25 IRQF_TRIGGER_FALLING>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+		interrupt-names = "DIO2";
+		clocks = <&adis16495_sync>;
+		clock-names = "sync";
+		adi,ext-clk-pin = "DIO1";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt
index 69d53d9..efec9ec 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/imu/st_lsm6dsx.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,9 @@
   "st,lsm6dsm"
   "st,ism330dlc"
   "st,lsm6dso"
+  "st,asm330lhh"
+  "st,lsm6dsox"
+  "st,lsm6dsr"
 - reg: i2c address of the sensor / spi cs line
 
 Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/vcnl4000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/vcnl4000.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..955af45
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/light/vcnl4000.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+VISHAY VCNL4000 -  Ambient Light and proximity sensor
+
+This driver supports the VCNL4000/10/20/40 and VCNL4200 chips
+
+Required properties:
+
+	-compatible: must be one of :
+        vishay,vcnl4000
+        vishay,vcnl4010
+        vishay,vcnl4020
+        vishay,vcnl4040
+        vishay,vcnl4200
+
+	-reg: I2C address of the sensor, should be one from below based on the model:
+        0x13
+        0x51
+        0x60
+
+Example:
+
+light-sensor@51 {
+	compatible = "vishay,vcnl4200";
+	reg = <0x51>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/bmp085.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/bmp085.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 61c72e6..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/bmp085.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,27 +0,0 @@
-BMP085/BMP18x/BMP28x digital pressure sensors
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible: must be one of:
-  "bosch,bmp085"
-  "bosch,bmp180"
-  "bosch,bmp280"
-  "bosch,bme280"
-
-Optional properties:
-- interrupts: interrupt mapping for IRQ
-- reset-gpios: a GPIO line handling reset of the sensor: as the line is
-  active low, it should be marked GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW (see gpio/gpio.txt)
-- vddd-supply: digital voltage regulator (see regulator/regulator.txt)
-- vdda-supply: analog voltage regulator (see regulator/regulator.txt)
-
-Example:
-
-pressure@77 {
-	compatible = "bosch,bmp085";
-	reg = <0x77>;
-	interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>;
-	interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
-	reset-gpios = <&gpio0 26 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
-	vddd-supply = <&foo>;
-	vdda-supply = <&bar>;
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/bmp085.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/bmp085.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c6721a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/pressure/bmp085.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/pressure/bmp085.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: BMP085/BMP180/BMP280/BME280 pressure iio sensors
+
+maintainers:
+  - Andreas Klinger <ak@it-klinger.de>
+
+description: |
+  Pressure, temperature and humidity iio sensors with i2c and spi interfaces
+
+  Specifications about the sensor can be found at:
+    https://www.bosch-sensortec.com/bst/products/all_products/bmp180
+    https://www.bosch-sensortec.com/bst/products/all_products/bmp280
+    https://www.bosch-sensortec.com/bst/products/all_products/bme280
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    enum:
+      - bosch,bmp085
+      - bosch,bmp180
+      - bosch,bmp280
+      - bosch,bme280
+
+  vddd-supply:
+    description:
+      digital voltage regulator (see regulator/regulator.txt)
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  vdda-supply:
+    description:
+      analog voltage regulator (see regulator/regulator.txt)
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  reset-gpios:
+    description:
+      A GPIO line handling reset of the sensor. As the line is active low,
+      it should be marked GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW (see gpio/gpio.txt)
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  interrupts:
+    description:
+      interrupt mapping for IRQ (BMP085 only)
+    maxItems: 1
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - vddd-supply
+  - vdda-supply
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>
+    #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>
+    i2c0 {
+      #address-cells = <1>;
+      #size-cells = <0>;
+      pressure@77 {
+          compatible = "bosch,bmp085";
+          reg = <0x77>;
+          interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>;
+          interrupts = <25 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+          reset-gpios = <&gpio0 26 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
+          vddd-supply = <&foo>;
+          vdda-supply = <&bar>;
+      };
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/devantech-srf04.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/devantech-srf04.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d4dc7a2..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/devantech-srf04.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,28 +0,0 @@
-* Devantech SRF04 ultrasonic range finder
-  Bit-banging driver using two GPIOs
-
-Required properties:
- - compatible:	Should be "devantech,srf04"
-
- - trig-gpios:	Definition of the GPIO for the triggering (output)
-		This GPIO is set for about 10 us by the driver to tell the
-		device it should initiate the measurement cycle.
-
- - echo-gpios:	Definition of the GPIO for the echo (input)
-		This GPIO is set by the device as soon as an ultrasonic
-		burst is sent out and reset when the first echo is
-		received.
-		Thus this GPIO is set while the ultrasonic waves are doing
-		one round trip.
-		It needs to be an GPIO which is able to deliver an
-		interrupt because the time between two interrupts is
-		measured in the driver.
-		See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt for
-		information on how to specify a consumer gpio.
-
-Example:
-srf04@0 {
-	compatible = "devantech,srf04";
-	trig-gpios = <&gpio1 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
-	echo-gpios = <&gpio2  6 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/devantech-srf04.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/devantech-srf04.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e80ea7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/devantech-srf04.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/iio/proximity/devantech-srf04.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Devantech SRF04 and Maxbotix mb1000 ultrasonic range finder
+
+maintainers:
+  - Andreas Klinger <ak@it-klinger.de>
+
+description: |
+  Bit-banging driver using two GPIOs:
+  - trigger-gpio is raised by the driver to start sending out an ultrasonic
+    burst
+  - echo-gpio is held high by the sensor after sending ultrasonic burst
+    until it is received once again
+
+  Specifications about the devices can be found at:
+  http://www.robot-electronics.co.uk/htm/srf04tech.htm
+
+  http://www.maxbotix.com/documents/LV-MaxSonar-EZ_Datasheet.pdf
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    enum:
+      - devantech,srf04
+      - maxbotix,mb1000
+      - maxbotix,mb1010
+      - maxbotix,mb1020
+      - maxbotix,mb1030
+      - maxbotix,mb1040
+
+  trig-gpios:
+    description:
+      Definition of the GPIO for the triggering (output)
+      This GPIO is set for about 10 us by the driver to tell the device it
+      should initiate the measurement cycle.
+      See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt for information
+      on how to specify a consumer gpio.
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  echo-gpios:
+    description:
+      Definition of the GPIO for the echo (input)
+      This GPIO is set by the device as soon as an ultrasonic burst is sent
+      out and reset when the first echo is received.
+      Thus this GPIO is set while the ultrasonic waves are doing one round
+      trip.
+      It needs to be an GPIO which is able to deliver an interrupt because
+      the time between two interrupts is measured in the driver.
+    maxItems: 1
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - trig-gpios
+  - echo-gpios
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>
+    proximity {
+        compatible = "devantech,srf04";
+        trig-gpios = <&gpio1 15 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+        echo-gpios = <&gpio2  6 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/maxbotix,mb1232.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/maxbotix,mb1232.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dd1058f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/proximity/maxbotix,mb1232.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+* MaxBotix I2CXL-MaxSonar ultrasonic distance sensor of type  mb1202,
+  mb1212, mb1222, mb1232, mb1242, mb7040 or mb7137 using the i2c interface
+  for ranging
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible:		"maxbotix,mb1202",
+			"maxbotix,mb1212",
+			"maxbotix,mb1222",
+			"maxbotix,mb1232",
+			"maxbotix,mb1242",
+			"maxbotix,mb7040" or
+			"maxbotix,mb7137"
+
+ - reg:			i2c address of the device, see also i2c/i2c.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+ - interrupts:		Interrupt used to announce the preceding reading
+			request has finished and that data is available.
+			If no interrupt is specified the device driver
+			falls back to wait a fixed amount of time until
+			data can be retrieved.
+
+Example:
+proximity@70 {
+	compatible = "maxbotix,mb1232";
+	reg = <0x70>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gpio2>;
+	interrupts = <2 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt
index 52ee4ba..0ef64a4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/st-sensors.txt
@@ -49,6 +49,7 @@
 - st,lis2dw12
 - st,lis3dhh
 - st,lis3de
+- st,lis2de12
 
 Gyroscopes:
 - st,l3g4200d-gyro
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/max31856.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/max31856.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..06ab43b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/max31856.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Maxim MAX31856 thermocouple support
+
+https://datasheets.maximintegrated.com/en/ds/MAX31856.pdf
+
+Optional property:
+	- thermocouple-type: Type of thermocouple (THERMOCOUPLE_TYPE_K if
+		omitted). Supported types are B, E, J, K, N, R, S, T.
+
+Required properties:
+	- compatible: must be "maxim,max31856"
+	- reg: SPI chip select number for the device
+	- spi-max-frequency: As per datasheet max. supported freq is 5000000
+	- spi-cpha: must be defined for max31856 to enable SPI mode 1
+
+	Refer to spi/spi-bus.txt for generic SPI slave bindings.
+
+ Example:
+	temp-sensor@0 {
+		compatible = "maxim,max31856";
+		reg = <0>;
+		spi-max-frequency = <5000000>;
+		spi-cpha;
+		thermocouple-type = <THERMOCOUPLE_TYPE_K>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/temperature-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/temperature-bindings.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8f339cab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/iio/temperature/temperature-bindings.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+If the temperature sensor device can be configured to use some specific
+thermocouple type, you can use the defined types provided in the file
+"include/dt-bindings/iio/temperature/thermocouple.h".
+
+Property:
+thermocouple-type:	A single cell representing the type of the thermocouple
+			used by the device.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-vibrator.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-vibrator.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..903475f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-vibrator.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,37 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/bindings/input/gpio-vibrator.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: GPIO vibrator
+
+maintainers:
+  - Luca Weiss <luca@z3ntu.xyz>
+
+description: |+
+  Registers a GPIO device as vibrator, where the on/off capability is controlled by a GPIO.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    const: gpio-vibrator
+
+  enable-gpios:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  vcc-supply:
+    description: Regulator that provides power
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - enable-gpios
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    #include <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>
+
+    vibrator {
+        compatible = "gpio-vibrator";
+        enable-gpios = <&msmgpio 86 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+        vcc-supply = <&pm8941_l18>;
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt
index bcf62f8..2b075a0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/lpc32xx-key.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 - reg: Physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped
   region.
 - interrupts: The interrupt number to the cpu.
+- clocks: phandle to clock controller plus clock-specifier pair
 - nxp,debounce-delay-ms: Debounce delay in ms
 - nxp,scan-delay-ms: Repeated scan period in ms
 - linux,keymap: the key-code to be reported when the key is pressed
@@ -22,7 +23,9 @@
 	key@40050000 {
 		compatible = "nxp,lpc3220-key";
 		reg = <0x40050000 0x1000>;
-		interrupts = <54 0>;
+		clocks = <&clk LPC32XX_CLK_KEY>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&sic1>;
+		interrupts = <22 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
 		keypad,num-rows = <1>;
 		keypad,num-columns = <1>;
 		nxp,debounce-delay-ms = <3>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/max77650-onkey.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/max77650-onkey.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..477dc74
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/max77650-onkey.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Onkey driver for MAX77650 PMIC from Maxim Integrated.
+
+This module is part of the MAX77650 MFD device. For more details
+see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77650.txt.
+
+The onkey controller is represented as a sub-node of the PMIC node on
+the device tree.
+
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+- compatible:		Must be "maxim,max77650-onkey".
+
+Optional properties:
+- linux,code:		The key-code to be reported when the key is pressed.
+			Defaults to KEY_POWER.
+- maxim,onkey-slide:	The system's button is a slide switch, not the default
+			push button.
+
+Example:
+--------
+
+	onkey {
+		compatible = "maxim,max77650-onkey";
+		linux,code = <KEY_END>;
+		maxim,onkey-slide;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/microchip,qt1050.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/microchip,qt1050.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..80e75f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/microchip,qt1050.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+Microchip AT42QT1050 Five-channel Touch Sensor IC
+
+The AT42QT1050 (QT1050) is a QTouchADC sensor device. The device can sense from
+one to five keys, dependent on mode. The QT1050 includes all signal processing
+functions necessary to provide stable sensing under a wide variety of changing
+conditions, and the outputs are fully debounced.
+
+The touchkey device node should be placed inside an I2C bus node.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: Must be "microchip,qt1050"
+- reg: The I2C address of the device
+- interrupts: The sink for the touchpad's IRQ output,
+  see ../interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+- wakeup-source: touch keys can be used as a wakeup source
+
+Each button (key) is represented as a sub-node:
+
+Each not specified key or key with linux,code set to KEY_RESERVED gets disabled
+in HW.
+
+Subnode properties:
+- linux,code: Keycode to emit.
+- reg: The key number. Valid values: 0, 1, 2, 3, 4.
+
+Optional subnode-properties:
+
+If a optional property is missing or has a invalid value the default value is
+taken.
+
+- microchip,pre-charge-time-ns:
+  Each touchpad need some time to precharge. The value depends on the mechanical
+  layout.
+  Valid value range: 0 - 637500; values must be a multiple of 2500;
+  default is 0.
+- microchip,average-samples:
+  Number of data samples which are averaged for each read.
+  Valid values: 1, 4, 16, 64, 256, 1024, 4096, 16384; default is 1.
+- microchip,average-scaling:
+  The scaling factor which is used to scale the average-samples.
+  Valid values: 1, 2, 4, 8, 16, 32, 64, 128; default is 1.
+- microchip,threshold:
+  Number of counts to register a touch detection.
+  Valid value range: 0 - 255; default is 20.
+
+Example:
+QT1050 with 3 non continuous keys, key2 and key4 are disabled.
+
+touchkeys@41 {
+	compatible = "microchip,qt1050";
+	reg = <0x41>;
+	interrupt-parent = <&gpio0>;
+	interrupts = <17 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>;
+
+	up@0 {
+		reg = <0>;
+		linux,code = <KEY_UP>;
+		microchip,average-samples = <64>;
+		microchip,average-scaling = <16>;
+		microchip,pre-charge-time-ns = <10000>;
+	};
+
+	right@1 {
+		reg = <1>;
+		linux,code = <KEY_RIGHT>;
+		microchip,average-samples = <64>;
+		microchip,average-scaling = <8>;
+	};
+
+	down@3 {
+		reg = <3>;
+		linux,code = <KEY_DOWN>;
+		microchip,average-samples = <256>;
+		microchip,average-scaling = <16>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/sun4i-lradc-keys.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/sun4i-lradc-keys.txt
index 1458c31..496125c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/sun4i-lradc-keys.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/sun4i-lradc-keys.txt
@@ -2,12 +2,14 @@
 ------------------------------------------------
 
 Required properties:
- - compatible: "allwinner,sun4i-a10-lradc-keys"
+ - compatible: should be one of the following string:
+		"allwinner,sun4i-a10-lradc-keys"
+		"allwinner,sun8i-a83t-r-lradc"
  - reg: mmio address range of the chip
  - interrupts: interrupt to which the chip is connected
  - vref-supply: powersupply for the lradc reference voltage
 
-Each key is represented as a sub-node of "allwinner,sun4i-a10-lradc-keys":
+Each key is represented as a sub-node of the compatible mentioned above:
 
 Required subnode-properties:
 	- label: Descriptive name of the key.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt
index 8cf0b4d..fc03ea4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/goodix.txt
@@ -3,6 +3,7 @@
 Required properties:
 
  - compatible		: Should be "goodix,gt1151"
+				 or "goodix,gt5663"
 				 or "goodix,gt5688"
 				 or "goodix,gt911"
 				 or "goodix,gt9110"
@@ -19,6 +20,8 @@
  - irq-gpios		: GPIO pin used for IRQ. The driver uses the
 			  interrupt gpio pin as output to reset the device.
  - reset-gpios		: GPIO pin used for reset
+ - AVDD28-supply	: Analog power supply regulator on AVDD28 pin
+ - VDDIO-supply		: GPIO power supply regulator on VDDIO pin
  - touchscreen-inverted-x
  - touchscreen-inverted-y
  - touchscreen-size-x
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/iqs5xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/iqs5xx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..efa0820
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/iqs5xx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,80 @@
+Azoteq IQS550/572/525 Trackpad/Touchscreen Controller
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible			: Must be equal to one of the following:
+				  "azoteq,iqs550"
+				  "azoteq,iqs572"
+				  "azoteq,iqs525"
+
+- reg				: I2C slave address for the device.
+
+- interrupts			: GPIO to which the device's active-high RDY
+				  output is connected (see [0]).
+
+- reset-gpios			: GPIO to which the device's active-low NRST
+				  input is connected (see [1]).
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- touchscreen-min-x		: See [2].
+
+- touchscreen-min-y		: See [2].
+
+- touchscreen-size-x		: See [2]. If this property is omitted, the
+				  maximum x-coordinate is specified by the
+				  device's "X Resolution" register.
+
+- touchscreen-size-y		: See [2]. If this property is omitted, the
+				  maximum y-coordinate is specified by the
+				  device's "Y Resolution" register.
+
+- touchscreen-max-pressure	: See [2]. Pressure is expressed as the sum of
+				  the deltas across all channels impacted by a
+				  touch event. A channel's delta is calculated
+				  as its count value minus a reference, where
+				  the count value is inversely proportional to
+				  the channel's capacitance.
+
+- touchscreen-fuzz-x		: See [2].
+
+- touchscreen-fuzz-y		: See [2].
+
+- touchscreen-fuzz-pressure	: See [2].
+
+- touchscreen-inverted-x	: See [2]. Inversion is applied relative to that
+				  which may already be specified by the device's
+				  FLIP_X and FLIP_Y register fields.
+
+- touchscreen-inverted-y	: See [2]. Inversion is applied relative to that
+				  which may already be specified by the device's
+				  FLIP_X and FLIP_Y register fields.
+
+- touchscreen-swapped-x-y	: See [2]. Swapping is applied relative to that
+				  which may already be specified by the device's
+				  SWITCH_XY_AXIS register field.
+
+[0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt
+[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt
+[2]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/touchscreen.txt
+
+Example:
+
+	&i2c1 {
+		/* ... */
+
+		touchscreen@74 {
+			compatible = "azoteq,iqs550";
+			reg = <0x74>;
+			interrupt-parent = <&gpio>;
+			interrupts = <17 4>;
+			reset-gpios = <&gpio 27 1>;
+
+			touchscreen-size-x = <640>;
+			touchscreen-size-y = <480>;
+
+			touchscreen-max-pressure = <16000>;
+		};
+
+		/* ... */
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/interconnect.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/interconnect.txt
index 5a3c575..6f5d23a 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/interconnect.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interconnect/interconnect.txt
@@ -51,6 +51,10 @@
 		     interconnect-names to match interconnect paths with interconnect
 		     specifier pairs.
 
+                     Reserved interconnect names:
+			 * dma-mem: Path from the device to the main memory of
+			            the system
+
 Example:
 
 	sdhci@7864000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.yaml
index 758fbd7..54838d4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.yaml
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/arm,gic.yaml
@@ -129,6 +129,7 @@
 
 patternProperties:
   "^v2m@[0-9a-f]+$":
+    type: object
     description: |
       * GICv2m extension for MSI/MSI-x support (Optional)
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/intel,ixp4xx-interrupt.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/intel,ixp4xx-interrupt.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bae10e26
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/intel,ixp4xx-interrupt.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
+# Copyright 2018 Linaro Ltd.
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/interrupt/intel-ixp4xx-interrupt.yaml#"
+$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#"
+
+title: Intel IXP4xx XScale Networking Processors Interrupt Controller
+
+maintainers:
+  - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
+
+description: |
+  This interrupt controller is found in the Intel IXP4xx processors.
+  Some processors have 32 interrupts, some have up to 64 interrupts.
+  The exact number of interrupts is determined from the compatible
+  string.
+
+  The distinct IXP4xx families with different interrupt controller
+  variations are IXP42x, IXP43x, IXP45x and IXP46x. Those four
+  families were the only ones to reach the developer and consumer
+  market.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - enum:
+        - intel,ixp42x-interrupt
+        - intel,ixp43x-interrupt
+        - intel,ixp45x-interrupt
+        - intel,ixp46x-interrupt
+
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  interrupt-controller: true
+
+  '#interrupt-cells':
+    const: 2
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+  - interrupt-controller
+  - '#interrupt-cells'
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    intcon: interrupt-controller@c8003000 {
+        compatible = "intel,ixp43x-interrupt";
+        reg = <0xc8003000 0x100>;
+        interrupt-controller;
+        #interrupt-cells = <2>;
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt
index c5d5891..0e312fe 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/mediatek,sysirq.txt
@@ -1,15 +1,18 @@
-+Mediatek MT65xx/MT67xx/MT81xx sysirq
+MediaTek sysirq
 
-Mediatek SOCs sysirq support controllable irq inverter for each GIC SPI
+MediaTek SOCs sysirq support controllable irq inverter for each GIC SPI
 interrupt.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: should be
+	"mediatek,mt8516-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT8516
+	"mediatek,mt8183-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT8183
 	"mediatek,mt8173-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT8173
 	"mediatek,mt8135-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT8135
 	"mediatek,mt8127-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT8127
 	"mediatek,mt7622-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT7622
 	"mediatek,mt7623-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT7623
+	"mediatek,mt7629-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT7629
 	"mediatek,mt6795-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6795
 	"mediatek,mt6797-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6797
 	"mediatek,mt6765-sysirq", "mediatek,mt6577-sysirq": for MT6765
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/lm3630a-backlight.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/lm3630a-backlight.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4d61fe0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/backlight/lm3630a-backlight.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/leds/backlight/lm3630a-backlight.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: TI LM3630A High-Efficiency Dual-String White LED
+
+maintainers:
+  - Lee Jones <lee.jones@linaro.org>
+  - Daniel Thompson <daniel.thompson@linaro.org>
+  - Jingoo Han <jingoohan1@gmail.com>
+
+description: |
+  The LM3630A is a current-mode boost converter which supplies the power and
+  controls the current in up to two strings of 10 LEDs per string.
+  https://www.ti.com/product/LM3630A
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    const: ti,lm3630a
+
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  ti,linear-mapping-mode:
+    description: |
+      Enable linear mapping mode. If disabled, then it will use exponential
+      mapping mode in which the ramp up/down appears to have a more uniform
+      transition to the human eye.
+    type: boolean
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+
+patternProperties:
+  "^led@[01]$":
+    type: object
+    description: |
+      Properties for a string of connected LEDs.
+
+    properties:
+      reg:
+        description: |
+          The control bank that is used to program the two current sinks. The
+          LM3630A has two control banks (A and B) and are represented as 0 or 1
+          in this property. The two current sinks can be controlled
+          independently with both banks, or bank A can be configured to control
+          both sinks with the led-sources property.
+        maxItems: 1
+        minimum: 0
+        maximum: 1
+
+      label:
+        maxItems: 1
+
+      led-sources:
+        allOf:
+          - minItems: 1
+            maxItems: 2
+            items:
+              minimum: 0
+              maximum: 1
+
+      default-brightness:
+        description: Default brightness level on boot.
+        minimum: 0
+        maximum: 255
+
+      max-brightness:
+        description: Maximum brightness that is allowed during runtime.
+        minimum: 0
+        maximum: 255
+
+    required:
+      - reg
+
+    additionalProperties: false
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    i2c {
+        #address-cells = <1>;
+        #size-cells = <0>;
+
+        led-controller@38 {
+                compatible = "ti,lm3630a";
+                reg = <0x38>;
+
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <0>;
+
+                led@0 {
+                        reg = <0>;
+                        led-sources = <0 1>;
+                        label = "lcd-backlight";
+                        default-brightness = <200>;
+                        max-brightness = <255>;
+                };
+        };
+    };
+  - |
+    i2c {
+        #address-cells = <1>;
+        #size-cells = <0>;
+
+        led-controller@38 {
+                compatible = "ti,lm3630a";
+                reg = <0x38>;
+
+                #address-cells = <1>;
+                #size-cells = <0>;
+
+                led@0 {
+                        reg = <0>;
+                        default-brightness = <150>;
+                        ti,linear-mapping-mode;
+                };
+
+                led@1 {
+                        reg = <1>;
+                        default-brightness = <225>;
+                        ti,linear-mapping-mode;
+                };
+        };
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lm3532.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lm3532.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c087f85
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-lm3532.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,101 @@
+* Texas Instruments - lm3532 White LED driver with ambient light sensing
+capability.
+
+The LM3532 provides the 3 high-voltage, low-side current sinks. The device is
+programmable over an I2C-compatible interface and has independent
+current control for all three channels. The adaptive current regulation
+method allows for different LED currents in each current sink thus allowing
+for a wide variety of backlight and keypad applications.
+
+The main features of the LM3532 include dual ambient light sensor inputs
+each with 32 internal voltage setting resistors, 8-bit logarithmic and linear
+brightness control, dual external PWM brightness control inputs, and up to
+1000:1 dimming ratio with programmable fade in and fade out settings.
+
+Required properties:
+	- compatible : "ti,lm3532"
+	- reg : I2C slave address
+	- #address-cells : 1
+	- #size-cells : 0
+
+Optional properties:
+	- enable-gpios : gpio pin to enable (active high)/disable the device.
+	- ramp-up-us - The Run time ramp rates/step are from one current
+		       set-point to another after the device has reached its
+		       initial target set point from turn-on
+	- ramp-down-us - The Run time ramp rates/step are from one current
+			 set-point to another after the device has reached its
+			 initial target set point from turn-on
+	Range for ramp settings: 8us - 65536us
+
+Optional properties if ALS mode is used:
+	- ti,als-vmin - Minimum ALS voltage defined in Volts
+	- ti,als-vmax - Maximum ALS voltage defined in Volts
+	Per the data sheet the max ALS voltage is 2V and the min is 0V
+
+	- ti,als1-imp-sel - ALS1 impedance resistor selection in Ohms
+	- ti,als2-imp-sel - ALS2 impedance resistor selection in Ohms
+	Range for impedance select: 37000 Ohms - 1190 Ohms
+	Values above 37kohms will be set to the "High Impedance" setting
+
+	- ti,als-avrg-time-us - Determines the length of time the device needs to
+			  average the two ALS inputs.  This is only used if
+			  the input mode is LM3532_ALS_INPUT_AVRG.
+			     Range: 17920us - 2293760us
+	- ti,als-input-mode - Determines how the device uses the attached ALS
+			   devices.
+			   0x00 - ALS1 and ALS2 input average
+			   0x01 - ALS1 Input
+			   0x02 - ALS2 Input
+			   0x03 - Max of ALS1 and ALS2
+
+Required child properties:
+	- reg : Indicates control bank the LED string is controlled by
+	- led-sources : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+	- ti,led-mode : Defines if the LED strings are manually controlled or
+			if the LED strings are controlled by the ALS.
+			0x00 - LED strings are I2C controlled via full scale
+			       brightness control register
+			0x01 - LED strings are ALS controlled
+
+Optional LED child properties:
+	- label : see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+	- linux,default-trigger :
+	   see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+
+Example:
+led-controller@38 {
+	compatible = "ti,lm3532";
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+	reg = <0x38>;
+
+	enable-gpios = <&gpio6 12 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+	ramp-up-us = <1024>;
+	ramp-down-us = <65536>;
+
+	ti,als-vmin = <0>;
+	ti,als-vmax = <2000>;
+	ti,als1-imp-sel = <4110>;
+	ti,als2-imp-sel = <2180>;
+	ti,als-avrg-time-us = <17920>;
+	ti,als-input-mode = <0x00>;
+
+	led@0 {
+		reg = <0>;
+		led-sources = <2>;
+		ti,led-mode = <1>;
+		label = ":backlight";
+		linux,default-trigger = "backlight";
+	};
+
+	led@1 {
+		reg = <1>;
+		led-sources = <1>;
+		ti,led-mode = <0>;
+		label = ":kbd_backlight";
+	};
+};
+
+For more product information please see the links below:
+http://www.ti.com/product/LM3532
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-max77650.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-max77650.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a67115
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/leds-max77650.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+LED driver for MAX77650 PMIC from Maxim Integrated.
+
+This module is part of the MAX77650 MFD device. For more details
+see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77650.txt.
+
+The LED controller is represented as a sub-node of the PMIC node on
+the device tree.
+
+This device has three current sinks.
+
+Required properties:
+--------------------
+- compatible:		Must be "maxim,max77650-led"
+- #address-cells:	Must be <1>.
+- #size-cells:		Must be <0>.
+
+Each LED is represented as a sub-node of the LED-controller node. Up to
+three sub-nodes can be defined.
+
+Required properties of the sub-node:
+------------------------------------
+
+- reg:			Must be <0>, <1> or <2>.
+
+Optional properties of the sub-node:
+------------------------------------
+
+- label:		See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+- linux,default-trigger: See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt
+
+For more details, please refer to the generic GPIO DT binding document
+<devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt>.
+
+Example:
+--------
+
+	leds {
+		compatible = "maxim,max77650-led";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		led@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			label = "blue:usr0";
+		};
+
+		led@1 {
+			reg = <1>;
+			label = "red:usr1";
+			linux,default-trigger = "heartbeat";
+		};
+
+		led@2 {
+			reg = <2>;
+			label = "green:usr2";
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/marvell,armada-3700-rwtm-mailbox.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/marvell,armada-3700-rwtm-mailbox.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..282ab81
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mailbox/marvell,armada-3700-rwtm-mailbox.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+* rWTM BIU Mailbox driver for Armada 37xx
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	must be "marvell,armada-3700-rwtm-mailbox"
+- reg:		physical base address of the mailbox and length of memory mapped
+		region
+- interrupts:	the IRQ line for the mailbox
+- #mbox-cells:	must be 1
+
+Example:
+	rwtm: mailbox@b0000 {
+		compatible = "marvell,armada-3700-rwtm-mailbox";
+		reg = <0xb0000 0x100>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 18 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		#mbox-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/aspeed-video.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/aspeed-video.txt
index 78b464a..ce28945 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/aspeed-video.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/aspeed-video.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,11 @@
 			the VE
  - interrupts:		the interrupt associated with the VE on this platform
 
+Optional properties:
+ - memory-region:
+	phandle to a memory region to allocate from, as defined in
+	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/reserved-memory/reserved-memory.txt
+
 Example:
 
 video-engine@1e700000 {
@@ -23,4 +28,5 @@
     clock-names = "vclk", "eclk";
     resets = <&syscon ASPEED_RESET_VIDEO>;
     interrupts = <7>;
+    memory-region = <&video_engine_memory>;
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt
index bce0705..20c82fb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/cedrus.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
 			- "allwinner,sun8i-h3-video-engine"
 			- "allwinner,sun50i-a64-video-engine"
 			- "allwinner,sun50i-h5-video-engine"
+			- "allwinner,sun50i-h6-video-engine"
 - reg			: register base and length of VE;
 - clocks		: list of clock specifiers, corresponding to entries in
 			  the clock-names property;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/st,st-mipid02.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/st,st-mipid02.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7976e6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/i2c/st,st-mipid02.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+STMicroelectronics MIPID02 CSI-2 to PARALLEL bridge
+
+MIPID02 has two CSI-2 input ports, only one of those ports can be active at a
+time. Active port input stream will be de-serialized and its content outputted
+through PARALLEL output port.
+CSI-2 first input port is a dual lane 800Mbps per lane whereas CSI-2 second
+input port is a single lane 800Mbps. Both ports support clock and data lane
+polarity swap. First port also supports data lane swap.
+PARALLEL output port has a maximum width of 12 bits.
+Supported formats are RAW6, RAW7, RAW8, RAW10, RAW12, RGB565, RGB888, RGB444,
+YUV420 8-bit, YUV422 8-bit and YUV420 10-bit.
+
+Required Properties:
+- compatible: shall be "st,st-mipid02"
+- clocks: reference to the xclk input clock.
+- clock-names: shall be "xclk".
+- VDDE-supply: sensor digital IO supply. Must be 1.8 volts.
+- VDDIN-supply: sensor internal regulator supply. Must be 1.8 volts.
+
+Optional Properties:
+- reset-gpios: reference to the GPIO connected to the xsdn pin, if any.
+	       This is an active low signal to the mipid02.
+
+Required subnodes:
+  - ports: A ports node with one port child node per device input and output
+	   port, in accordance with the video interface bindings defined in
+	   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/video-interfaces.txt. The
+	   port nodes are numbered as follows:
+
+	   Port Description
+	   -----------------------------
+	   0    CSI-2 first input port
+	   1    CSI-2 second input port
+	   2    PARALLEL output
+
+Endpoint node required property for CSI-2 connection is:
+- data-lanes: shall be <1> for Port 1. for Port 0 dual-lane operation shall be
+<1 2> or <2 1>. For Port 0 single-lane operation shall be <1> or <2>.
+Endpoint node optional property for CSI-2 connection is:
+- lane-polarities: any lane can be inverted or not.
+
+Endpoint node required property for PARALLEL connection is:
+- bus-width: shall be set to <6>, <7>, <8>, <10> or <12>.
+Endpoint node optional properties for PARALLEL connection are:
+- hsync-active: active state of the HSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively.
+LOW being the default.
+- vsync-active: active state of the VSYNC signal, 0/1 for LOW/HIGH respectively.
+LOW being the default.
+
+Example:
+
+mipid02: csi2rx@14 {
+	compatible = "st,st-mipid02";
+	reg = <0x14>;
+	status = "okay";
+	clocks = <&clk_ext_camera_12>;
+	clock-names = "xclk";
+	VDDE-supply = <&vdd>;
+	VDDIN-supply = <&vdd>;
+	ports {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		port@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+
+			ep0: endpoint {
+				data-lanes = <1 2>;
+				remote-endpoint = <&mipi_csi2_in>;
+			};
+		};
+		port@2 {
+			reg = <2>;
+
+			ep2: endpoint {
+				bus-width = <8>;
+				hsync-active = <0>;
+				vsync-active = <0>;
+				remote-endpoint = <&parallel_out>;
+			};
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/meson-ao-cec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/meson-ao-cec.txt
index 8671bdb..c67fc41 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/meson-ao-cec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/meson-ao-cec.txt
@@ -4,16 +4,23 @@
 to handle communication between HDMI connected devices over the CEC bus.
 
 Required properties:
-  - compatible : value should be following
+  - compatible : value should be following depending on the SoC :
+	For GXBB, GXL, GXM and G12A (AO_CEC_A module) :
 	"amlogic,meson-gx-ao-cec"
+	For G12A (AO_CEC_B module) :
+	"amlogic,meson-g12a-ao-cec"
 
   - reg : Physical base address of the IP registers and length of memory
 	  mapped region.
 
   - interrupts : AO-CEC interrupt number to the CPU.
   - clocks : from common clock binding: handle to AO-CEC clock.
-  - clock-names : from common clock binding: must contain "core",
-		  corresponding to entry in the clocks property.
+  - clock-names : from common clock binding, must contain :
+		For GXBB, GXL, GXM and G12A (AO_CEC_A module) :
+		- "core"
+		For G12A (AO_CEC_B module) :
+		- "oscin"
+		corresponding to entry in the clocks property.
   - hdmi-phandle: phandle to the HDMI controller
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_imr.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_imr.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b061415
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_imr.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+Renesas R-Car Image Renderer (Distortion Correction Engine)
+-----------------------------------------------------------
+
+The image renderer, or the distortion correction engine, is a drawing processor
+with a simple instruction system capable of referencing video capture data or
+data in an external memory as 2D texture data and performing texture mapping
+and drawing with respect to any shape that is split into triangular objects.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible: "renesas,<soctype>-imr-lx4", "renesas,imr-lx4" as a fallback for
+  the image renderer light extended 4 (IMR-LX4) found in the R-Car gen3 SoCs,
+  where the examples with <soctype> are:
+  - "renesas,r8a7795-imr-lx4" for R-Car H3,
+  - "renesas,r8a7796-imr-lx4" for R-Car M3-W.
+- reg: offset and length of the register block;
+- interrupts: single interrupt specifier;
+- clocks: single clock phandle/specifier pair;
+- power-domains: power domain phandle/specifier pair;
+- resets: reset phandle/specifier pair.
+
+Example:
+
+	imr-lx4@fe860000 {
+		compatible = "renesas,r8a7795-imr-lx4", "renesas,imr-lx4";
+		reg = <0 0xfe860000 0 0x2000>;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 192 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 823>;
+		power-domains = <&sysc R8A7795_PD_A3VC>;
+		resets = <&cpg 823>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
index 224a461..aa217b0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/rcar_vin.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,7 @@
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7743" for the R8A7743 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7744" for the R8A7744 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7745" for the R8A7745 device
+   - "renesas,vin-r8a774a1" for the R8A774A1 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a774c0" for the R8A774C0 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7778" for the R8A7778 device
    - "renesas,vin-r8a7779" for the R8A7779 device
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,rcar-csi2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,rcar-csi2.txt
index d63275e..3314092 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,rcar-csi2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/renesas,rcar-csi2.txt
@@ -8,6 +8,7 @@
 Mandatory properties
 --------------------
  - compatible: Must be one or more of the following
+   - "renesas,r8a774a1-csi2" for the R8A774A1 device.
    - "renesas,r8a774c0-csi2" for the R8A774C0 device.
    - "renesas,r8a7795-csi2" for the R8A7795 device.
    - "renesas,r8a7796-csi2" for the R8A7796 device.
@@ -18,7 +19,8 @@
 
  - reg: the register base and size for the device registers
  - interrupts: the interrupt for the device
- - clocks: reference to the parent clock
+ - clocks: A phandle + clock specifier for the module clock
+ - resets: A phandle + reset specifier for the module reset
 
 The device node shall contain two 'port' child nodes according to the
 bindings defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/atmel,ebi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/atmel,ebi.txt
index 9bb5f57..94bf789 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/atmel,ebi.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/atmel,ebi.txt
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@
 			"atmel,at91sam9g45-ebi"
 			"atmel,at91sam9x5-ebi"
 			"atmel,sama5d3-ebi"
+			"microchip,sam9x60-ebi"
 
 - reg:			Contains offset/length value for EBI memory mapping.
 			This property might contain several entries if the EBI
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/fsl/mmdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/fsl/mmdc.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bcc36c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/fsl/mmdc.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+Freescale Multi Mode DDR controller (MMDC)
+
+Required properties :
+- compatible : should be one of following:
+	for i.MX6Q/i.MX6DL:
+	- "fsl,imx6q-mmdc";
+	for i.MX6QP:
+	- "fsl,imx6qp-mmdc", "fsl,imx6q-mmdc";
+	for i.MX6SL:
+	- "fsl,imx6sl-mmdc", "fsl,imx6q-mmdc";
+	for i.MX6SLL:
+	- "fsl,imx6sll-mmdc", "fsl,imx6q-mmdc";
+	for i.MX6SX:
+	- "fsl,imx6sx-mmdc", "fsl,imx6q-mmdc";
+	for i.MX6UL/i.MX6ULL/i.MX6ULZ:
+	- "fsl,imx6ul-mmdc", "fsl,imx6q-mmdc";
+	for i.MX7ULP:
+	- "fsl,imx7ulp-mmdc", "fsl,imx6q-mmdc";
+- reg : address and size of MMDC DDR controller registers
+
+Optional properties :
+- clocks : the clock provided by the SoC to access the MMDC registers
+
+Example :
+	mmdc0: memory-controller@21b0000 { /* MMDC0 */
+		compatible = "fsl,imx6q-mmdc";
+		reg = <0x021b0000 0x4000>;
+		clocks = <&clks IMX6QDL_CLK_MMDC_P0_IPG>;
+	};
+
+	mmdc1: memory-controller@21b4000 { /* MMDC1 */
+		compatible = "fsl,imx6q-mmdc";
+		reg = <0x021b4000 0x4000>;
+		status = "disabled";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-hlcdc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-hlcdc.txt
index 3f643ef..5f8880c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-hlcdc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/atmel-hlcdc.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
    "atmel,sama5d2-hlcdc"
    "atmel,sama5d3-hlcdc"
    "atmel,sama5d4-hlcdc"
+   "microchip,sam9x60-hlcdc"
  - reg: base address and size of the HLCDC device registers.
  - clock-names: the name of the 3 clocks requested by the HLCDC device.
    Should contain "periph_clk", "sys_clk" and "slow_clk".
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt
index 2af4ff9..4991a64 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/axp20x.txt
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@
     * "x-powers,axp223"
     * "x-powers,axp803"
     * "x-powers,axp806"
+    * "x-powers,axp805", "x-powers,axp806"
     * "x-powers,axp809"
     * "x-powers,axp813"
 - reg: The I2C slave address or RSB hardware address for the AXP chip
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cirrus,lochnagar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
index 004b015..3bf92ad3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@
   [4] Clock: ../clock/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
   [5] Pinctrl: ../pinctrl/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
   [6] Regulator: ../regulator/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
+  [7] Sound: ../sound/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
+  [8] Hardware Monitor: ../hwmon/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
 
 Required properties:
 
@@ -41,6 +43,11 @@
   - Bindings for the regulator components, see [6]. Only available on
     Lochnagar 2.
 
+  - lochnagar-sc : Binding for the sound card components, see [7].
+                   Only available on Lochnagar 2.
+  - lochnagar-hwmon : Binding for the hardware monitor components, see [8].
+                      Only available on Lochnagar 2.
+
 Optional properties:
 
   - present-gpios : Host present line, indicating the presence of a
@@ -65,4 +72,14 @@
 		compatible = "cirrus,lochnagar-pinctrl";
 		...
 	};
+
+	lochnagar-sc {
+		compatible = "cirrus,lochnagar2-soundcard";
+		...
+	};
+
+	lochnagar-hwmon {
+		compatible = "cirrus,lochnagar2-hwmon";
+		...
+	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77620.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77620.txt
index 9c16d51..5a642a5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77620.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77620.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,8 @@
 -------------------
 - compatible: Must be one of
 		"maxim,max77620"
-		"maxim,max20024".
+		"maxim,max20024"
+		"maxim,max77663"
 - reg: I2C device address.
 
 Optional properties:
@@ -17,6 +18,11 @@
 			IRQ numbers for different interrupt source of MAX77620
 			are defined at dt-bindings/mfd/max77620.h.
 
+- system-power-controller: Indicates that this PMIC is controlling the
+			   system power, see [1] for more details.
+
+[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power-controller.txt
+
 Optional subnodes and their properties:
 =======================================
 
@@ -105,6 +111,7 @@
 Here supported time periods by device in microseconds are as follows:
 MAX77620 supports 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280, 2560 and 5120 microseconds.
 MAX20024 supports 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280 and 2540 microseconds.
+MAX77663 supports 20, 40, 80, 160, 320, 640, 1280 and 2540 microseconds.
 
 -maxim,power-ok-control: configure map power ok bit
 			1: Enables POK(Power OK) to control nRST_IO and GPIO1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77650.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77650.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b529d8d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77650.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+MAX77650 ultra low-power PMIC from Maxim Integrated.
+
+Required properties:
+-------------------
+- compatible:		Must be "maxim,max77650"
+- reg:			I2C device address.
+- interrupts:		The interrupt on the parent the controller is
+			connected to.
+- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller.
+- #interrupt-cells:	Must be <2>.
+
+- gpio-controller:	Marks the device node as a gpio controller.
+- #gpio-cells:		Must be <2>. The first cell is the pin number and
+			the second cell is used to specify the gpio active
+			state.
+
+Optional properties:
+--------------------
+gpio-line-names:	Single string containing the name of the GPIO line.
+
+The GPIO-controller module is represented as part of the top-level PMIC
+node. The device exposes a single GPIO line.
+
+For device-tree bindings of other sub-modules (regulator, power supply,
+LEDs and onkey) refer to the binding documents under the respective
+sub-system directories.
+
+For more details on GPIO bindings, please refer to the generic GPIO DT
+binding document <devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt>.
+
+Example:
+--------
+
+	pmic@48 {
+		compatible = "maxim,max77650";
+		reg = <0x48>;
+
+		interrupt-controller;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpio2>;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+		interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_LOW>;
+
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		gpio-line-names = "max77650-charger";
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stm32-lptimer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stm32-lptimer.txt
index 2a9ff29..fb54e4d 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stm32-lptimer.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stm32-lptimer.txt
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
 
 Optional subnodes:
 - pwm:			See ../pwm/pwm-stm32-lp.txt
-- counter:		See ../iio/timer/stm32-lptimer-cnt.txt
+- counter:		See ../counter/stm32-lptimer-cnt.txt
 - trigger:		See ../iio/timer/stm32-lptimer-trigger.txt
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stm32-timers.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stm32-timers.txt
index 0e900b5..15c3b87 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stm32-timers.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stm32-timers.txt
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@
 Optional subnodes:
 - pwm:			See ../pwm/pwm-stm32.txt
 - timer:		See ../iio/timer/stm32-timer-trigger.txt
+- counter:		See ../counter/stm32-timer-cnt.txt
 
 Example:
 	timers@40010000 {
@@ -48,6 +49,12 @@
 			compatible = "st,stm32-timer-trigger";
 			reg = <0>;
 		};
+
+		counter {
+			compatible = "st,stm32-timer-counter";
+			pinctrl-names = "default";
+			pinctrl-0 = <&tim1_in_pins>;
+		};
 	};
 
 Example with all dmas:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stmfx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stmfx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f0c2f7f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/stmfx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+STMicroelectonics Multi-Function eXpander (STMFX) Core bindings
+
+ST Multi-Function eXpander (STMFX) is a slave controller using I2C for
+communication with the main MCU. Its main features are GPIO expansion, main
+MCU IDD measurement (IDD is the amount of current that flows through VDD) and
+resistive touchscreen controller.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "st,stmfx-0300".
+- reg: I2C slave address of the device.
+- interrupts: interrupt specifier triggered by MFX_IRQ_OUT signal.
+  Please refer to ../interrupt-controller/interrupt.txt
+
+Optional properties:
+- drive-open-drain: configure MFX_IRQ_OUT as open drain.
+- vdd-supply: phandle of the regulator supplying STMFX.
+
+Example:
+
+	stmfx: stmfx@42 {
+		compatible = "st,stmfx-0300";
+		reg = <0x42>;
+		interrupts = <8 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+		interrupt-parent = <&gpioi>;
+		vdd-supply = <&v3v3>;
+	};
+
+Please refer to ../pinctrl/pinctrl-stmfx.txt for STMFX GPIO expander function bindings.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti-lmu.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti-lmu.txt
index c885cf8..86ca786 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti-lmu.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/ti-lmu.txt
@@ -4,7 +4,6 @@
 
    Name                  Child nodes
   ------      ---------------------------------
-  LM3532       Backlight
   LM3631       Backlight and regulator
   LM3632       Backlight and regulator
   LM3633       Backlight, LED and fault monitor
@@ -13,7 +12,6 @@
 
 Required properties:
   - compatible: Should be one of:
-                "ti,lm3532"
                 "ti,lm3631"
                 "ti,lm3632"
                 "ti,lm3633"
@@ -23,7 +21,6 @@
          0x11 for LM3632
          0x29 for LM3631
          0x36 for LM3633, LM3697
-         0x38 for LM3532
          0x63 for LM3695
 
 Optional property:
@@ -47,23 +44,6 @@
 [2] ../leds/leds-lm3633.txt
 [3] ../regulator/lm363x-regulator.txt
 
-lm3532@38 {
-	compatible = "ti,lm3532";
-	reg = <0x38>;
-
-	enable-gpios = <&pioC 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
-
-	backlight {
-		compatible = "ti,lm3532-backlight";
-
-		lcd {
-			led-sources = <0 1 2>;
-			ramp-up-msec = <30>;
-			ramp-down-msec = <0>;
-		};
-	};
-};
-
 lm3631@29 {
 	compatible = "ti,lm3631";
 	reg = <0x29>;
@@ -124,8 +104,8 @@
 	regulators {
 		compatible = "ti,lm363x-regulator";
 
-		ti,lcm-en1-gpio = <&pioC 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* PC0 */
-		ti,lcm-en2-gpio = <&pioC 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; /* PC1 */
+		enable-gpios = <&pioC 0 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>,
+			       <&pioC 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
 
 		vboost {
 			regulator-name = "lcd_boost";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/aspeed-p2a-ctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/aspeed-p2a-ctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..854bd67
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/aspeed-p2a-ctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+======================================================================
+Device tree bindings for Aspeed AST2400/AST2500 PCI-to-AHB Bridge Control Driver
+======================================================================
+
+The bridge is available on platforms with the VGA enabled on the Aspeed device.
+In this case, the host has access to a 64KiB window into all of the BMC's
+memory.  The BMC can disable this bridge.  If the bridge is enabled, the host
+has read access to all the regions of memory, however the host only has read
+and write access depending on a register controlled by the BMC.
+
+Required properties:
+===================
+
+ - compatible: must be one of:
+	- "aspeed,ast2400-p2a-ctrl"
+	- "aspeed,ast2500-p2a-ctrl"
+
+Optional properties:
+===================
+
+- memory-region: A phandle to a reserved_memory region to be used for the PCI
+		to AHB mapping
+
+The p2a-control node should be the child of a syscon node with the required
+property:
+
+- compatible : Should be one of the following:
+		"aspeed,ast2400-scu", "syscon", "simple-mfd"
+		"aspeed,g4-scu", "syscon", "simple-mfd"
+		"aspeed,ast2500-scu", "syscon", "simple-mfd"
+		"aspeed,g5-scu", "syscon", "simple-mfd"
+
+Example
+===================
+
+g4 Example
+----------
+
+syscon: scu@1e6e2000 {
+	compatible = "aspeed,ast2400-scu", "syscon", "simple-mfd";
+	reg = <0x1e6e2000 0x1a8>;
+
+	p2a: p2a-control {
+		compatible = "aspeed,ast2400-p2a-ctrl";
+		memory-region = <&reserved_memory>;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/intel,ixp4xx-queue-manager.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/intel,ixp4xx-queue-manager.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d2313b1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/misc/intel,ixp4xx-queue-manager.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: (GPL-2.0 OR BSD-2-Clause)
+# Copyright 2019 Linaro Ltd.
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: "http://devicetree.org/schemas/misc/intel-ixp4xx-ahb-queue-manager.yaml#"
+$schema: "http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#"
+
+title: Intel IXP4xx AHB Queue Manager
+
+maintainers:
+  - Linus Walleij <linus.walleij@linaro.org>
+
+description: |
+  The IXP4xx AHB Queue Manager maintains queues as circular buffers in
+  an 8KB embedded SRAM along with hardware pointers. It is used by both
+  the XScale processor and the NPEs (Network Processing Units) in the
+  IXP4xx for accelerating queues, especially for networking. Clients pick
+  queues from the queue manager with foo-queue = <&qmgr N> where the
+  &qmgr is a phandle to the queue manager and N is the queue resource
+  number. The queue resources available and their specific purpose
+  on a certain IXP4xx system will vary.
+
+properties:
+  compatible:
+    items:
+      - const: intel,ixp4xx-ahb-queue-manager
+
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  interrupts:
+    items:
+      - description: Interrupt for queues 0-31
+      - description: Interrupt for queues 32-63
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+  - interrupts
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    #include <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>
+
+    qmgr: queue-manager@60000000 {
+         compatible = "intel,ixp4xx-ahb-queue-manager";
+         reg = <0x60000000 0x4000>;
+         interrupts = <3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>, <4 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt
index 99c5cf8..edb8cad 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-esdhc.txt
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
 	"fsl,t4240-esdhc"
     Possible compatibles for ARM:
 	"fsl,ls1012a-esdhc"
+	"fsl,ls1028a-esdhc"
 	"fsl,ls1088a-esdhc"
 	"fsl,ls1043a-esdhc"
 	"fsl,ls1046a-esdhc"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt
index 540c65e..f707b8b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/fsl-imx-esdhc.txt
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
 	       "fsl,imx6sx-usdhc"
 	       "fsl,imx6ull-usdhc"
 	       "fsl,imx7d-usdhc"
+	       "fsl,imx7ulp-usdhc"
 	       "fsl,imx8qxp-usdhc"
 
 Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt
index 07242d1..36c4bea 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt
@@ -13,6 +13,8 @@
 
 * compatible: should be one of the following.
   - "hisilicon,hi3660-dw-mshc": for controllers with hi3660 specific extensions.
+  - "hisilicon,hi3670-dw-mshc", "hisilicon,hi3660-dw-mshc": for controllers
+     with hi3670 specific extensions.
   - "hisilicon,hi4511-dw-mshc": for controllers with hi4511 specific extensions.
   - "hisilicon,hi6220-dw-mshc": for controllers with hi6220 specific extensions.
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
index cdbcfd3..c269dbe 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt
@@ -64,6 +64,8 @@
   whether pwrseq-simple is used. Default to 10ms if no available.
 - supports-cqe : The presence of this property indicates that the corresponding
   MMC host controller supports HW command queue feature.
+- disable-cqe-dcmd: This property indicates that the MMC controller's command
+  queue engine (CQE) does not support direct commands (DCMDs).
 
 *NOTE* on CD and WP polarity. To use common for all SD/MMC host controllers line
 polarity properties, we have to fix the meaning of the "normal" and "inverted"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt
index f5bcda3..8a532f4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mtk-sd.txt
@@ -11,10 +11,12 @@
 	"mediatek,mt8135-mmc": for mmc host ip compatible with mt8135
 	"mediatek,mt8173-mmc": for mmc host ip compatible with mt8173
 	"mediatek,mt8183-mmc": for mmc host ip compatible with mt8183
+	"mediatek,mt8516-mmc": for mmc host ip compatible with mt8516
 	"mediatek,mt2701-mmc": for mmc host ip compatible with mt2701
 	"mediatek,mt2712-mmc": for mmc host ip compatible with mt2712
 	"mediatek,mt7622-mmc": for MT7622 SoC
 	"mediatek,mt7623-mmc", "mediatek,mt2701-mmc": for MT7623 SoC
+	"mediatek,mt7620-mmc", for MT7621 SoC (and others)
 
 - reg: physical base address of the controller and length
 - interrupts: Should contain MSDC interrupt number
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt
index 2cecdc7..2cf3aff 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
   - "nvidia,tegra124-sdhci": for Tegra124 and Tegra132
   - "nvidia,tegra210-sdhci": for Tegra210
   - "nvidia,tegra186-sdhci": for Tegra186
+  - "nvidia,tegra194-sdhci": for Tegra194
 - clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock.
   See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details.
 - resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/allwinner,sun4i-a10-nand.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/allwinner,sun4i-a10-nand.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fbd4da3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/allwinner,sun4i-a10-nand.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mtd/allwinner,sun4i-a10-nand.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: Allwinner A10 NAND Controller Device Tree Bindings
+
+allOf:
+  - $ref: "nand-controller.yaml"
+
+maintainers:
+  - Chen-Yu Tsai <wens@csie.org>
+  - Maxime Ripard <maxime.ripard@bootlin.com>
+
+properties:
+  "#address-cells": true
+  "#size-cells": true
+
+  compatible:
+    enum:
+      - allwinner,sun4i-a10-nand
+      - allwinner,sun8i-a23-nand-controller
+  reg:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  interrupts:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  clocks:
+    items:
+      - description: Bus Clock
+      - description: Module Clock
+
+  clock-names:
+    items:
+      - const: ahb
+      - const: mod
+
+  resets:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  reset-names:
+    const: ahb
+
+  dmas:
+    maxItems: 1
+
+  dma-names:
+    const: rxtx
+
+  pinctrl-names: true
+
+patternProperties:
+  "^pinctrl-[0-9]+$": true
+
+  "^nand@[a-f0-9]+$":
+    properties:
+      reg:
+        maxItems: 1
+        minimum: 0
+        maximum: 7
+
+      nand-ecc-mode: true
+
+      nand-ecc-algo:
+        const: bch
+
+      nand-ecc-step-size:
+        enum: [ 512, 1024 ]
+
+      nand-ecc-strength:
+        maximum: 80
+
+      allwinner,rb:
+        description:
+          Contains the native Ready/Busy IDs.
+        allOf:
+          - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array
+          - minItems: 1
+            maxItems: 2
+            items:
+              minimum: 0
+              maximum: 1
+
+    additionalProperties: false
+
+required:
+  - compatible
+  - reg
+  - interrupts
+  - clocks
+  - clock-names
+
+additionalProperties: false
+
+...
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt
index 9bb66e47..68b51dc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/atmel-nand.txt
@@ -14,6 +14,7 @@
 	"atmel,at91sam9261-nand-controller"
 	"atmel,at91sam9g45-nand-controller"
 	"atmel,sama5d3-nand-controller"
+	"microchip,sam9x60-nand-controller"
 - ranges: empty ranges property to forward EBI ranges definitions.
 - #address-cells: should be set to 2.
 - #size-cells: should be set to 1.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/denali-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/denali-nand.txt
index f33da87..b14b675 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/denali-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/denali-nand.txt
@@ -7,34 +7,48 @@
       "socionext,uniphier-denali-nand-v5b"  - for Socionext UniPhier (v5b)
   - reg : should contain registers location and length for data and reg.
   - reg-names: Should contain the reg names "nand_data" and "denali_reg"
+  - #address-cells: should be 1. The cell encodes the chip select connection.
+  - #size-cells : should be 0.
   - interrupts : The interrupt number.
   - clocks: should contain phandle of the controller core clock, the bus
     interface clock, and the ECC circuit clock.
   - clock-names: should contain "nand", "nand_x", "ecc"
 
-Optional properties:
-  - nand-ecc-step-size: see nand.txt for details.  If present, the value must be
-      512        for "altr,socfpga-denali-nand"
-      1024       for "socionext,uniphier-denali-nand-v5a"
-      1024       for "socionext,uniphier-denali-nand-v5b"
-  - nand-ecc-strength: see nand.txt for details.  Valid values are:
-      8, 15      for "altr,socfpga-denali-nand"
-      8, 16, 24  for "socionext,uniphier-denali-nand-v5a"
-      8, 16      for "socionext,uniphier-denali-nand-v5b"
-  - nand-ecc-maximize: see nand.txt for details
+Sub-nodes:
+  Sub-nodes represent available NAND chips.
 
-The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the
+  Required properties:
+    - reg: should contain the bank ID of the controller to which each chip
+      select is connected.
+
+  Optional properties:
+    - nand-ecc-step-size: see nand.txt for details.
+      If present, the value must be
+        512        for "altr,socfpga-denali-nand"
+        1024       for "socionext,uniphier-denali-nand-v5a"
+        1024       for "socionext,uniphier-denali-nand-v5b"
+    - nand-ecc-strength: see nand.txt for details. Valid values are:
+        8, 15      for "altr,socfpga-denali-nand"
+        8, 16, 24  for "socionext,uniphier-denali-nand-v5a"
+        8, 16      for "socionext,uniphier-denali-nand-v5b"
+    - nand-ecc-maximize: see nand.txt for details
+
+The chip nodes may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the
 address space. See partition.txt for more detail.
 
 Examples:
 
 nand: nand@ff900000 {
 	#address-cells = <1>;
-	#size-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
 	compatible = "altr,socfpga-denali-nand";
 	reg = <0xff900000 0x20>, <0xffb80000 0x1000>;
 	reg-names = "nand_data", "denali_reg";
 	clocks = <&nand_clk>, <&nand_x_clk>, <&nand_ecc_clk>;
 	clock-names = "nand", "nand_x", "ecc";
 	interrupts = <0 144 4>;
+
+	nand@0 {
+		reg = <0>;
+	}
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/ingenic,jz4780-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/ingenic,jz4780-nand.txt
index 29ea585..c022593 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/ingenic,jz4780-nand.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/ingenic,jz4780-nand.txt
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-* Ingenic JZ4780 NAND/BCH
+* Ingenic JZ4780 NAND/ECC
 
 This file documents the device tree bindings for NAND flash devices on the
 JZ4780. NAND devices are connected to the NEMC controller (described in
@@ -6,15 +6,18 @@
 be children of the NEMC node.
 
 Required NAND controller device properties:
-- compatible: Should be set to "ingenic,jz4780-nand".
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+  * ingenic,jz4740-nand
+  * ingenic,jz4725b-nand
+  * ingenic,jz4780-nand
 - reg: For each bank with a NAND chip attached, should specify a bank number,
   an offset of 0 and a size of 0x1000000 (i.e. the whole NEMC bank).
 
 Optional NAND controller device properties:
-- ingenic,bch-controller: To make use of the hardware BCH controller, this
-  property must contain a phandle for the BCH controller node. The required
+- ecc-engine: To make use of the hardware ECC controller, this
+  property must contain a phandle for the ECC controller node. The required
   properties for this node are described below. If this is not specified,
-  software BCH will be used instead.
+  software ECC will be used instead.
 
 Optional children nodes:
 - Individual NAND chips are children of the NAND controller node.
@@ -45,7 +48,7 @@
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <0>;
 
-		ingenic,bch-controller = <&bch>;
+		ecc-engine = <&bch>;
 
 		nand@1 {
 			reg = <1>;
@@ -67,14 +70,17 @@
 	};
 };
 
-The BCH controller is a separate SoC component used for error correction on
+The ECC controller is a separate SoC component used for error correction on
 NAND devices. The following is a description of the device properties for a
-BCH controller.
+ECC controller.
 
-Required BCH properties:
-- compatible: Should be set to "ingenic,jz4780-bch".
-- reg: Should specify the BCH controller registers location and length.
-- clocks: Clock for the BCH controller.
+Required ECC properties:
+- compatible: Should be one of:
+  * ingenic,jz4740-ecc
+  * ingenic,jz4725b-bch
+  * ingenic,jz4780-bch
+- reg: Should specify the ECC controller registers location and length.
+- clocks: Clock for the ECC controller.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
index 7df0dca..c69f4f0 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/mtd-physmap.txt
@@ -96,3 +96,19 @@
 		bank-width = <2>;
 	};
 
+An example using gpio-addrs
+
+	flash@20000000 {
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+		compatible = "cfi-flash", "jedec-flash";
+		reg = <0x20000000 0x02000000>;
+		ranges = <0 0x00000000 0x02000000
+		          1 0x02000000 0x02000000>;
+		bank-width = <2>;
+		addr-gpios = <&gpio1 2 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>;
+		partition@0 {
+			label = "test-part1";
+			reg = <0 0x04000000>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand-controller.yaml b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand-controller.yaml
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..199ba5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand-controller.yaml
@@ -0,0 +1,143 @@
+# SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0
+%YAML 1.2
+---
+$id: http://devicetree.org/schemas/mtd/nand-controller.yaml#
+$schema: http://devicetree.org/meta-schemas/core.yaml#
+
+title: NAND Chip and NAND Controller Generic Binding
+
+maintainers:
+  - Miquel Raynal <miquel.raynal@bootlin.com>
+  - Richard Weinberger <richard@nod.at>
+
+description: |
+  The NAND controller should be represented with its own DT node, and
+  all NAND chips attached to this controller should be defined as
+  children nodes of the NAND controller. This representation should be
+  enforced even for simple controllers supporting only one chip.
+
+  The ECC strength and ECC step size properties define the user
+  desires in terms of correction capability of a controller. Together,
+  they request the ECC engine to correct {strength} bit errors per
+  {size} bytes.
+
+  The interpretation of these parameters is implementation-defined, so
+  not all implementations must support all possible
+  combinations. However, implementations are encouraged to further
+  specify the value(s) they support.
+
+properties:
+  $nodename:
+    pattern: "^nand-controller(@.*)?"
+
+  "#address-cells":
+    const: 1
+
+  "#size-cells":
+    const: 0
+
+  ranges: true
+
+patternProperties:
+  "^nand@[a-f0-9]$":
+    properties:
+      reg:
+        description:
+          Contains the native Ready/Busy IDs.
+
+      nand-ecc-mode:
+        allOf:
+          - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string
+          - enum: [ none, soft, hw, hw_syndrome, hw_oob_first, on-die ]
+        description:
+          Desired ECC engine, either hardware (most of the time
+          embedded in the NAND controller) or software correction
+          (Linux will handle the calculations). soft_bch is deprecated
+          and should be replaced by soft and nand-ecc-algo.
+
+      nand-ecc-algo:
+        allOf:
+          - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/string
+          - enum: [ hamming, bch, rs ]
+        description:
+          Desired ECC algorithm.
+
+      nand-bus-width:
+        allOf:
+          - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+          - enum: [ 8, 16 ]
+          - default: 8
+        description:
+          Bus width to the NAND chip
+
+      nand-on-flash-bbt:
+        $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag
+        description:
+          With this property, the OS will search the device for a Bad
+          Block Table (BBT). If not found, it will create one, reserve
+          a few blocks at the end of the device to store it and update
+          it as the device ages. Otherwise, the out-of-band area of a
+          few pages of all the blocks will be scanned at boot time to
+          find Bad Block Markers (BBM). These markers will help to
+          build a volatile BBT in RAM.
+
+      nand-ecc-strength:
+        allOf:
+          - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+          - minimum: 1
+        description:
+          Maximum number of bits that can be corrected per ECC step.
+
+      nand-ecc-step-size:
+        allOf:
+          - $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32
+          - minimum: 1
+        description:
+          Number of data bytes covered by a single ECC step.
+
+      nand-ecc-maximize:
+        $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag
+        description:
+          Whether or not the ECC strength should be maximized. The
+          maximum ECC strength is both controller and chip
+          dependent. The ECC engine has to select the ECC config
+          providing the best strength and taking the OOB area size
+          constraint into account. This is particularly useful when
+          only the in-band area is used by the upper layers, and you
+          want to make your NAND as reliable as possible.
+
+      nand-is-boot-medium:
+        $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/flag
+        description:
+          Whether or not the NAND chip is a boot medium. Drivers might
+          use this information to select ECC algorithms supported by
+          the boot ROM or similar restrictions.
+
+      nand-rb:
+        $ref: /schemas/types.yaml#/definitions/uint32-array
+        description:
+          Contains the native Ready/Busy IDs.
+
+    required:
+      - reg
+
+required:
+  - "#address-cells"
+  - "#size-cells"
+
+examples:
+  - |
+    nand-controller {
+      #address-cells = <1>;
+      #size-cells = <0>;
+
+      /* controller specific properties */
+
+      nand@0 {
+        reg = <0>;
+        nand-ecc-mode = "soft";
+        nand-ecc-algo = "bch";
+
+        /* controller specific properties */
+      };
+    };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index e949c77..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-* NAND chip and NAND controller generic binding
-
-NAND controller/NAND chip representation:
-
-The NAND controller should be represented with its own DT node, and all
-NAND chips attached to this controller should be defined as children nodes
-of the NAND controller. This representation should be enforced even for
-simple controllers supporting only one chip.
-
-Mandatory NAND controller properties:
-- #address-cells: depends on your controller. Should at least be 1 to
-		  encode the CS line id.
-- #size-cells: depends on your controller. Put zero unless you need a
-	       mapping between CS lines and dedicated memory regions
-
-Optional NAND controller properties
-- ranges: only needed if you need to define a mapping between CS lines and
-	  memory regions
-
-Optional NAND chip properties:
-
-- nand-ecc-mode : String, operation mode of the NAND ecc mode.
-		  Supported values are: "none", "soft", "hw", "hw_syndrome",
-		  "hw_oob_first", "on-die".
-		  Deprecated values:
-		  "soft_bch": use "soft" and nand-ecc-algo instead
-- nand-ecc-algo: string, algorithm of NAND ECC.
-		 Valid values are: "hamming", "bch", "rs".
-- nand-bus-width : 8 or 16 bus width if not present 8
-- nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not present false
-
-- nand-ecc-strength: integer representing the number of bits to correct
-		     per ECC step.
-
-- nand-ecc-step-size: integer representing the number of data bytes
-		      that are covered by a single ECC step.
-
-- nand-ecc-maximize: boolean used to specify that you want to maximize ECC
-		     strength. The maximum ECC strength is both controller and
-		     chip dependent. The controller side has to select the ECC
-		     config providing the best strength and taking the OOB area
-		     size constraint into account.
-		     This is particularly useful when only the in-band area is
-		     used by the upper layers, and you want to make your NAND
-		     as reliable as possible.
-- nand-is-boot-medium: Whether the NAND chip is a boot medium. Drivers might use
-		       this information to select ECC algorithms supported by
-		       the boot ROM or similar restrictions.
-
-- nand-rb: shall contain the native Ready/Busy ids.
-
-The ECC strength and ECC step size properties define the correction capability
-of a controller. Together, they say a controller can correct "{strength} bit
-errors per {size} bytes".
-
-The interpretation of these parameters is implementation-defined, so not all
-implementations must support all possible combinations. However, implementations
-are encouraged to further specify the value(s) they support.
-
-Example:
-
-	nand-controller {
-		#address-cells = <1>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-
-		/* controller specific properties */
-
-		nand@0 {
-			reg = <0>;
-			nand-ecc-mode = "soft";
-			nand-ecc-algo = "bch";
-
-			/* controller specific properties */
-		};
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/arm,arm-firmware-suite.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/arm,arm-firmware-suite.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5c5616
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/arm,arm-firmware-suite.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+ARM AFS - ARM Firmware Suite Partitions
+=======================================
+
+The ARM Firmware Suite is a flash partitioning system found on the
+ARM reference designs: Integrator AP, Integrator CP, Versatile AB,
+Versatile PB, the RealView family, Versatile Express and Juno.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : (required) must be "arm,arm-firmware-suite"
+
+Example:
+
+flash@0 {
+	partitions {
+		compatible = "arm,arm-firmware-suite";
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/brcm,bcm963xx-cfe-nor-partitions.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/brcm,bcm963xx-cfe-nor-partitions.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9f630e9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/brcm,bcm963xx-cfe-nor-partitions.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+Broadcom BCM963XX CFE Loader NOR Flash Partitions
+=================================================
+
+Most Broadcom BCM63XX SoC based devices follow the Broadcom reference layout for
+NOR. The first erase block used for the CFE bootloader, the last for an
+NVRAM partition, and the remainder in-between for one to two firmware partitions
+at fixed offsets. A valid firmware partition is identified by the ImageTag
+header found at beginning of the second erase block, containing the rootfs and
+kernel offsets and sizes within the firmware partition.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : must be "brcm,bcm963xx-cfe-nor-partitions"
+
+Example:
+
+flash@1fc00000 {
+	compatible = "cfi-flash";
+	reg = <0x1fc00000 0x400000>;
+	bank-width = <2>;
+
+	partitions {
+		compatible = "brcm,bcm963xx-cfe-nor-partitions";
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/brcm,bcm963xx-imagetag.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/brcm,bcm963xx-imagetag.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f8b7418
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/partitions/brcm,bcm963xx-imagetag.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,45 @@
+Broadcom BCM963XX ImageTag Partition Container
+==============================================
+
+Some Broadcom BCM63XX SoC based devices contain additional, non discoverable
+partitions or non standard bootloader partition sizes. For these a mixed layout
+needs to be used with an explicit firmware partition.
+
+The BCM963XX ImageTag is a simple firmware header describing the offsets and
+sizes of the rootfs and kernel parts contained in the firmware.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible : must be "brcm,bcm963xx-imagetag"
+
+Example:
+
+flash@1e000000 {
+	compatible = "cfi-flash";
+	reg = <0x1e000000 0x2000000>;
+	bank-width = <2>;
+
+	partitions {
+		compatible = "fixed-partitions";
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+
+		cfe@0 {
+			reg = <0x0 0x10000>;
+			read-only;
+		};
+
+		firmware@10000 {
+			reg = <0x10000 0x7d0000>;
+			compatible = "brcm,bcm963xx-imagetag";
+		};
+
+		caldata@7e0000 {
+			reg = <0x7e0000 0x10000>;
+			read-only;
+		};
+
+		nvram@7f0000 {
+			reg = <0x7f0000 0x10000>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index dcd5a5d..0000000
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/sunxi-nand.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-Allwinner NAND Flash Controller (NFC)
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible : "allwinner,sun4i-a10-nand".
-- reg : shall contain registers location and length for data and reg.
-- interrupts : shall define the nand controller interrupt.
-- #address-cells: shall be set to 1. Encode the nand CS.
-- #size-cells : shall be set to 0.
-- clocks : shall reference nand controller clocks.
-- clock-names : nand controller internal clock names. Shall contain :
-    * "ahb" : AHB gating clock
-    * "mod" : nand controller clock
-
-Optional properties:
-- dmas : shall reference DMA channel associated to the NAND controller.
-- dma-names : shall be "rxtx".
-
-Optional children nodes:
-Children nodes represent the available nand chips.
-
-Optional properties:
-- reset : phandle + reset specifier pair
-- reset-names : must contain "ahb"
-- allwinner,rb : shall contain the native Ready/Busy ids.
-- nand-ecc-mode : one of the supported ECC modes ("hw", "soft", "soft_bch" or
-		  "none")
-
-see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/nand.txt for generic bindings.
-
-
-Examples:
-nfc: nand@1c03000 {
-	compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-a10-nand";
-	reg = <0x01c03000 0x1000>;
-	interrupts = <0 37 1>;
-	clocks = <&ahb_gates 13>, <&nand_clk>;
-	clock-names = "ahb", "mod";
-	#address-cells = <1>;
-	#size-cells = <0>;
-	pinctrl-names = "default";
-	pinctrl-0 = <&nand_pins_a &nand_cs0_pins_a &nand_rb0_pins_a>;
-
-	nand@0 {
-		reg = <0>;
-		allwinner,rb = <0>;
-		nand-ecc-mode = "soft_bch";
-	};
-};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/altera_tse.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/altera_tse.txt
index 0e21df9..0b7d4d3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/altera_tse.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/altera_tse.txt
@@ -46,9 +46,8 @@
 	- reg: phy id used to communicate to phy.
 	- device_type: Must be "ethernet-phy".
 
-Optional properties:
-- local-mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the same directory.
-- max-frame-size: See ethernet.txt in the same directory.
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties defined in
+ethernet.txt.
 
 Example:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt
index 93dcb79..9c27dfc 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/amd-xgbe.txt
@@ -24,8 +24,6 @@
 - phy-mode: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
 
 Optional properties:
-- mac-address: mac address to be assigned to the device. Can be overridden
-  by UEFI.
 - dma-coherent: Present if dma operations are coherent
 - amd,per-channel-interrupt: Indicates that Rx and Tx complete will generate
   a unique interrupt for each DMA channel - this requires an additional
@@ -34,6 +32,9 @@
     0 - 1GbE and 10GbE (default)
     1 - 2.5GbE and 10GbE
 
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties defined in
+ethernet.txt.
+
 The following optional properties are represented by an array with each
 value corresponding to a particular speed. The first array value represents
 the setting for the 1GbE speed, the second value for the 2.5GbE speed and
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,amac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,amac.txt
index 0bfad65..0120ebe 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,amac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/brcm,amac.txt
@@ -16,8 +16,8 @@
 				registers (required for Northstar2)
  - interrupts:	Interrupt number
 
-Optional properties:
-- mac-address:	See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
 
 Examples:
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
index 3264e19..7c7ac5e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/cpsw.txt
@@ -49,10 +49,12 @@
 
 Optional properties:
 - dual_emac_res_vlan	: Specifies VID to be used to segregate the ports
-- mac-address		: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
 - phy_id		: Specifies slave phy id (deprecated, use phy-handle)
 - phy-handle		: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory
 
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
+
 Slave sub-nodes:
 - fixed-link		: See fixed-link.txt file in the same directory
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt
index ca83dcc..5e3579e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt
@@ -20,11 +20,12 @@
 Optional properties:
 - phy-handle: See ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
               If absent, davinci_emac driver defaults to 100/FULL.
-- nvmem-cells: phandle, reference to an nvmem node for the MAC address
-- nvmem-cell-names: string, should be "mac-address" if nvmem is to be used
 - ti,davinci-rmii-en: 1 byte, 1 means use RMII
 - ti,davinci-no-bd-ram: boolean, does EMAC have BD RAM?
 
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
+
 Example (enbw_cmc board):
 	eth0: emac@1e20000 {
 		compatible = "ti,davinci-dm6467-emac";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt
index d66a529..f66bb7e 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt
@@ -1,12 +1,6 @@
 Distributed Switch Architecture Device Tree Bindings
 ----------------------------------------------------
 
-Two bindings exist, one of which has been deprecated due to
-limitations.
-
-Current Binding
----------------
-
 Switches are true Linux devices and can be probed by any means. Once
 probed, they register to the DSA framework, passing a node
 pointer. This node is expected to fulfil the following binding, and
@@ -71,9 +65,8 @@
 			  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fixed-link.txt
 			  for details.
 
-- local-mac-address	: See
-			  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
-			  for details.
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
 
 Example
 
@@ -262,152 +255,3 @@
 		};
 	};
 };
-
-Deprecated Binding
-------------------
-
-The deprecated binding makes use of a platform device to represent the
-switches. The switches themselves are not Linux devices, and make use
-of an MDIO bus for management.
-
-Required properties:
-- compatible		: Should be "marvell,dsa"
-- #address-cells	: Must be 2, first cell is the address on the MDIO bus
-			  and second cell is the address in the switch tree.
-			  Second cell is used only when cascading/chaining.
-- #size-cells		: Must be 0
-- dsa,ethernet		: Should be a phandle to a valid Ethernet device node
-- dsa,mii-bus		: Should be a phandle to a valid MDIO bus device node
-
-Optional properties:
-- interrupts		: property with a value describing the switch
-			  interrupt number (not supported by the driver)
-
-A DSA node can contain multiple switch chips which are therefore child nodes of
-the parent DSA node. The maximum number of allowed child nodes is 4
-(DSA_MAX_SWITCHES).
-Each of these switch child nodes should have the following required properties:
-
-- reg			: Contains two fields. The first one describes the
-			  address on the MII bus. The second is the switch
-			  number that must be unique in cascaded configurations
-- #address-cells	: Must be 1
-- #size-cells		: Must be 0
-
-A switch child node has the following optional property:
-
-- eeprom-length		: Set to the length of an EEPROM connected to the
-			  switch. Must be set if the switch can not detect
-			  the presence and/or size of a connected EEPROM,
-			  otherwise optional.
-
-A switch may have multiple "port" children nodes
-
-Each port children node must have the following mandatory properties:
-- reg			: Describes the port address in the switch
-- label			: Describes the label associated with this port, special
-			  labels are "cpu" to indicate a CPU port and "dsa" to
-			  indicate an uplink/downlink port.
-
-Note that a port labelled "dsa" will imply checking for the uplink phandle
-described below.
-
-Optional property:
-- link			: Should be a list of phandles to another switch's DSA port.
-			  This property is only used when switches are being
-			  chained/cascaded together. This port is used as outgoing port
-			  towards the phandle port, which can be more than one hop away.
-
-- phy-handle		: Phandle to a PHY on an external MDIO bus, not the
-			  switch internal one. See
-			  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
-			  for details.
-
-- phy-mode		: String representing the connection to the designated
-			  PHY node specified by the 'phy-handle' property. See
-			  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
-			  for details.
-
-- mii-bus		: Should be a phandle to a valid MDIO bus device node.
-			  This mii-bus will be used in preference to the
-			  global dsa,mii-bus defined above, for this switch.
-
-Optional subnodes:
-- fixed-link		: Fixed-link subnode describing a link to a non-MDIO
-			  managed entity. See
-			  Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/fixed-link.txt
-			  for details.
-
-Example:
-
-	dsa@0 {
-		compatible = "marvell,dsa";
-		#address-cells = <2>;
-		#size-cells = <0>;
-
-		interrupts = <10>;
-		dsa,ethernet = <&ethernet0>;
-		dsa,mii-bus = <&mii_bus0>;
-
-		switch@0 {
-			#address-cells = <1>;
-			#size-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <16 0>;	/* MDIO address 16, switch 0 in tree */
-
-			port@0 {
-				reg = <0>;
-				label = "lan1";
-				phy-handle = <&phy0>;
-			};
-
-			port@1 {
-				reg = <1>;
-				label = "lan2";
-			};
-
-			port@5 {
-				reg = <5>;
-				label = "cpu";
-			};
-
-			switch0port6: port@6 {
-				reg = <6>;
-				label = "dsa";
-				link = <&switch1port0
-				        &switch2port0>;
-			};
-		};
-
-		switch@1 {
-			#address-cells = <1>;
-			#size-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <17 1>;	/* MDIO address 17, switch 1 in tree */
-			mii-bus = <&mii_bus1>;
-			reset-gpios = <&gpio5 1 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
-
-			switch1port0: port@0 {
-				reg = <0>;
-				label = "dsa";
-				link = <&switch0port6>;
-			};
-			switch1port1: port@1 {
-				reg = <1>;
-				label = "dsa";
-				link = <&switch2port1>;
-			};
-		};
-
-		switch@2 {
-			#address-cells = <1>;
-			#size-cells = <0>;
-			reg = <18 2>;	/* MDIO address 18, switch 2 in tree */
-			mii-bus = <&mii_bus1>;
-
-			switch2port0: port@0 {
-				reg = <0>;
-				label = "dsa";
-				link = <&switch1port1
-				        &switch0port6>;
-			};
-		};
-	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/sja1105.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/sja1105.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..13fd210
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/sja1105.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,156 @@
+NXP SJA1105 switch driver
+=========================
+
+Required properties:
+
+- compatible:
+	Must be one of:
+	- "nxp,sja1105e"
+	- "nxp,sja1105t"
+	- "nxp,sja1105p"
+	- "nxp,sja1105q"
+	- "nxp,sja1105r"
+	- "nxp,sja1105s"
+
+	Although the device ID could be detected at runtime, explicit bindings
+	are required in order to be able to statically check their validity.
+	For example, SGMII can only be specified on port 4 of R and S devices,
+	and the non-SGMII devices, while pin-compatible, are not equal in terms
+	of support for RGMII internal delays (supported on P/Q/R/S, but not on
+	E/T).
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- sja1105,role-mac:
+- sja1105,role-phy:
+	Boolean properties that can be assigned under each port node. By
+	default (unless otherwise specified) a port is configured as MAC if it
+	is driving a PHY (phy-handle is present) or as PHY if it is PHY-less
+	(fixed-link specified, presumably because it is connected to a MAC).
+	The effect of this property (in either its implicit or explicit form)
+	is:
+	- In the case of MII or RMII it specifies whether the SJA1105 port is a
+	  clock source or sink for this interface (not applicable for RGMII
+	  where there is a Tx and an Rx clock).
+	- In the case of RGMII it affects the behavior regarding internal
+	  delays:
+	  1. If sja1105,role-mac is specified, and the phy-mode property is one
+	     of "rgmii-id", "rgmii-txid" or "rgmii-rxid", then the entity
+	     designated to apply the delay/clock skew necessary for RGMII
+	     is the PHY. The SJA1105 MAC does not apply any internal delays.
+	  2. If sja1105,role-phy is specified, and the phy-mode property is one
+	     of the above, the designated entity to apply the internal delays
+	     is the SJA1105 MAC (if hardware-supported). This is only supported
+	     by the second-generation (P/Q/R/S) hardware. On a first-generation
+	     E or T device, it is an error to specify an RGMII phy-mode other
+	     than "rgmii" for a port that is in fixed-link mode. In that case,
+	     the clock skew must either be added by the MAC at the other end of
+	     the fixed-link, or by PCB serpentine traces on the board.
+	These properties are required, for example, in the case where SJA1105
+	ports are at both ends of a MII/RMII PHY-less setup. One end would need
+	to have sja1105,role-mac, while the other sja1105,role-phy.
+
+See Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/dsa/dsa.txt for the list of standard
+DSA required and optional properties.
+
+Other observations
+------------------
+
+The SJA1105 SPI interface requires a CS-to-CLK time (t2 in UM10944) of at least
+one half of t_CLK. At an SPI frequency of 1MHz, this means a minimum
+cs_sck_delay of 500ns. Ensuring that this SPI timing requirement is observed
+depends on the SPI bus master driver.
+
+Example
+-------
+
+Ethernet switch connected via SPI to the host, CPU port wired to enet2:
+
+arch/arm/boot/dts/ls1021a-tsn.dts:
+
+/* SPI controller of the LS1021 */
+&dspi0 {
+	sja1105@1 {
+		reg = <0x1>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		compatible = "nxp,sja1105t";
+		spi-max-frequency = <4000000>;
+		fsl,spi-cs-sck-delay = <1000>;
+		fsl,spi-sck-cs-delay = <1000>;
+		ports {
+			#address-cells = <1>;
+			#size-cells = <0>;
+			port@0 {
+				/* ETH5 written on chassis */
+				label = "swp5";
+				phy-handle = <&rgmii_phy6>;
+				phy-mode = "rgmii-id";
+				reg = <0>;
+				/* Implicit "sja1105,role-mac;" */
+			};
+			port@1 {
+				/* ETH2 written on chassis */
+				label = "swp2";
+				phy-handle = <&rgmii_phy3>;
+				phy-mode = "rgmii-id";
+				reg = <1>;
+				/* Implicit "sja1105,role-mac;" */
+			};
+			port@2 {
+				/* ETH3 written on chassis */
+				label = "swp3";
+				phy-handle = <&rgmii_phy4>;
+				phy-mode = "rgmii-id";
+				reg = <2>;
+				/* Implicit "sja1105,role-mac;" */
+			};
+			port@3 {
+				/* ETH4 written on chassis */
+				phy-handle = <&rgmii_phy5>;
+				label = "swp4";
+				phy-mode = "rgmii-id";
+				reg = <3>;
+				/* Implicit "sja1105,role-mac;" */
+			};
+			port@4 {
+				/* Internal port connected to eth2 */
+				ethernet = <&enet2>;
+				phy-mode = "rgmii";
+				reg = <4>;
+				/* Implicit "sja1105,role-phy;" */
+				fixed-link {
+					speed = <1000>;
+					full-duplex;
+				};
+			};
+		};
+	};
+};
+
+/* MDIO controller of the LS1021 */
+&mdio0 {
+	/* BCM5464 */
+	rgmii_phy3: ethernet-phy@3 {
+		reg = <0x3>;
+	};
+	rgmii_phy4: ethernet-phy@4 {
+		reg = <0x4>;
+	};
+	rgmii_phy5: ethernet-phy@5 {
+		reg = <0x5>;
+	};
+	rgmii_phy6: ethernet-phy@6 {
+		reg = <0x6>;
+	};
+};
+
+/* Ethernet master port of the LS1021 */
+&enet2 {
+	phy-connection-type = "rgmii";
+	status = "ok";
+	fixed-link {
+		speed = <1000>;
+		full-duplex;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
index a686215..e88c364 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
@@ -4,12 +4,14 @@
 generic PHY 'phys' property, see
 Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-bindings.txt.
 
-- local-mac-address: array of 6 bytes, specifies the MAC address that was
-  assigned to the network device;
 - mac-address: array of 6 bytes, specifies the MAC address that was last used by
   the boot program; should be used in cases where the MAC address assigned to
   the device by the boot program is different from the "local-mac-address"
   property;
+- local-mac-address: array of 6 bytes, specifies the MAC address that was
+  assigned to the network device;
+- nvmem-cells: phandle, reference to an nvmem node for the MAC address
+- nvmem-cell-names: string, should be "mac-address" if nvmem is to be used
 - max-speed: number, specifies maximum speed in Mbit/s supported by the device;
 - max-frame-size: number, maximum transfer unit (IEEE defined MTU), rather than
   the maximum frame size (there's contradiction in the Devicetree
@@ -36,7 +38,7 @@
   * "smii"
   * "xgmii"
   * "trgmii"
-  * "2000base-x",
+  * "1000base-x",
   * "2500base-x",
   * "rxaui"
   * "xaui"
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-femac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-femac.txt
index d11af5e..5f96976 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-femac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-femac.txt
@@ -14,7 +14,6 @@
 	the PHY reset signal(optional).
 - reset-names: should contain the reset signal name "mac"(required)
 	and "phy"(optional).
-- mac-address: see ethernet.txt [1].
 - phy-mode: see ethernet.txt [1].
 - phy-handle: see ethernet.txt [1].
 - hisilicon,phy-reset-delays-us: triplet of delays if PHY reset signal given.
@@ -22,6 +21,9 @@
 	The 2nd cell is reset pulse in micro seconds.
 	The 3rd cell is reset post-delay in micro seconds.
 
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt[1].
+
 [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
 
 Example:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hix5hd2-gmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hix5hd2-gmac.txt
index eea73ad..cddf46b 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hix5hd2-gmac.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/hisilicon-hix5hd2-gmac.txt
@@ -18,7 +18,6 @@
 - #size-cells: must be <0>.
 - phy-mode: see ethernet.txt [1].
 - phy-handle: see ethernet.txt [1].
-- mac-address: see ethernet.txt [1].
 - clocks: clock phandle and specifier pair.
 - clock-names: contain the clock name "mac_core"(required) and "mac_ifc"(optional).
 - resets: should contain the phandle to the MAC core reset signal(optional),
@@ -31,6 +30,9 @@
 	The 2nd cell is reset pulse in micro seconds.
 	The 3rd cell is reset post-delay in micro seconds.
 
+The MAC address will be determined using the properties defined in
+ethernet.txt[1].
+
 - PHY subnode: inherits from phy binding [2]
 
 [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/ethernet.txt
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt
index 04ba1dc..6262c2f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/keystone-netcp.txt
@@ -135,14 +135,14 @@
 		are swapped.  The netcp driver will swap the two DWORDs
 		back to the proper order when this property is set to 2
 		when it obtains the mac address from efuse.
-- local-mac-address:	the driver is designed to use the of_get_mac_address api
-			only if efuse-mac is 0. When efuse-mac is 0, the MAC
-			address is obtained from local-mac-address. If this
-			attribute is not present, then the driver will use a
-			random MAC address.
 - "netcp-device label":	phandle to the device specification for each of NetCP
 			sub-module attached to this interface.
 
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties defined in
+ethernet.txt and only if efuse-mac is set to 0. If all of the optional MAC
+address properties are not present, then the driver will use a random MAC
+address.
+
 Example binding:
 
 netcp: netcp@2000000 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
index 8b80515..9c5e944 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt
@@ -26,9 +26,8 @@
 	Optional elements: 'tsu_clk'
 - clocks: Phandles to input clocks.
 
-Optional properties:
-- nvmem-cells: phandle, reference to an nvmem node for the MAC address
-- nvmem-cell-names: string, should be "mac-address" if nvmem is to be used
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
 
 Optional properties for PHY child node:
 - reset-gpios : Should specify the gpio for phy reset
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pxa168.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pxa168.txt
index 845a148..5574af3 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pxa168.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-pxa168.txt
@@ -11,7 +11,9 @@
 - #address-cells: must be 1 when using sub-nodes.
 - #size-cells: must be 0 when using sub-nodes.
 - phy-handle: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
-- local-mac-address: see ethernet.txt file in the same directory.
+
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
 
 Sub-nodes:
 Each PHY can be represented as a sub-node. This is not mandatory.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-meson-g12a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-meson-g12a.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3a96cbe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/mdio-mux-meson-g12a.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+Properties for the MDIO bus multiplexer/glue of Amlogic G12a SoC family.
+
+This is a special case of a MDIO bus multiplexer. It allows to choose between
+the internal mdio bus leading to the embedded 10/100 PHY or the external
+MDIO bus.
+
+Required properties in addition to the generic multiplexer properties:
+- compatible : amlogic,g12a-mdio-mux
+- reg: physical address and length of the multiplexer/glue registers
+- clocks: list of clock phandle, one for each entry clock-names.
+- clock-names: should contain the following:
+  * "pclk"   : peripheral clock.
+  * "clkin0" : platform crytal
+  * "clkin1" : SoC 50MHz MPLL
+
+Example :
+
+mdio_mux: mdio-multiplexer@4c000 {
+	compatible = "amlogic,g12a-mdio-mux";
+	reg = <0x0 0x4c000 0x0 0xa4>;
+	clocks = <&clkc CLKID_ETH_PHY>,
+		 <&xtal>,
+		 <&clkc CLKID_MPLL_5OM>;
+	clock-names = "pclk", "clkin0", "clkin1";
+	mdio-parent-bus = <&mdio0>;
+	#address-cells = <1>;
+	#size-cells = <0>;
+
+	ext_mdio: mdio@0 {
+		reg = <0>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+	};
+
+	int_mdio: mdio@1 {
+		reg = <1>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+
+		internal_ephy: ethernet-phy@8 {
+			compatible = "ethernet-phy-id0180.3301",
+				     "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22";
+			interrupts = <GIC_SPI 9 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+			reg = <8>;
+			max-speed = <100>;
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/microchip,enc28j60.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/microchip,enc28j60.txt
index 24626e0..a827592 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/microchip,enc28j60.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/microchip,enc28j60.txt
@@ -21,8 +21,9 @@
 - spi-max-frequency: Maximum frequency of the SPI bus when accessing the ENC28J60.
   According to the ENC28J80 datasheet, the chip allows a maximum of 20 MHz, however,
   board designs may need to limit this value.
-- local-mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the same directory.
 
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
 
 Example (for NXP i.MX28 with pin control stuff for GPIO irq):
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/microchip,lan78xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/microchip,lan78xx.txt
index 76786a0..11a6795 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/microchip,lan78xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/microchip,lan78xx.txt
@@ -7,9 +7,8 @@
 Required properties:
 - compatible: Should be one of "usb424,7800", "usb424,7801" or "usb424,7850".
 
-Optional properties:
-- local-mac-address:   see ethernet.txt
-- mac-address:         see ethernet.txt
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
 
 Optional properties of the embedded PHY:
 - microchip,led-modes: a 0..4 element vector, with each element configuring
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt
index 17c1d2bd..9b9e5b1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt
@@ -51,6 +51,10 @@
   to ensure the integrated PHY is used. The absence of this property indicates
   the muxers should be configured so that the external PHY is used.
 
+- resets: The reset-controller phandle and specifier for the PHY reset signal.
+
+- reset-names: Must be "phy" for the PHY reset signal.
+
 - reset-gpios: The GPIO phandle and specifier for the PHY reset signal.
 
 - reset-assert-us: Delay after the reset was asserted in microseconds.
@@ -67,6 +71,8 @@
 	interrupts = <35 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
 	reg = <0>;
 
+	resets = <&rst 8>;
+	reset-names = "phy";
 	reset-gpios = <&gpio1 4 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>;
 	reset-assert-us = <1000>;
 	reset-deassert-us = <2000>;
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca,qca7000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca,qca7000.txt
index e4a8a51..21c36e5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca,qca7000.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qca,qca7000.txt
@@ -23,7 +23,6 @@
 		      Numbers smaller than 1000000 or greater than 16000000
 		      are invalid. Missing the property will set the SPI
 		      frequency to 8000000 Hertz.
-- local-mac-address : see ./ethernet.txt
 - qca,legacy-mode   : Set the SPI data transfer of the QCA7000 to legacy mode.
 		      In this mode the SPI master must toggle the chip select
 		      between each data word. In burst mode these gaps aren't
@@ -31,6 +30,9 @@
 		      the QCA7000 is setup via GPIO pin strapping. If the
 		      property is missing the driver defaults to burst mode.
 
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
+
 SPI Example:
 
 /* Freescale i.MX28 SPI master*/
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qualcomm-bluetooth.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qualcomm-bluetooth.txt
index 824c0e2..7ef6118 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qualcomm-bluetooth.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/qualcomm-bluetooth.txt
@@ -11,20 +11,21 @@
  - compatible: should contain one of the following:
    * "qcom,qca6174-bt"
    * "qcom,wcn3990-bt"
+   * "qcom,wcn3998-bt"
 
 Optional properties for compatible string qcom,qca6174-bt:
 
  - enable-gpios: gpio specifier used to enable chip
  - clocks: clock provided to the controller (SUSCLK_32KHZ)
 
-Required properties for compatible string qcom,wcn3990-bt:
+Required properties for compatible string qcom,wcn399x-bt:
 
  - vddio-supply: VDD_IO supply regulator handle.
  - vddxo-supply: VDD_XO supply regulator handle.
  - vddrf-supply: VDD_RF supply regulator handle.
  - vddch0-supply: VDD_CH0 supply regulator handle.
 
-Optional properties for compatible string qcom,wcn3990-bt:
+Optional properties for compatible string qcom,wcn399x-bt:
 
  - max-speed: see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/slave-device.txt
 
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/samsung-sxgbe.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/samsung-sxgbe.txt
index 46e5911..2cff6d8 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/samsung-sxgbe.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/samsung-sxgbe.txt
@@ -21,10 +21,12 @@
   range.
 
 Optional properties:
-- mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address
 - max-frame-size: Maximum Transfer Unit (IEEE defined MTU), rather
 		  than the maximum frame size.
 
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
+
 Example:
 
 	aliases {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/snps,dwc-qos-ethernet.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/snps,dwc-qos-ethernet.txt
index 36f1aef..ad3c6e1 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/snps,dwc-qos-ethernet.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/snps,dwc-qos-ethernet.txt
@@ -103,8 +103,6 @@
 
 Optional properties:
 - dma-coherent: Present if dma operations are coherent
-- mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the same directory
-- local-mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the same directory
 - phy-reset-gpios: Phandle and specifier for any GPIO used to reset the PHY.
   See ../gpio/gpio.txt.
 - snps,en-lpi: If present it enables use of the AXI low-power interface
@@ -133,6 +131,9 @@
     - device_type: Must be "ethernet-phy".
     - fixed-mode device tree subnode: see fixed-link.txt in the same directory
 
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
+
 Examples:
 ethernet2@40010000 {
 	clock-names = "phy_ref_clk", "apb_pclk";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socionext,uniphier-ave4.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socionext,uniphier-ave4.txt
index fc8f017..4e85fc4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socionext,uniphier-ave4.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socionext,uniphier-ave4.txt
@@ -31,8 +31,8 @@
  - socionext,syscon-phy-mode: A phandle to syscon with one argument
 	that configures phy mode. The argument is the ID of MAC instance.
 
-Optional properties:
- - local-mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the same directory.
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
 
 Required subnode:
  - mdio: A container for child nodes representing phy nodes.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socionext-netsec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socionext-netsec.txt
index 0cff94f..9d6c9feb 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socionext-netsec.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/socionext-netsec.txt
@@ -26,11 +26,12 @@
 Optional properties: (See ethernet.txt file in the same directory)
 - dma-coherent: Boolean property, must only be present if memory
 	accesses performed by the device are cache coherent.
-- local-mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the same directory.
-- mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the same directory.
 - max-speed: See ethernet.txt in the same directory.
 - max-frame-size: See ethernet.txt in the same directory.
 
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties
+defined in ethernet.txt.
+
 Example:
 	eth0: ethernet@522d0000 {
 		compatible = "socionext,synquacer-netsec";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/mediatek,mt76.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/mediatek,mt76.txt
index 7b9a776..7e675da 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/mediatek,mt76.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/mediatek,mt76.txt
@@ -13,11 +13,12 @@
 
 Optional properties:
 
-- mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the parent directory
-- local-mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the parent directory
 - ieee80211-freq-limit: See ieee80211.txt
 - mediatek,mtd-eeprom: Specify a MTD partition + offset containing EEPROM data
 
+The MAC address can as well be set with corresponding optional properties
+defined in net/ethernet.txt.
+
 Optional nodes:
 - led: Properties for a connected LED
   Optional properties:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qca,ath9k.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qca,ath9k.txt
index b7396c8..aaaeeb5 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qca,ath9k.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/wireless/qca,ath9k.txt
@@ -34,9 +34,9 @@
 			ath9k wireless chip (in this case the calibration /
 			EEPROM data will be loaded from userspace using the
 			kernel firmware loader).
-- mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the parent directory
-- local-mac-address: See ethernet.txt in the parent directory
 
+The MAC address will be determined using the optional properties defined in
+net/ethernet.txt.
 
 In this example, the node is defined as child node of the PCI controller:
 &pci0 {
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt
index 99c4ba6..cfb18b4 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/allwinner,sunxi-sid.txt
@@ -8,11 +8,12 @@
   "allwinner,sun8i-h3-sid"
   "allwinner,sun50i-a64-sid"
   "allwinner,sun50i-h5-sid"
+  "allwinner,sun50i-h6-sid"
 
 - reg: Should contain registers location and length
 
 = Data cells =
-Are child nodes of qfprom, bindings of which as described in
+Are child nodes of sunxi-sid, bindings of which as described in
 bindings/nvmem/nvmem.txt
 
 Example for sun4i:
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt
index 7a999a1..68f7d6f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/imx-ocotp.txt
@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 Freescale i.MX6 On-Chip OTP Controller (OCOTP) device tree bindings
 
 This binding represents the on-chip eFuse OTP controller found on
-i.MX6Q/D, i.MX6DL/S, i.MX6SL, i.MX6SX, i.MX6UL, i.MX6ULL/ULZ and i.MX6SLL SoCs.
+i.MX6Q/D, i.MX6DL/S, i.MX6SL, i.MX6SX, i.MX6UL, i.MX6ULL/ULZ, i.MX6SLL,
+i.MX7D/S, i.MX7ULP and i.MX8MQ SoCs.
 
 Required properties:
 - compatible: should be one of
@@ -13,6 +14,7 @@
 	"fsl,imx7d-ocotp" (i.MX7D/S),
 	"fsl,imx6sll-ocotp" (i.MX6SLL),
 	"fsl,imx7ulp-ocotp" (i.MX7ULP),
+	"fsl,imx8mq-ocotp" (i.MX8MQ),
 	followed by "syscon".
 - #address-cells : Should be 1
 - #size-cells : Should be 1
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/st,stm32-romem.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/st,stm32-romem.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..142a51d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvmem/st,stm32-romem.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+STMicroelectronics STM32 Factory-programmed data device tree bindings
+
+This represents STM32 Factory-programmed read only non-volatile area: locked
+flash, OTP, read-only HW regs... This contains various information such as:
+analog calibration data for temperature sensor (e.g. TS_CAL1, TS_CAL2),
+internal vref (VREFIN_CAL), unique device ID...
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:		Should be one of:
+			"st,stm32f4-otp"
+			"st,stm32mp15-bsec"
+- reg:			Offset and length of factory-programmed area.
+- #address-cells:	Should be '<1>'.
+- #size-cells:		Should be '<1>'.
+
+Optional Data cells:
+- Must be child nodes as described in nvmem.txt.
+
+Example on stm32f4:
+	romem: nvmem@1fff7800 {
+		compatible = "st,stm32f4-otp";
+		reg = <0x1fff7800 0x400>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <1>;
+
+		/* Data cells: ts_cal1 at 0x1fff7a2c */
+		ts_cal1: calib@22c {
+			reg = <0x22c 0x2>;
+		};
+		...
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
index c124f9b..5561a1c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
@@ -4,8 +4,11 @@
 - compatible:
 	"snps,dw-pcie" for RC mode;
 	"snps,dw-pcie-ep" for EP mode;
-- reg: Should contain the configuration address space.
-- reg-names: Must be "config" for the PCIe configuration space.
+- reg: For designware cores version < 4.80 contains the configuration
+       address space. For designware core version >= 4.80, contains
+       the configuration and ATU address space
+- reg-names: Must be "config" for the PCIe configuration space and "atu" for
+	     the ATU address space.
     (The old way of getting the configuration address space from "ranges"
     is deprecated and should be avoided.)
 - num-lanes: number of lanes to use
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt
index 2030ee0..47202a2 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-keystone.txt
@@ -11,16 +11,24 @@
 
 Required Properties:-
 
-compatibility: "ti,keystone-pcie"
-reg:	index 1 is the base address and length of DW application registers.
-	index 2 is the base address and length of PCI device ID register.
+compatibility: Should be "ti,keystone-pcie" for RC on Keystone2 SoC
+	       Should be "ti,am654-pcie-rc" for RC on AM654x SoC
+reg: Three register ranges as listed in the reg-names property
+reg-names: "dbics" for the DesignWare PCIe registers, "app" for the
+	   TI specific application registers, "config" for the
+	   configuration space address
 
 pcie_msi_intc : Interrupt controller device node for MSI IRQ chip
 	interrupt-cells: should be set to 1
 	interrupts: GIC interrupt lines connected to PCI MSI interrupt lines
+	(required if the compatible is "ti,keystone-pcie")
+msi-map: As specified in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci-msi.txt
+	 (required if the compatible is "ti,am654-pcie-rc".
 
 ti,syscon-pcie-id : phandle to the device control module required to set device
 		    id and vendor id.
+ti,syscon-pcie-mode : phandle to the device control module required to configure
+		      PCI in either RC mode or EP mode.
 
  Example:
 	pcie_msi_intc: msi-interrupt-controller {
@@ -61,3 +69,47 @@
 DesignWare DT Properties not applicable for Keystone PCI
 
 1. pcie_bus clock-names not used.  Instead, a phandle to phys is used.
+
+AM654 PCIe Endpoint
+===================
+
+Required Properties:-
+
+compatibility: Should be "ti,am654-pcie-ep" for EP on AM654x SoC
+reg: Four register ranges as listed in the reg-names property
+reg-names: "dbics" for the DesignWare PCIe registers, "app" for the
+	   TI specific application registers, "atu" for the
+	   Address Translation Unit configuration registers and
+	   "addr_space" used to map remote RC address space
+num-ib-windows: As specified in
+		Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
+num-ob-windows: As specified in
+		Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
+num-lanes: As specified in
+	   Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/designware-pcie.txt
+power-domains: As documented by the generic PM domain bindings in
+	       Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt.
+ti,syscon-pcie-mode: phandle to the device control module required to configure
+		      PCI in either RC mode or EP mode.
+
+Optional properties:-
+
+phys: list of PHY specifiers (used by generic PHY framework)
+phy-names: must be "pcie-phy0", "pcie-phy1", "pcie-phyN".. based on the
+               number of lanes as specified in *num-lanes* property.
+("phys" and "phy-names" DT bindings are specified in
+Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-bindings.txt)
+interrupts: platform interrupt for error interrupts.
+
+pcie-ep {
+	compatible = "ti,am654-pcie-ep";
+	reg =  <0x5500000 0x1000>, <0x5501000 0x1000>,
+	       <0x10000000 0x8000000>, <0x5506000 0x1000>;
+	reg-names = "app", "dbics", "addr_space", "atu";
+	power-domains = <&k3_pds 120>;
+	ti,syscon-pcie-mode = <&pcie0_mode>;
+	num-lanes = <1>;
+	num-ib-windows = <16>;
+	num-ob-windows = <16>;
+	interrupts = <GIC_SPI 340 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>;
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci.txt
index c77981c..92c01db 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/pci.txt
@@ -24,3 +24,53 @@
    unsupported link speed, for instance, trying to do training for
    unsupported link speed, etc.  Must be '4' for gen4, '3' for gen3, '2'
    for gen2, and '1' for gen1. Any other values are invalid.
+
+PCI-PCI Bridge properties
+-------------------------
+
+PCIe root ports and switch ports may be described explicitly in the device
+tree, as children of the host bridge node. Even though those devices are
+discoverable by probing, it might be necessary to describe properties that
+aren't provided by standard PCIe capabilities.
+
+Required properties:
+
+- reg:
+   Identifies the PCI-PCI bridge. As defined in the IEEE Std 1275-1994
+   document, it is a five-cell address encoded as (phys.hi phys.mid
+   phys.lo size.hi size.lo). phys.hi should contain the device's BDF as
+   0b00000000 bbbbbbbb dddddfff 00000000. The other cells should be zero.
+
+   The bus number is defined by firmware, through the standard bridge
+   configuration mechanism. If this port is a switch port, then firmware
+   allocates the bus number and writes it into the Secondary Bus Number
+   register of the bridge directly above this port. Otherwise, the bus
+   number of a root port is the first number in the bus-range property,
+   defaulting to zero.
+
+   If firmware leaves the ARI Forwarding Enable bit set in the bridge
+   above this port, then phys.hi contains the 8-bit function number as
+   0b00000000 bbbbbbbb ffffffff 00000000. Note that the PCIe specification
+   recommends that firmware only leaves ARI enabled when it knows that the
+   OS is ARI-aware.
+
+Optional properties:
+
+- external-facing:
+   When present, the port is external-facing. All bridges and endpoints
+   downstream of this port are external to the machine. The OS can, for
+   example, use this information to identify devices that cannot be
+   trusted with relaxed DMA protection, as users could easily attach
+   malicious devices to this port.
+
+Example:
+
+pcie@10000000 {
+	compatible = "pci-host-ecam-generic";
+	...
+	pcie@0008 {
+		/* Root port 00:01.0 is external-facing */
+		reg = <0x00000800 0 0 0 0>;
+		external-facing;
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,stingray-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,stingray-usb-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4ba2989
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/brcm,stingray-usb-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+Broadcom Stingray USB PHY
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible : should be one of the listed compatibles
+	- "brcm,sr-usb-combo-phy" is combo PHY has two PHYs, one SS and one HS.
+	- "brcm,sr-usb-hs-phy" is a single HS PHY.
+ - reg: offset and length of the PHY blocks registers
+ - #phy-cells:
+   - Must be 1 for brcm,sr-usb-combo-phy as it expects one argument to indicate
+     the PHY number of two PHYs. 0 for HS PHY and 1 for SS PHY.
+   - Must be 0 for brcm,sr-usb-hs-phy.
+
+Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties
+
+Example:
+	usbphy0: usb-phy@0 {
+		compatible = "brcm,sr-usb-combo-phy";
+		reg = <0x00000000 0x100>;
+		#phy-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	usbphy1: usb-phy@10000 {
+		compatible = "brcm,sr-usb-combo-phy";
+		reg = <0x00010000 0x100>,
+		#phy-cells = <1>;
+	};
+
+	usbphy2: usb-phy@20000 {
+		compatible = "brcm,sr-usb-hs-phy";
+		reg = <0x00020000 0x100>,
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/fsl,imx8mq-usb-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/fsl,imx8mq-usb-phy.txt
index a22e853..ed47e5c 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/fsl,imx8mq-usb-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/fsl,imx8mq-usb-phy.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,9 @@
 - clocks:	phandles to the clocks for each clock listed in clock-names
 - clock-names:	must contain "phy"
 
+Optional properties:
+- vbus-supply: A phandle to the regulator for USB VBUS.
+
 Example:
 	usb3_phy0: phy@381f0040 {
 		compatible = "fsl,imx8mq-usb-phy";
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-g12a-usb2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-g12a-usb2-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a6ebc3d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-g12a-usb2-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+* Amlogic G12A USB2 PHY binding
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Should be "amlogic,meson-g12a-usb2-phy"
+- reg:		The base address and length of the registers
+- #phys-cells:	must be 0 (see phy-bindings.txt in this directory)
+- clocks:	a phandle to the clock of this PHY
+- clock-names:	must be "xtal"
+- resets:	a phandle to the reset line of this PHY
+- reset-names:	must be "phy"
+- phy-supply:	see phy-bindings.txt in this directory
+
+Example:
+	usb2_phy0: phy@36000 {
+		compatible = "amlogic,g12a-usb2-phy";
+		reg = <0x0 0x36000 0x0 0x2000>;
+		clocks = <&xtal>;
+		clock-names = "xtal";
+		resets = <&reset RESET_USB_PHY21>;
+		reset-names = "phy";
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-g12a-usb3-pcie-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-g12a-usb3-pcie-phy.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7cfc17e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/meson-g12a-usb3-pcie-phy.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+* Amlogic G12A USB3 + PCIE Combo PHY binding
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible:	Should be "amlogic,meson-g12a-usb3-pcie-phy"
+- #phys-cells:	must be 1. The cell number is used to select the phy mode
+  as defined in <dt-bindings/phy/phy.h> between PHY_TYPE_USB3 and PHY_TYPE_PCIE
+- reg:		The base address and length of the registers
+- clocks:	a phandle to the 100MHz reference clock of this PHY
+- clock-names:	must be "ref_clk"
+- resets:	phandle to the reset lines for the PHY control
+- reset-names:	must be "phy"
+
+Example:
+	usb3_pcie_phy: phy@46000 {
+		compatible = "amlogic,g12a-usb3-pcie-phy";
+		reg = <0x0 0x46000 0x0 0x2000>;
+		clocks = <&clkc CLKID_PCIE_PLL>;
+		clock-names = "ref_clk";
+		resets = <&reset RESET_PCIE_PHY>;
+		reset-names = "phy";
+		#phy-cells = <1>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt
index 3742c15..daedb15 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl.txt
@@ -36,11 +36,20 @@
   - Tegra124: "nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl"
   - Tegra132: "nvidia,tegra132-xusb-padctl", "nvidia,tegra124-xusb-padctl"
   - Tegra210: "nvidia,tegra210-xusb-padctl"
+  - Tegra186: "nvidia,tegra186-xusb-padctl"
 - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers.
 - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names.
 - reset-names: Must include the following entries:
   - "padctl"
 
+For Tegra186:
+- avdd-pll-erefeut-supply: UPHY brick and reference clock as well as UTMI PHY
+  power supply. Must supply 1.8 V.
+- avdd-usb-supply: USB I/Os, VBUS, ID, REXT, D+/D- power supply. Must supply
+  3.3 V.
+- vclamp-usb-supply: Bias rail for USB pad. Must supply 1.8 V.
+- vddio-hsic-supply: HSIC PHY power supply. Must supply 1.2 V.
+
 
 Pad nodes:
 ==========
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-hi3660-usb3.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-hi3660-usb3.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e88ba7d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-hi3660-usb3.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+Hisilicon hi3660 USB PHY
+-----------------------
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "hisilicon,hi3660-usb-phy"
+- #phy-cells: must be 0
+- hisilicon,pericrg-syscon: phandle of syscon used to control phy.
+- hisilicon,pctrl-syscon: phandle of syscon used to control phy.
+- hisilicon,eye-diagram-param: parameter set for phy
+Refer to phy/phy-bindings.txt for the generic PHY binding properties
+
+This is a subnode of usb3_otg_bc register node.
+
+Example:
+	usb3_otg_bc: usb3_otg_bc@ff200000 {
+		compatible = "syscon", "simple-mfd";
+		reg = <0x0 0xff200000 0x0 0x1000>;
+
+		usb-phy {
+			compatible = "hisilicon,hi3660-usb-phy";
+			#phy-cells = <0>;
+			hisilicon,pericrg-syscon = <&crg_ctrl>;
+			hisilicon,pctrl-syscon = <&pctrl>;
+			hisilicon,eye-diagram-param = <0x22466e4>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-ufs.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-ufs.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5789029
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/phy-mtk-ufs.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+MediaTek Universal Flash Storage (UFS) M-PHY binding
+--------------------------------------------------------
+
+UFS M-PHY nodes are defined to describe on-chip UFS M-PHY hardware macro.
+Each UFS M-PHY node should have its own node.
+
+To bind UFS M-PHY with UFS host controller, the controller node should
+contain a phandle reference to UFS M-PHY node.
+
+Required properties for UFS M-PHY nodes:
+- compatible         : Compatible list, contains the following controller:
+                       "mediatek,mt8183-ufsphy" for ufs phy
+                       persent on MT81xx chipsets.
+- reg                : Address and length of the UFS M-PHY register set.
+- #phy-cells         : This property shall be set to 0.
+- clocks             : List of phandle and clock specifier pairs.
+- clock-names        : List of clock input name strings sorted in the same
+                       order as the clocks property. Following clocks are
+                       mandatory.
+                       "unipro": Unipro core control clock.
+                       "mp": M-PHY core control clock.
+
+Example:
+
+	ufsphy: phy@11fa0000 {
+		compatible = "mediatek,mt8183-ufsphy";
+		reg = <0 0x11fa0000 0 0xc000>;
+		#phy-cells = <0>;
+
+		clocks = <&infracfg_ao INFRACFG_AO_UNIPRO_SCK_CG>,
+			 <&infracfg_ao INFRACFG_AO_UFS_MP_SAP_BCLK_CG>;
+		clock-names = "unipro", "mp";
+	};
+
+	ufshci@11270000 {
+		...
+		phys = <&ufsphy>;
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt
index 5d181fc..085fbd6 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/qcom-qmp-phy.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 	       "qcom,msm8996-qmp-usb3-phy" for 14nm USB3 phy on msm8996,
 	       "qcom,msm8998-qmp-usb3-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 phy on msm8998,
 	       "qcom,msm8998-qmp-ufs-phy" for UFS QMP phy on msm8998,
+	       "qcom,msm8998-qmp-pcie-phy" for PCIe QMP phy on msm8998,
 	       "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 phy on sdm845,
 	       "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" for USB3 QMP V3 UNI phy on sdm845,
 	       "qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy" for UFS QMP phy on sdm845.
@@ -48,6 +49,8 @@
 			"aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref".
 		For "qcom,msm8998-qmp-ufs-phy" must contain:
 			"ref", "ref_aux".
+		For "qcom,msm8998-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain:
+			"aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref".
 		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain:
 			"aux", "cfg_ahb", "ref", "com_aux".
 		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" must contain:
@@ -59,7 +62,8 @@
 	   one for each entry in reset-names.
  - reset-names: "phy" for reset of phy block,
 		"common" for phy common block reset,
-		"cfg" for phy's ahb cfg block reset.
+		"cfg" for phy's ahb cfg block reset,
+		"ufsphy" for the PHY reset in the UFS controller.
 
 		For "qcom,ipq8074-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain:
 			"phy", "common".
@@ -69,12 +73,16 @@
 			"phy", "common".
 		For "qcom,msm8998-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain
 			"phy", "common".
-		For "qcom,msm8998-qmp-ufs-phy": no resets are listed.
+		For "qcom,msm8998-qmp-ufs-phy": must contain:
+			"ufsphy".
+		For "qcom,msm8998-qmp-pcie-phy" must contain:
+			"phy", "common".
 		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-phy" must contain:
 			"phy", "common".
 		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-usb3-uni-phy" must contain:
 			"phy", "common".
-		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy": no resets are listed.
+		For "qcom,sdm845-qmp-ufs-phy": must contain:
+			"ufsphy".
 
  - vdda-phy-supply: Phandle to a regulator supply to PHY core block.
  - vdda-pll-supply: Phandle to 1.8V regulator supply to PHY refclk pll block.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt
index 4f0879a..ac96d64 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen2-phy.txt
@@ -7,6 +7,7 @@
 - compatible: "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7743" if the device is a part of R8A7743 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7744" if the device is a part of R8A7744 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7745" if the device is a part of R8A7745 SoC.
+	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a77470" if the device is a part of R8A77470 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7790" if the device is a part of R8A7790 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7791" if the device is a part of R8A7791 SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb-phy-r8a7794" if the device is a part of R8A7794 SoC.
@@ -30,7 +31,7 @@
 - #phy-cells: see phy-bindings.txt in the same directory, must be <1>.
 
 The phandle's argument in the PHY specifier is the USB controller selector for
-the USB channel; see the selector meanings below:
+the USB channel other than r8a77470 SoC; see the selector meanings below:
 
 +-----------+---------------+---------------+
 |\ Selector |               |               |
@@ -41,6 +42,16 @@
 | 2         | PCI EHCI/OHCI | xHCI          |
 +-----------+---------------+---------------+
 
+For r8a77470 SoC;see the selector meaning below:
+
++-----------+---------------+---------------+
+|\ Selector |               |               |
++ --------- +       0       |       1       |
+| Channel  \|               |               |
++-----------+---------------+---------------+
+| 0         | EHCI/OHCI     | HS-USB        |
++-----------+---------------+---------------+
+
 Example (Lager board):
 
 	usb-phy@e6590100 {
@@ -48,15 +59,53 @@
 		reg = <0 0xe6590100 0 0x100>;
 		#address-cells = <1>;
 		#size-cells = <0>;
-		clocks = <&mstp7_clks R8A7790_CLK_HSUSB>;
+		clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 704>;
 		clock-names = "usbhs";
+		power-domains = <&sysc R8A7790_PD_ALWAYS_ON>;
+		resets = <&cpg 704>;
 
-		usb-channel@0 {
+		usb0: usb-channel@0 {
 			reg = <0>;
 			#phy-cells = <1>;
 		};
-		usb-channel@2 {
+		usb2: usb-channel@2 {
 			reg = <2>;
 			#phy-cells = <1>;
 		};
 	};
+
+Example (iWave RZ/G1C sbc):
+
+	usbphy0: usb-phy0@e6590100 {
+		compatible = "renesas,usb-phy-r8a77470",
+			     "renesas,rcar-gen2-usb-phy";
+		reg = <0 0xe6590100 0 0x100>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 704>;
+		clock-names = "usbhs";
+		power-domains = <&sysc R8A77470_PD_ALWAYS_ON>;
+		resets = <&cpg 704>;
+
+		usb0: usb-channel@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			#phy-cells = <1>;
+		};
+	};
+
+	usbphy1: usb-phy@e6598100 {
+		compatible = "renesas,usb-phy-r8a77470",
+			     "renesas,rcar-gen2-usb-phy";
+		reg = <0 0xe6598100 0 0x100>;
+		#address-cells = <1>;
+		#size-cells = <0>;
+		clocks = <&cpg CPG_MOD 706>;
+		clock-names = "usbhs";
+		power-domains = <&sysc R8A77470_PD_ALWAYS_ON>;
+		resets = <&cpg 706>;
+
+		usb1: usb-channel@0 {
+			reg = <0>;
+			#phy-cells = <1>;
+		};
+	};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
index ad9c290..d46188f 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rcar-gen3-phy-usb2.txt
@@ -1,10 +1,12 @@
 * Renesas R-Car generation 3 USB 2.0 PHY
 
 This file provides information on what the device node for the R-Car generation
-3 and RZ/G2 USB 2.0 PHY contain.
+3, RZ/G1C and RZ/G2 USB 2.0 PHY contain.
 
 Required properties:
-- compatible: "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a774a1" if the device is a part of an R8A774A1
+- compatible: "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a77470" if the device is a part of an R8A77470
+	      SoC.
+	      "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a774a1" if the device is a part of an R8A774A1
 	      SoC.
 	      "renesas,usb2-phy-r8a774c0" if the device is a part of an R8A774C0
 	      SoC.
@@ -27,7 +29,13 @@
 
 - reg: offset and length of the partial USB 2.0 Host register block.
 - clocks: clock phandle and specifier pair(s).
-- #phy-cells: see phy-bindings.txt in the same directory, must be <0>.
+- #phy-cells: see phy-bindings.txt in the same directory, must be <1> (and
+	      using <0> is deprecated).
+
+The phandle's argument in the PHY specifier is the INT_STATUS bit of controller:
+- 1 = USBH_INTA (OHCI)
+- 2 = USBH_INTB (EHCI)
+- 3 = UCOM_INT (OTG and BC)
 
 Optional properties:
 To use a USB channel where USB 2.0 Host and HSUSB (USB 2.0 Peripheral) are
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt
index e3ea557..e728786 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/rockchip-emmc-phy.txt
@@ -7,12 +7,15 @@
  - reg: PHY register address offset and length in "general
    register files"
 
-Optional clocks using the clock bindings (see ../clock/clock-bindings.txt),
-specified by name:
+Optional properties:
  - clock-names: Should contain "emmcclk".  Although this is listed as optional
 		(because most boards can get basic functionality without having
 		access to it), it is strongly suggested.
+		See ../clock/clock-bindings.txt for details.
  - clocks: Should have a phandle to the card clock exported by the SDHCI driver.
+ - drive-impedance-ohm: Specifies the drive impedance in Ohm.
+                        Possible values are 33, 40, 50, 66 and 100.
+                        If not set, the default value of 50 will be applied.
 
 Example:
 
@@ -29,6 +32,7 @@
 		reg = <0xf780 0x20>;
 		clocks = <&sdhci>;
 		clock-names = "emmcclk";
+		drive-impedance-ohm = <50>;
 		#phy-cells = <0>;
 	};
 };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti,phy-am654-serdes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti,phy-am654-serdes.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..64b286d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/phy/ti,phy-am654-serdes.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,82 @@
+TI AM654 SERDES
+
+Required properties:
+ - compatible: Should be "ti,phy-am654-serdes"
+ - reg : Address and length of the register set for the device.
+ - #phy-cells: determine the number of cells that should be given in the
+	phandle while referencing this phy. Should be "2". The 1st cell
+	corresponds to the phy type (should be one of the types specified in
+	include/dt-bindings/phy/phy.h) and the 2nd cell should be the serdes
+	lane function.
+	If SERDES0 is referenced 2nd cell should be:
+		0 - USB3
+		1 - PCIe0 Lane0
+		2 - ICSS2 SGMII Lane0
+	If SERDES1 is referenced 2nd cell should be:
+		0 - PCIe1 Lane0
+		1 - PCIe0 Lane1
+		2 - ICSS2 SGMII Lane1
+ - power-domains: As documented by the generic PM domain bindings in
+	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/power/power_domain.txt.
+ - clocks: List of clock-specifiers representing the input to the SERDES.
+	Should have 3 items representing the left input clock, external
+	reference clock and right input clock in that order.
+ - clock-output-names: List of clock names for each of the clock outputs of
+	SERDES. Should have 3 items for CMU reference clock,
+	left output clock and right output clock in that order.
+ - assigned-clocks: As defined in
+	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+ - assigned-clock-parents: As defined in
+	Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+ - #clock-cells: Should be <1> to choose between the 3 output clocks.
+	Defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt
+
+   The following macros are defined in dt-bindings/phy/phy-am654-serdes.h
+   for selecting the correct reference clock. This can be used while
+   specifying the clocks created by SERDES.
+	=> AM654_SERDES_CMU_REFCLK
+	=> AM654_SERDES_LO_REFCLK
+	=> AM654_SERDES_RO_REFCLK
+
+ - mux-controls: Phandle to the multiplexer that is used to select the lane
+	function. See #phy-cells above to see the multiplex values.
+
+Example:
+
+Example for SERDES0 is given below. It has 3 clock inputs;
+left input reference clock as indicated by <&k3_clks 153 4>, external
+reference clock as indicated by <&k3_clks 153 1> and right input
+reference clock as indicated by <&serdes1 AM654_SERDES_LO_REFCLK>. (The
+right input of SERDES0 is connected to the left output of SERDES1).
+
+SERDES0 registers 3 clock outputs as indicated in clock-output-names. The
+first refers to the CMU reference clock, second refers to the left output
+reference clock and the third refers to the right output reference clock.
+
+The assigned-clocks and assigned-clock-parents is used here to set the
+parent of left input reference clock to MAINHSDIV_CLKOUT4 and parent of
+CMU reference clock to left input reference clock.
+
+serdes0: serdes@900000 {
+	compatible = "ti,phy-am654-serdes";
+	reg = <0x0 0x900000 0x0 0x2000>;
+	reg-names = "serdes";
+	#phy-cells = <2>;
+	power-domains = <&k3_pds 153>;
+	clocks = <&k3_clks 153 4>, <&k3_clks 153 1>,
+			<&serdes1 AM654_SERDES_LO_REFCLK>;
+	clock-output-names = "serdes0_cmu_refclk", "serdes0_lo_refclk",
+				"serdes0_ro_refclk";
+	assigned-clocks = <&k3_clks 153 4>, <&serdes0 AM654_SERDES_CMU_REFCLK>;
+	assigned-clock-parents = <&k3_clks 153 8>, <&k3_clks 153 4>;
+	ti,serdes-clk = <&serdes0_clk>;
+	mux-controls = <&serdes_mux 0>;
+	#clock-cells = <1>;
+};
+
+Example for PCIe consumer node using the SERDES PHY specifier is given below.
+&pcie0_rc {
+        num-lanes = <2>;
+        phys = <&serdes0 PHY_TYPE_PCIE 1>, <&serdes1 PHY_TYPE_PCIE 1>;
+        phy-names = "pcie-phy0", "pcie-phy1";
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/bitmain,bm1880-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/bitmain,bm1880-pinctrl.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ed34bb1
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/bitmain,bm1880-pinctrl.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,98 @@
+Bitmain BM1880 Pin Controller
+
+This binding describes the pin controller found in the BM1880 SoC.
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- compatible:   Should be "bitmain,bm1880-pinctrl"
+- reg:          Offset and length of pinctrl space in SCTRL.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices, including the meaning of the
+phrase "pin configuration node".
+
+The pin configuration nodes act as a container for an arbitrary number of
+subnodes. Each of these subnodes represents some desired configuration for a
+pin, a group, or a list of pins or groups. This configuration for BM1880 SoC
+includes only pinmux as there is no pinconf support available in SoC.
+
+Each configuration node can consist of multiple nodes describing the pinmux
+options. The name of each subnode is not important; all subnodes should be
+enumerated and processed purely based on their content.
+
+The following generic properties as defined in pinctrl-bindings.txt are valid
+to specify in a pinmux subnode:
+
+Required Properties:
+
+- pins:           An array of strings, each string containing the name of a pin.
+                  Valid values for pins are:
+
+                  MIO0 - MIO111
+
+- groups:         An array of strings, each string containing the name of a pin
+                  group. Valid values for groups are:
+
+                  nand_grp, spi_grp, emmc_grp, sdio_grp, eth0_grp, pwm0_grp,
+                  pwm1_grp, pwm2_grp, pwm3_grp, pwm4_grp, pwm5_grp, pwm6_grp,
+                  pwm7_grp, pwm8_grp, pwm9_grp, pwm10_grp, pwm11_grp, pwm12_grp,
+                  pwm13_grp, pwm14_grp, pwm15_grp, pwm16_grp, pwm17_grp,
+                  pwm18_grp, pwm19_grp, pwm20_grp, pwm21_grp, pwm22_grp,
+                  pwm23_grp, pwm24_grp, pwm25_grp, pwm26_grp, pwm27_grp,
+                  pwm28_grp, pwm29_grp, pwm30_grp, pwm31_grp, pwm32_grp,
+                  pwm33_grp, pwm34_grp, pwm35_grp, pwm36_grp, i2c0_grp,
+                  i2c1_grp, i2c2_grp, i2c3_grp, i2c4_grp, uart0_grp, uart1_grp,
+                  uart2_grp, uart3_grp, uart4_grp, uart5_grp, uart6_grp,
+                  uart7_grp, uart8_grp, uart9_grp, uart10_grp, uart11_grp,
+                  uart12_grp, uart13_grp, uart14_grp, uart15_grp, gpio0_grp,
+                  gpio1_grp, gpio2_grp, gpio3_grp, gpio4_grp, gpio5_grp,
+                  gpio6_grp, gpio7_grp, gpio8_grp, gpio9_grp, gpio10_grp,
+                  gpio11_grp, gpio12_grp, gpio13_grp, gpio14_grp, gpio15_grp,
+                  gpio16_grp, gpio17_grp, gpio18_grp, gpio19_grp, gpio20_grp,
+                  gpio21_grp, gpio22_grp, gpio23_grp, gpio24_grp, gpio25_grp,
+                  gpio26_grp, gpio27_grp, gpio28_grp, gpio29_grp, gpio30_grp,
+                  gpio31_grp, gpio32_grp, gpio33_grp, gpio34_grp, gpio35_grp,
+                  gpio36_grp, gpio37_grp, gpio38_grp, gpio39_grp, gpio40_grp,
+                  gpio41_grp, gpio42_grp, gpio43_grp, gpio44_grp, gpio45_grp,
+                  gpio46_grp, gpio47_grp, gpio48_grp, gpio49_grp, gpio50_grp,
+                  gpio51_grp, gpio52_grp, gpio53_grp, gpio54_grp, gpio55_grp,
+                  gpio56_grp, gpio57_grp, gpio58_grp, gpio59_grp, gpio60_grp,
+                  gpio61_grp, gpio62_grp, gpio63_grp, gpio64_grp, gpio65_grp,
+                  gpio66_grp, gpio67_grp, eth1_grp, i2s0_grp, i2s0_mclkin_grp,
+                  i2s1_grp, i2s1_mclkin_grp, spi0_grp
+
+- function:       An array of strings, each string containing the name of the
+                  pinmux functions. The following are the list of pinmux
+                  functions available:
+
+                  nand, spi, emmc, sdio, eth0, pwm0, pwm1, pwm2, pwm3, pwm4,
+                  pwm5, pwm6, pwm7, pwm8, pwm9, pwm10, pwm11, pwm12, pwm13,
+                  pwm14, pwm15, pwm16, pwm17, pwm18, pwm19, pwm20, pwm21, pwm22,
+                  pwm23, pwm24, pwm25, pwm26, pwm27, pwm28, pwm29, pwm30, pwm31,
+                  pwm32, pwm33, pwm34, pwm35, pwm36, i2c0, i2c1, i2c2, i2c3,
+                  i2c4, uart0, uart1, uart2, uart3, uart4, uart5, uart6, uart7,
+                  uart8, uart9, uart10, uart11, uart12, uart13, uart14, uart15,
+                  gpio0, gpio1, gpio2, gpio3, gpio4, gpio5, gpio6, gpio7, gpio8,
+                  gpio9, gpio10, gpio11, gpio12, gpio13, gpio14, gpio15, gpio16,
+                  gpio17, gpio18, gpio19, gpio20, gpio21, gpio22, gpio23,
+                  gpio24, gpio25, gpio26, gpio27, gpio28, gpio29, gpio30,
+                  gpio31, gpio32, gpio33, gpio34, gpio35, gpio36, gpio37,
+                  gpio38, gpio39, gpio40, gpio41, gpio42, gpio43, gpio44,
+                  gpio45, gpio46, gpio47, gpio48, gpio49, gpio50, gpio51,
+                  gpio52, gpio53, gpio54, gpio55, gpio56, gpio57, gpio58,
+                  gpio59, gpio60, gpio61, gpio62, gpio63, gpio64, gpio65,
+                  gpio66, gpio67, eth1, i2s0, i2s0_mclkin, i2s1, i2s1_mclkin,
+                  spi0
+
+Example:
+        pinctrl: pinctrl@50 {
+                compatible = "bitmain,bm1880-pinctrl";
+                reg = <0x50 0x4B0>;
+
+                pinctrl_uart0_default: uart0-default {
+                        pinmux {
+                                groups = "uart0_grp";
+                                function = "uart0";
+                        };
+                };
+        };
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/cirrus,lochnagar.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a874471
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+Cirrus Logic Lochnagar Audio Development Board
+
+Lochnagar is an evaluation and development board for Cirrus Logic
+Smart CODEC and Amp devices. It allows the connection of most Cirrus
+Logic devices on mini-cards, as well as allowing connection of
+various application processor systems to provide a full evaluation
+platform.  Audio system topology, clocking and power can all be
+controlled through the Lochnagar, allowing the device under test
+to be used in a variety of possible use cases.
+
+This binding document describes the binding for the pinctrl portion
+of the driver.
+
+Also see these documents for generic binding information:
+  [1] GPIO : ../gpio/gpio.txt
+  [2] Pinctrl: ../pinctrl/pinctrl-bindings.txt
+
+And these for relevant defines:
+  [3] include/dt-bindings/pinctrl/lochnagar.h
+
+This binding must be part of the Lochnagar MFD binding:
+  [4] ../mfd/cirrus,lochnagar.txt
+
+Required properties:
+
+  - compatible : One of the following strings:
+                 "cirrus,lochnagar-pinctrl"
+
+  - gpio-controller : Indicates this device is a GPIO controller.
+  - #gpio-cells : Must be 2. The first cell is the pin number, see
+    [3] for available pins and the second cell is used to specify
+    optional parameters, see [1].
+  - gpio-ranges : Range of pins managed by the GPIO controller, see
+    [1]. Both the GPIO and Pinctrl base should be set to zero and the
+    count to the appropriate of the LOCHNAGARx_PIN_NUM_GPIOS define,
+    see [3].
+
+  - pinctrl-names : A pinctrl state named "default" must be defined.
+  - pinctrl-0 : A phandle to the default pinctrl state.
+
+Required sub-nodes:
+
+The pin configurations are defined as a child of the pinctrl states
+node, see [2]. Each sub-node can have the following properties:
+  - groups : A list of groups to select (either this or "pins" must be
+    specified), available groups:
+      codec-aif1, codec-aif2, codec-aif3, dsp-aif1, dsp-aif2, psia1,
+      psia2, gf-aif1, gf-aif2, gf-aif3, gf-aif4, spdif-aif, usb-aif1,
+      usb-aif2, adat-aif, soundcard-aif
+  - pins : A list of pin names to select (either this or "groups" must
+    be specified), available pins:
+      fpga-gpio1, fpga-gpio2, fpga-gpio3, fpga-gpio4, fpga-gpio5,
+      fpga-gpio6, codec-gpio1, codec-gpio2, codec-gpio3, codec-gpio4,
+      codec-gpio5, codec-gpio6, codec-gpio7, codec-gpio8, dsp-gpio1,
+      dsp-gpio2, dsp-gpio3, dsp-gpio4, dsp-gpio5, dsp-gpio6, gf-gpio2,
+      gf-gpio3, gf-gpio7, codec-aif1-bclk, codec-aif1-rxdat,
+      codec-aif1-lrclk, codec-aif1-txdat, codec-aif2-bclk,
+      codec-aif2-rxdat, codec-aif2-lrclk, codec-aif2-txdat,
+      codec-aif3-bclk, codec-aif3-rxdat, codec-aif3-lrclk,
+      codec-aif3-txdat, dsp-aif1-bclk, dsp-aif1-rxdat, dsp-aif1-lrclk,
+      dsp-aif1-txdat, dsp-aif2-bclk, dsp-aif2-rxdat,
+      dsp-aif2-lrclk, dsp-aif2-txdat, psia1-bclk, psia1-rxdat,
+      psia1-lrclk, psia1-txdat, psia2-bclk, psia2-rxdat, psia2-lrclk,
+      psia2-txdat, gf-aif3-bclk, gf-aif3-rxdat, gf-aif3-lrclk,
+      gf-aif3-txdat, gf-aif4-bclk, gf-aif4-rxdat, gf-aif4-lrclk,
+      gf-aif4-txdat, gf-aif1-bclk, gf-aif1-rxdat, gf-aif1-lrclk,
+      gf-aif1-txdat, gf-aif2-bclk, gf-aif2-rxdat, gf-aif2-lrclk,
+      gf-aif2-txdat, dsp-uart1-rx, dsp-uart1-tx, dsp-uart2-rx,
+      dsp-uart2-tx, gf-uart2-rx, gf-uart2-tx, usb-uart-rx,
+      codec-pdmclk1, codec-pdmdat1, codec-pdmclk2, codec-pdmdat2,
+      codec-dmicclk1, codec-dmicdat1, codec-dmicclk2, codec-dmicdat2,
+      codec-dmicclk3, codec-dmicdat3, codec-dmicclk4, codec-dmicdat4,
+      dsp-dmicclk1, dsp-dmicdat1, dsp-dmicclk2, dsp-dmicdat2, i2c2-scl,
+      i2c2-sda, i2c3-scl, i2c3-sda, i2c4-scl, i2c4-sda, dsp-standby,
+      codec-mclk1, codec-mclk2, dsp-clkin, psia1-mclk, psia2-mclk,
+      gf-gpio1, gf-gpio5, dsp-gpio20, led1, led2
+  - function : The mux function to select, available functions:
+      aif, fpga-gpio1, fpga-gpio2, fpga-gpio3, fpga-gpio4, fpga-gpio5,
+      fpga-gpio6, codec-gpio1, codec-gpio2, codec-gpio3, codec-gpio4,
+      codec-gpio5, codec-gpio6, codec-gpio7, codec-gpio8, dsp-gpio1,
+      dsp-gpio2, dsp-gpio3, dsp-gpio4, dsp-gpio5, dsp-gpio6, gf-gpio2,
+      gf-gpio3, gf-gpio7, gf-gpio1, gf-gpio5, dsp-gpio20, codec-clkout,
+      dsp-clkout, pmic-32k, spdif-clkout, clk-12m288, clk-11m2986,
+      clk-24m576, clk-22m5792, xmos-mclk, gf-clkout1, gf-mclk1,
+      gf-mclk3, gf-mclk2, gf-clkout2, codec-mclk1, codec-mclk2,
+      dsp-clkin, psia1-mclk, psia2-mclk, spdif-mclk, codec-irq,
+      codec-reset, dsp-reset, dsp-irq, dsp-standby, codec-pdmclk1,
+      codec-pdmdat1, codec-pdmclk2, codec-pdmdat2, codec-dmicclk1,
+      codec-dmicdat1, codec-dmicclk2, codec-dmicdat2, codec-dmicclk3,
+      codec-dmicdat3, codec-dmicclk4, codec-dmicdat4, dsp-dmicclk1,
+      dsp-dmicdat1, dsp-dmicclk2, dsp-dmicdat2, dsp-uart1-rx,
+      dsp-uart1-tx, dsp-uart2-rx, dsp-uart2-tx, gf-uart2-rx,
+      gf-uart2-tx, usb-uart-rx, usb-uart-tx, i2c2-scl, i2c2-sda,
+      i2c3-scl, i2c3-sda, i2c4-scl, i2c4-sda, spdif-aif, psia1,
+      psia1-bclk, psia1-lrclk, psia1-rxdat, psia1-txdat, psia2,
+      psia2-bclk, psia2-lrclk, psia2-rxdat, psia2-txdat, codec-aif1,
+      codec-aif1-bclk, codec-aif1-lrclk, codec-aif1-rxdat,
+      codec-aif1-txdat, codec-aif2, codec-aif2-bclk, codec-aif2-lrclk,
+      codec-aif2-rxdat, codec-aif2-txdat, codec-aif3, codec-aif3-bclk,
+      codec-aif3-lrclk, codec-aif3-rxdat, codec-aif3-txdat, dsp-aif1,
+      dsp-aif1-bclk, dsp-aif1-lrclk, dsp-aif1-rxdat, dsp-aif1-txdat,
+      dsp-aif2, dsp-aif2-bclk, dsp-aif2-lrclk, dsp-aif2-rxdat,
+      dsp-aif2-txdat, gf-aif3, gf-aif3-bclk, gf-aif3-lrclk,
+      gf-aif3-rxdat, gf-aif3-txdat, gf-aif4, gf-aif4-bclk,
+      gf-aif4-lrclk, gf-aif4-rxdat, gf-aif4-txdat, gf-aif1,
+      gf-aif1-bclk, gf-aif1-lrclk, gf-aif1-rxdat, gf-aif1-txdat,
+      gf-aif2, gf-aif2-bclk, gf-aif2-lrclk, gf-aif2-rxdat,
+      gf-aif2-txdat, usb-aif1, usb-aif2, adat-aif, soundcard-aif,
+
+  - output-enable : Specifies that an AIF group will be used as a master
+    interface (either this or input-enable is required if a group is
+    being muxed to an AIF)
+  - input-enable : Specifies that an AIF group will be used as a slave
+    interface (either this or output-enable is required if a group is
+    being muxed to an AIF)
+
+Example:
+
+lochnagar-pinctrl {
+	compatible = "cirrus,lochnagar-pinctrl";
+
+	gpio-controller;
+	#gpio-cells = <2>;
+	gpio-ranges = <&lochnagar 0 0 LOCHNAGAR2_PIN_NUM_GPIOS>;
+
+	pinctrl-names = "default";
+	pinctrl-0 = <&pin-settings>;
+
+	pin-settings: pin-settings {
+		ap-aif {
+			input-enable;
+			groups = "gf-aif1";
+			function = "codec-aif3";
+		};
+		codec-aif {
+			output-enable;
+			groups = "codec-aif3";
+			function = "gf-aif1";
+		};
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt
index 6666277..8ac1d08 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/fsl,imx7d-pinctrl.txt
@@ -48,9 +48,9 @@
 PAD_CTL_SRE_SLOW                (1 << 2)
 PAD_CTL_SRE_FAST                (0 << 2)
 PAD_CTL_DSE_X1                  (0 << 0)
-PAD_CTL_DSE_X2                  (1 << 0)
-PAD_CTL_DSE_X3                  (2 << 0)
-PAD_CTL_DSE_X4                  (3 << 0)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_X4                  (1 << 0)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_X2                  (2 << 0)
+PAD_CTL_DSE_X6                  (3 << 0)
 
 Examples:
 While iomuxc-lpsr is intended to be used by dedicated peripherals to take
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt
index e7d6f81..205be98 100644
--- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt65xx.txt
@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@
 	"mediatek,mt8127-pinctrl", compatible with mt8127 pinctrl.
 	"mediatek,mt8135-pinctrl", compatible with mt8135 pinctrl.
 	"mediatek,mt8173-pinctrl", compatible with mt8173 pinctrl.
+	"mediatek,mt8516-pinctrl", compatible with mt8516 pinctrl.
 - pins-are-numbered: Specify the subnodes are using numbered pinmux to
   specify pins.
 - gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller.
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt8183.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt8183.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..eccbe3f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-mt8183.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+* Mediatek MT8183 Pin Controller
+
+The Mediatek's Pin controller is used to control SoC pins.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: value should be one of the following.
+	"mediatek,mt8183-pinctrl", compatible with mt8183 pinctrl.
+- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller.
+- #gpio-cells: number of cells in GPIO specifier. Since the generic GPIO
+  binding is used, the amount of cells must be specified as 2. See the below
+  mentioned gpio binding representation for description of particular cells.
+- gpio-ranges : gpio valid number range.
+- reg: physical address base for gpio base registers. There are 10 GPIO
+  physical address base in mt8183.
+
+Optional properties:
+- reg-names: gpio base register names. There are 10 gpio base register
+  names in mt8183. They are "iocfg0", "iocfg1", "iocfg2", "iocfg3", "iocfg4",
+  "iocfg5", "iocfg6", "iocfg7", "iocfg8", "eint".
+- interrupt-controller: Marks the device node as an interrupt controller
+- #interrupt-cells: Should be two.
+- interrupts : The interrupt outputs to sysirq.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt in this directory for details of the
+common pinctrl bindings used by client devices.
+
+Subnode format
+A pinctrl node should contain at least one subnodes representing the
+pinctrl groups available on the machine. Each subnode will list the
+pins it needs, and how they should be configured, with regard to muxer
+configuration, pullups, drive strength, input enable/disable and input schmitt.
+
+    node {
+	pinmux = <PIN_NUMBER_PINMUX>;
+	GENERIC_PINCONFIG;
+    };
+
+Required properties:
+- pinmux: integer array, represents gpio pin number and mux setting.
+    Supported pin number and mux varies for different SoCs, and are defined
+    as macros in boot/dts/<soc>-pinfunc.h directly.
+
+Optional properties:
+- GENERIC_PINCONFIG: is the generic pinconfig options to use, bias-disable,
+    bias-pull-down, bias-pull-up, input-enable, input-disable, output-low,
+    output-high, input-schmitt-enable, input-schmitt-disable
+    and drive-strength are valid.
+
+    Some special pins have extra pull up strength, there are R0 and R1 pull-up
+    resistors available, but for user, it's only need to set R1R0 as 00, 01,
+    10 or 11. So It needs config "mediatek,pull-up-adv" or
+    "mediatek,pull-down-adv" to support arguments for those special pins.
+    Valid arguments are from 0 to 3.
+
+    mediatek,tdsel: An integer describing the steps for output level shifter
+      duty cycle when asserted (high pulse width adjustment). Valid arguments
+      are from 0 to 15.
+    mediatek,rdsel: An integer describing the steps for input level shifter
+      duty cycle when asserted (high pulse width adjustment). Valid arguments
+      are from 0 to 63.
+
+    When config drive-strength, it can support some arguments, such as
+    MTK_DRIVE_4mA, MTK_DRIVE_6mA, etc. See dt-bindings/pinctrl/mt65xx.h.
+    It can only support 2/4/6/8/10/12/14/16mA in mt8183.
+    For I2C pins, there are existing generic driving setup and the specific
+    driving setup. I2C pins can only support 2/4/6/8/10/12/14/16mA driving
+    adjustment in generic driving setup. But in specific driving setup,
+    they can support 0.125/0.25/0.5/1mA adjustment. If we enable specific
+    driving setup for I2C pins, the existing generic driving setup will be
+    disabled. For some special features, we need the I2C pins specific
+    driving setup. The specific driving setup is controlled by E1E0EN.
+    So we need add extra vendor driving preperty instead of
+    the generic driving property.
+    We can add "mediatek,drive-strength-adv = <XXX>;" to describe the specific
+    driving setup property. "XXX" means the value of E1E0EN. EN is 0 or 1.
+    It is used to enable or disable the specific driving setup.
+    E1E0 is used to describe the detail strength specification of the I2C pin.
+    When E1=0/E0=0, the strength is 0.125mA.
+    When E1=0/E0=1, the strength is 0.25mA.
+    When E1=1/E0=0, the strength is 0.5mA.
+    When E1=1/E0=1, the strength is 1mA.
+    So the valid arguments of "mediatek,drive-strength-adv" are from 0 to 7.
+
+Examples:
+
+#include "mt8183-pinfunc.h"
+
+...
+{
+	pio: pinctrl@10005000 {
+		compatible = "mediatek,mt8183-pinctrl";
+		reg = <0 0x10005000 0 0x1000>,
+		      <0 0x11f20000 0 0x1000>,
+		      <0 0x11e80000 0 0x1000>,
+		      <0 0x11e70000 0 0x1000>,
+		      <0 0x11e90000 0 0x1000>,
+		      <0 0x11d30000 0 0x1000>,
+		      <0 0x11d20000 0 0x1000>,
+		      <0 0x11c50000 0 0x1000>,
+		      <0 0x11f30000 0 0x1000>,
+		      <0 0x1000b000 0 0x1000>;
+		reg-names = "iocfg0", "iocfg1", "iocfg2",
+			    "iocfg3", "iocfg4", "iocfg5",
+			    "iocfg6", "iocfg7", "iocfg8",
+			    "eint";
+		gpio-controller;
+		#gpio-cells = <2>;
+		gpio-ranges = <&pio 0 0 192>;
+		interrupt-controller;
+		interrupts = <GIC_SPI 177 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>;
+		#interrupt-cells = <2>;
+
+		i2c0_pins_a: i2c0 {
+			pins1 {
+				pinmux = <PINMUX_GPIO48__FUNC_SCL5>,
+					 <PINMUX_GPIO49__FUNC_SDA5>;
+				mediatek,pull-up-adv = <3>;
+				mediatek,drive-strength-adv = <7>;
+			};
+		};
+
+		i2c1_pins_a: i2c1 {
+			pins {
+				pinmux = <PINMUX_GPIO50__FUNC_SCL3>,
+					 <PINMUX_GPIO51__FUNC_SDA3>;
+				mediatek,pull-down-adv = <2>;
+				mediatek,drive-strength-adv = <4>;
+			};
+		};
+		...
+	};
+};
diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-stmfx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-stmfx.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1b4c18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pinctrl/pinctrl-stmfx.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+STMicroelectronics Multi-Function eXpander (STMFX) GPIO expander bindings
+
+ST Multi-Function eXpander (STMFX) offers up to 24 GPIOs expansion.
+Please refer to ../mfd/stmfx.txt for STMFX Core bindings.
+
+Required properties:
+- compatible: should be "st,stmfx-0300-pinctrl".
+- #gpio-cells: should be <2>, the first cell is the GPIO number and the second
+  cell is the gpio flags in accordance with <dt-bindings/gpio/gpio.h>.
+- gpio-controller: marks the device as a GPIO controller.
+- #interrupt-cells: should be <2>, the first cell is the GPIO number and the
+  second cell is the interrupt flags in accordance with
+  <dt-bindings/interrupt-controller/irq.h>.
+- interrupt-controller: marks the device as an interrupt controller.
+- gpio-ranges: specifies the mapping between gpio controller and pin
+  controller pins. Check "Concerning gpio-ranges property" below.
+Please refer to ../gpio/gpio.txt.
+
+Please refer to pinctrl-bindings.txt for pin configuration.
+
+Required properties for pin configuration sub-nodes:
+- pins: list of pins to which the configuration applies.
+
+Optional properties for pin configuration sub-nodes (pinconf-generic ones):
+- bias-disable: disable any bias on the pin.
+- bias-pull-up: the pin will be pulled up.
+- bias-pull-pin-default: use the pin-default pull state.
+- bias-pull-down: the pin will be pulled down.
+- drive-open-drain: the pin will be driven with open drain.
+- drive-push-pull: the pin will be driven actively high and low.
+- output-high: the pin will be configured as an output driving high level.
+- output-low: the pin will be configured as an output driving low level.
+
+Note that STMFX pins[15:0] are called "gpio[15:0]", and STMFX pins[23:16] are
+called "agpio[7:0]". Example, to refer to pin 18 of STMFX, use "a